Tools · CEP

Decode A Shipping Label

Decode shipping-label service codes, tracking, routing and account fields with 15 annotated examples and official references for 32 carriers.

Reviewed 5 October 2026 · Official carrier documents

Sources And Review Method

How To Read A Shipping Label

Start with the service and package identifier, then check routing and payment roles against the carrier’s documentation for that market.

CEP · Product directory

Find A Shipping Product

Choose a shipping product to read its label core.

CEP · Reviewed 5 October 2026

Carrier Reference Library

Explore transport networks, service products and label fields by carrier. Each entry retains its market, version and official source.

32Carriers
500Reference entries
226Official references

Official language versions are used where available. Technical codes and original references are retained.

Transport

DHL Express

International express; local product availability3
Documented reference
Time Definite International network
Carrier field reference →

TDI is a delivery commitment family within the DHL Express global network, with start-, mid- and end-of-day options.

Market and scope

Japan-origin overview; international network · Documents and goods, door-to-door international delivery

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Network reach
Japan overview describes more than 220 countries and territories.
Visibility
Track-and-trace covers the shipment journey.
Mode evidence
This overview does not assign a physical transport mode to each product.
What to check
  • Check the exact origin, destination postal code and ship date; network reach does not establish timed-service availability.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Quoted commitment versus fastest transit
Carrier field reference →

The API distinguishes a delivery commitment that incorporates clearance from a fastest transit estimate.

Market and scope

MyDHL API global; lane-specific · Rating and shipment estimated-delivery output

MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, February 2026

QDDC
Service commitment quoted at booking, including clearance and relevant non-transport operations.
QDDF
Fastest document transit; not the service commitment when clearance or other operations add time.
NetworkTypeCode
TD filters Time Definite; DD filters Economy Select; AL returns all products.
What to check
  • Preserve EstimatedDeliveryType with the date; do not present QDDF as a delivery guarantee.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Economy Select European road network
Carrier field reference →

The UK Economy Select page explicitly describes road transport for less urgent European deliveries.

Market and scope

DHL Express United Kingdom; covered European lanes · Economy Select parcels and pallets

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Coverage
The page names EU member states except Cyprus/Malta, plus the UK, Switzerland, Norway and Serbia.
Activation
Account customers can request activation; DEC customers may enable the option in their account.
What to check
  • Confirm the current lane and product activation; this road description does not classify every DHL Express product.
Official sources (external website) ↗

FedEx

International express and market-specific domestic parcel2
Documented reference
Express parcel and heavyweight freight scope
Carrier field reference →

FedEx distinguishes envelopes/packages from heavyweight freight and separately offers door-to-door and airport-to-airport solutions.

Market and scope

United States website; international shipping · Parcel versus freight product selection

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Parcel / freight boundary
The comparison selects freight for shipments above 150 lb.
Freight handling
International Premium is airport-to-airport; International Priority/Economy Freight are separate named products.
What to check
  • Match package versus pallet/freight eligibility and delivery endpoint before comparing transit times.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Physical movement and Express handling rules
Carrier field reference →

FedEx’s Express dangerous-goods documentation explicitly accounts for air, ground or mixed movement; IATA handling rules do not establish the actual mode.

Market and scope

FedEx Ship API; Express dangerous-goods shipments · Mode classification and dangerous-goods handling

FedEx Ship API REST v1 documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05

Documented distinction
Express dangerous-goods tender must follow IATA requirements regardless of actual routing and mode.
What to check
  • Do not assign an aircraft movement from the Express brand or dangerous-goods handling code; use actual movement evidence.
Official sources (external website) ↗

UPS

Worldwide; WorldShip definitions and US label guidance2
Documented reference
UPS Standard ground lane
Carrier field reference →

WorldShip identifies Standard as a ground product for the U.S.–Canada scope in its origin-specific table.

Market and scope

U.S. 48 and Canadian provinces · Less urgent cross-border ground parcel service

UPS WorldShip online help, reviewed 2026-10-05; origin-specific namespaces

Namespace
ST is the WorldShip code in this table.
Scope boundary
The same Standard brand appears in other markets with different coverage.
What to check
  • Confirm the actual origin/destination and current quote; do not apply this U.S.–Canada ground statement worldwide.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
International parcel versus palletized freight
Carrier field reference →

UPS compares Worldwide Express parcel services separately from Worldwide Express Freight for palletized shipments.

Market and scope

United States international services page · Worldwide delivery product families

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Freight commitment options
Worldwide Express Freight Midday has a midday window; standard Worldwide Express Freight is end of day.
Mode disclosure
This comparison does not establish the physical mode of each individual parcel.
What to check
  • Match palletized-freight eligibility and named product before applying the parcel label’s service interpretation.
Official sources (external website) ↗

DHL eCommerce Americas

Americas API documentation; not DHL Express2
Documented reference
U.S. Workshare and USPS last mile
Carrier field reference →

DHL eCommerce domestic delivery uses its distribution network and a USPS Workshare partnership.

Market and scope

United States · Domestic e-commerce distribution

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Network scope
DHL processing/distribution and postal delivery reach are distinct stages.
Mode evidence
The product name Ground alone does not reveal every linehaul movement.
What to check
  • Retain the DHL and last-mile identifiers so scans across the handoff can be reconciled.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Courier versus postal international network
Carrier field reference →

International Expedited uses an express courier network; International Standard uses a global postal network.

Market and scope

U.S.-origin international portfolio · Cross-border e-commerce delivery

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Consequence
These are different handoff models, not merely different speeds for one identical network.
What to check
  • Confirm destination product eligibility and local delivery provider; neither network description establishes a parcel’s aircraft itinerary.
Official sources (external website) ↗

DPD

European parcel networks; legacy specification plus 2026 local guide2
Documented reference
European CLASSIC and EXPRESS transport networks
Carrier field reference →

DPD Germany explicitly lists road transport for European CLASSIC and road/air for European EXPRESS. A service name alone does not identify the mode of every leg.

Market and scope

Germany → Europe · DPD Germany international portfolio comparison

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

CLASSIC Europe
Road; standard transit 1–5 working days
EXPRESS Europe
Road/air; standard transit 1–3 working days
What to check
  • Apply this comparison to DPD Germany origin shipments.
  • Check destination, dispatch date and booking product before interpreting a label as a transport-mode promise.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Worldwide air portfolio
Carrier field reference →

The comparison page explicitly describes worldwide CLASSIC and EXPRESS as air products. Its transit ranges remain destination-dependent standard times.

Market and scope

Germany → worldwide · Worldwide services listed by DPD Germany

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

CLASSIC worldwide
By air; standard 5–9 working days
EXPRESS international
By air; standard 2–5 working days
What to check
  • Do not transfer the European road classification to worldwide CLASSIC.
  • Check destination coverage and the contracted import-duty arrangement.
Official sources (external website) ↗

GLS

European core; Italy/Spain guidance and versioned ShipIT examples1
Documented reference
Scheduled European transport network
Carrier field reference →

GLS describes coordinated scheduled transport and distribution centres linking European markets. The page supports the network structure but does not assign a physical mode to each shipment.

Market and scope

Ireland → Europe · GLS Ireland EuroBusinessParcel portfolio

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Published standard times
Major markets 48–96 hours; farther countries usually 3–5 days, remote areas up to 7
Handling distinction
Small-parcel products use separate sorting and protective transport bags
What to check
  • Check the origin-market timetable and destination conditions.
  • Do not infer road or air solely from EuroBusinessParcel branding.
Official sources (external website) ↗

USPS

United States domestic parcel barcode standards2
Documented reference
Domestic package network and destination routing
Carrier field reference →

USPS connects a unique parcel barcode to electronic shipment data and uses the routing information for automated sorting through to the destination delivery Post Office.

Market and scope

United States · Commercial domestic parcel processing

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Network role
Package distribution and destination Post Office delivery.
Electronic counterpart
Each package needs its own required Shipping Services File record.
Routing evidence
Destination address and/or validated delivery-point ZIP accompanies the package record.
What to check
  • Reconcile each physical parcel with one package identifier and one electronic record.
  • A service banner does not identify the actual line-haul vehicle or flight.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Priority Mail Open & Distribute container handoff
Carrier field reference →

PMOD moves an approved USPS container to an authorized location, where USPS opens it and distributes the enclosed mail to final destinations.

Market and scope

United States · Commercial bulk-mail container movement

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Movement unit
Approved bulk-mail container rather than an individual retail parcel.
Handoff
Container opened by USPS at the authorized distribution location.
Tracking
Special barcoded container label supports shipment tracking.
What to check
  • Keep container identity separate from identifiers of mailpieces inside it.
  • Use the PMOD preparation rules for the receiving location.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Royal Mail

United Kingdom; account and service context1
Documented reference
Acceptance channel changes the service clock
Carrier field reference →

Royal Mail separates label creation, drop-off and collection. Special Delivery by 1pm requires the Post Office acceptance cutoff for the next-day guarantee; Parcel Collect adds a working day.

Market and scope

United Kingdom public sending channels · Post Office drop-off versus Parcel Collect

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Handoff
A printed label or printing QR code precedes physical acceptance
Calendar effect
For Special Delivery, door collection changes the guarantee date
What to check
  • Identify the booked acceptance channel and actual handover time.
  • Check postcode and Saturday conditions before calculating the expected delivery date.
Official sources (external website) ↗

SF Express

China electronic waybill specification; international services separate1
Documented reference
SF international coverage and direct-flight evidence
Carrier field reference →

The Standard product explicitly describes direct flights and door-to-door delivery; coverage differs for export, import and overseas mutual delivery.

Market and scope

Chinese Mainland product site; regional lanes · International Standard Express network

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Lane scope
Mainland/Hong Kong/Macau/Taiwan export and selected inbound origins are listed separately.
Mode boundary
Freight-forwarding sea/land/air/rail navigation is a different business scope.
What to check
  • Use the product’s actual lane listing; do not assign the forwarding modes to every express label.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Aramex

International and domestic express; historical Shipping API manual1
Documented reference
Express versus freight/forwarding network
Carrier field reference →

Aramex distinguishes International Express, Domestic Express, Freight Forwarding and Logistics/Supply Chain.

Market and scope

Global corporate overview; U.S. website · Business-line scope

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Parcel forwarding
Shop & Ship and MyUS sit within International Express.
Physical mode evidence
Express marketing explicitly mentions direct daily/weekly flights; it does not establish every parcel’s flight itinerary.
What to check
  • Check the actual booked business/product and lane; corporate operating-country counts are not parcel service entitlement.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Yamato Transport

Japan domestic waybill preparation2
Documented reference
Yamato domestic Sales Office relay network
Carrier field reference →

Yamato Sales Offices handle local pickup/delivery and act as relay points; available channels and deadlines differ by service and office.

Market and scope

Japan · TA-Q-BIN domestic pickup and delivery

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Induction
Sales-driver collection or eligible office/agency channels.
Office role
Parcel relay, waybill issue and recipient collection.
Mode limitation
Yamato states air carriage is used in some areas, without a uniform air/road rule for every domestic parcel.
What to check
  • Check the actual service’s accepted drop-off channels.
  • A Cool waybill does not authorize convenience-store acceptance of chilled freight.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
International TA-Q-BIN air and partner handoff
Carrier field reference →

International TA-Q-BIN is explicitly an air-freight service and uses global delivery partners. Some destinations have airport delivery rather than full door delivery.

Market and scope

Japan outbound · International TA-Q-BIN

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Line haul
Air freight is stated in the international service instructions.
Delivery partner
Overseas delivery is performed by trusted global partners.
Handoff boundary
For applicable countries, Yamato liability ends at airport delivery.
What to check
  • Check destination-specific service area and handoff conditions.
  • Do not assume every shipment abroad remains in Yamato’s own last-mile network.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Australia Post

Australia Shipping & Tracking label metadata3
Documented reference
StarTrack Premium air capacity and delivery access
Carrier field reference →

StarTrack Premium explicitly uses passenger-flight cargo capacity and dedicated freighter aircraft to support its defined next-business-day network.

Market and scope

Australia · StarTrack Premium national network

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Air access
Priority cargo access on named passenger airlines plus dedicated freighters.
Delivery endpoints
Businesses, homes, eligible Post Offices, PO Boxes and Australia Post Parcel Lockers.
Timing boundary
Next-day network excludes Darwin; PO Box/locker delivery needs extra time.
What to check
  • Verify the defined Premium network and final delivery endpoint.
  • A PRM label does not identify a particular aircraft or guarantee every leg is airborne.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
StarTrack Road Express B2B movement
Carrier field reference →

Road Express is explicitly presented as nationwide road freight for businesses, including warehouse/store distribution and multi-article consignments.

Market and scope

Australia · Domestic StarTrack road freight

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Mode
Road freight is stated in the official product description.
Consolidation
Multiple cartons can move under a consignment and manifest.
Reverse flow
Supports repair returns, stock recalls and stock transfers.
What to check
  • Match every carton to its own article identifier.
  • Distinguish StarTrack Road Express from Australia Post Express Post and StarTrack Premium.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
International Economy air versus Sea Mail
Carrier field reference →

Australia Post explicitly separates Economy Air and Sea Mail with different published times and no tracking in the reviewed comparison.

Market and scope

Australia outbound; eligible destinations · International Economy parcel movement

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Air
15+ business days.
Sea Mail
2–3 months; seasonal cutoffs apply.
Boundary
Neither mode should be inferred for all International Express or Standard labels.
What to check
  • Reconcile the booked air/sea service with the receipt; avoid treating Sea Mail time as a parcel-tracking event.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Canada Post

Canada; approved shipping label standards2
Documented reference
Canada Post deposit, manifest and processing handoff
Carrier field reference →

Commercial shipment creation, electronic transmission and physical pickup/drop-off form separate stages. The manifest ties grouped shipments to the Canada Post handoff.

Market and scope

Canada · Domestic commercial parcel induction

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Induction
Deposit facility or pickup location establishes the shipping origin.
Grouped handoff
group-id groups shipments for a manifest; it is not the tracking PIN.
Documentation
Compliant labels and complete order documentation support mechanized sorting.
What to check
  • Match the manifest group and actual pickup/deposit point.
  • Label generation alone is not evidence of physical acceptance.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Canada Post international air and surface streams
Carrier field reference →

The official catalog distinguishes named air services from surface services. These are product-specific transport descriptions and should not be assigned to every express or tracked service.

Market and scope

Canada outbound · International Parcel and Small Packet service families

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Air examples
INT.IP.AIR and INT.SP.AIR name air services.
Surface example
INT.IP.SURF is described as ground/sea service with long transit times.
Tracking distinction
Small Packet Air is listed without tracking; International Parcel Air has tracking for many destinations.
What to check
  • Select the correct service code and destination eligibility.
  • Do not infer an aircraft itinerary from Xpresspost branding or a barcode prefix.
Official sources (external website) ↗

PostNL

Netherlands and destination-specific business products2
Documented reference
Letterbox parcel+ moves from mail to parcel network
Carrier field reference →

PostNL announced that 24-hour letterbox parcel+ items using 2928/2929 move into its parcel delivery network. The change also alters the label layout.

Market and scope

Netherlands · Product codes 2928/2929; effective 12 July 2026

PostNL changelog notice 2026-06-18; effective 2026-07-12

API channels
Shipping v2 and Labelling v2 generate the revised landscape label automatically
Legacy sFTP
The customer must implement the new specification, obtained through PostNL
What to check
  • Match the product code and announcement channel to the migration.
  • Do not interpret the former mail-network layout as current routing evidence.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Electronic confirmation versus physical handover
Carrier field reference →

The Shipping API combines barcode, label and confirmation functions. Confirm controls electronic submission to PostNL systems; a generated label is not evidence of a physical acceptance scan.

Market and scope

Netherlands; PostNL Shipping API scope · Shipping API label/confirmation workflow

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Confirm boolean
Controls whether label generation and confirmation occur in the same call
Network partner ID
The documentation identifies product 4945 Combilabel as needing a downpartner barcode
What to check
  • Handle confirmation errors and retry only with corrected data.
  • Use tracking events to establish acceptance and partner movement rather than the label file alone.
Official sources (external website) ↗

La Poste / Colissimo

France; SLS and Geolabel documentation2
Documented reference
Colissimo industrial and distribution network
Carrier field reference →

Colissimo describes a network of 18 parcel platforms/hubs linked to distribution sites. This evidence supports an industrial sorting structure without assigning a transport mode to every service.

Market and scope

France; metropolitan, overseas and international flows · Current Colissimo industrial-network page

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Flow
Platforms/hubs → distribution sites → metropolitan, overseas or international delivery
Automation
Double sorters, bypass handling and robotics are described as network capabilities
What to check
  • Keep network capacity claims separate from the booked parcel delivery commitment.
  • Verify the actual lane and partner rather than inferring mode from a facility photograph.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Label reading drives industrial sorting
Carrier field reference →

Colissimo describes automatic scanning of all six parcel faces to read label information and direct the parcel. Scan quality is therefore operationally important to routing.

Market and scope

France; Colissimo platform operations · Current industrial-network scanning description

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Routing handoff
Label information is read at the sorting platform and used to orient the parcel
Exception handling
The page describes detection of unreadable or poorly positioned labels
What to check
  • Check that the current transport barcode remains readable and exposed.
  • Use carrier-generated routing fields rather than reproducing a route from a previous shipment.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Evri

United Kingdom public packaging and label guidance2
Documented reference
ParcelShop/Locker entry versus courier collection
Carrier field reference →

Evri offers ParcelShop/Locker drop-off and courier collection, but Next Day parcels require drop-off before noon. Entry channel therefore affects eligibility for the delivery product.

Market and scope

United Kingdom · Consumer booking and acceptance channels

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Next Day acceptance
ParcelShop or Locker before noon; standard door collection is excluded
Physical limits
Locker fit limits differ from the ParcelShop/courier maximum-length rule
What to check
  • Match the acceptance channel to the purchased service.
  • Check the actual locker dimensions and cutoff before handing over.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
International destination network and rating basis
Carrier field reference →

Evri advertises fully tracked international sending to more than 200 countries and territories. Its size guide describes chargeable volumetric weight; this does not identify the physical mode of every route.

Market and scope

United Kingdom → offered international destinations · Current Evri consumer international pages

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Rating formula
Length × width × height in cm ÷ 5000; compare with actual weight
Mode boundary
An aircraft image or dangerous-goods reference is insufficient for a universal air-only claim
What to check
  • Check the offered destination, weight band and current restrictions in the quote.
  • Confirm partner and physical-mode requirements from lane-specific booking evidence.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Swiss Post

Switzerland; Barcode web service1
Documented reference
Swiss domestic parcel and express induction
Carrier field reference →

Swiss Post accepts domestic parcel and express consignments through designated posting channels. Acceptance cut-offs and the chosen base service determine the operating delivery calendar.

Market and scope

Switzerland and Liechtenstein · Swiss Post branch/logistics-center posting

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Coverage
Domestic parcel/express products; Moon explicitly covers Switzerland and Liechtenstein.
Posting
Moon can be posted at branches; business customers can also use logistics centers.
Calendar
Economy, Priority and Moon have different working-day/Saturday rules.
What to check
  • Check the posting location’s cut-off and delivery calendar.
  • The public product pages do not specify a uniform physical mode for each parcel.
Official sources (external website) ↗

OnTrac

United States covered e-commerce lanes; Express early-access status1
Documented reference
OnTrac Express air and ground network
Carrier field reference →

OnTrac explicitly combines ClearJet air zone-skip with its ground delivery operations for the Express product.

Market and scope

United States; early-access program · Coast-to-coast Express lanes

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Physical mode
Hybrid air and ground is stated for Express; it is not inferred from the Ground product name.
Eligibility
The product page opens early-access enrollment and applies eligibility criteria.
Coverage
The Express page describes 75% of U.S. shoppers and 48 of the top 50 metros.
What to check
  • Confirm enrollment and both ZIP codes before offering Express; coverage is not every U.S. address.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Purolator

Canada domestic courier; selected origin/destination commitments1
Documented reference
Purolator domestic courier service families
Carrier field reference →

Purolator distinguishes next-business-day Express from Ground services requiring one or more business days, with time-specific variants in eligible Canadian locations.

Market and scope

Canada; geographic and origin restrictions · Express and Ground courier shipments

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Endpoint
Domestic courier delivery across eligible Canadian provinces and territories.
Mode evidence
The product page does not establish an aircraft movement for every Express shipment.
Preparation
Several timed variants require an automated shipping system.
What to check
  • Obtain the actual origin/destination commitment and distinguish ordinary Ground from timed Ground variants.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Chronopost

France-origin1
Documented reference
Chronopost e-Chrono handoff channels
Carrier field reference →

e-Chrono creates prepaid shipping labels for private and professional senders. The carrier directs Express parcels to a post office or Chronopost agency, and Shop2Shop parcels to Pickup relays.

Market and scope

France-origin; mainland France and Monaco where specified · French online booking; Express versus Shop2Shop drop-off

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Booking
Sender/recipient data, chosen offer and options precede online payment.
Handoff
Use the drop-off channel assigned to the booked offer; a shop network does not establish the transport mode.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Mondial Relay

France consumer offers; contract-enabled European API1
Documented reference
Mondial Relay network and delivery handoff
Carrier field reference →

The French offer allows eligible deliveries to a Point Relais, Locker or home. Delivery may be carried out by Mondial Relay or a selected partner/subcontractor.

Market and scope

France website offers and contract-enabled European Dual Carrier API · French website terms dated 21 October 2025

France website CGV, 21 October 2025, sections 11–12; reviewed 5 October 2026

Transit
Average three working days from acceptance in mainland France; international averages vary by destination.
Commitment
These terms frame transit as best efforts, not a time-guaranteed express promise.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗

bpost

Belgium-origin1
Documented reference
bpost bpack handoff and delivery network
Carrier field reference →

bpost separates contractual bpack formulas from non-contractual SME offers. Home, pickup-point and parcel-locker delivery methods have different acceptance, collection and proof requirements.

Market and scope

Belgium-origin consumer/SME and bpack contractual channels · Belgium-origin contractual and non-contractual channels

Masspost 2026, section 4, January 2026; Shipping Manager v2 September 2025 where cited

Channel
Choose the correct contractual/SME shipping formula before interpreting a label.
International
Destination-specific partner and customs requirements apply.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Correos

Spain-origin1
Documented reference
Correos parcel booking and destination handoff
Carrier field reference →

Correos separates urgent, economical and letterbox parcel products. Premium and Standard offer address, office and Citypaq handoff, while Ligero targets the recipient’s letterbox.

Market and scope

Spain-origin; product-specific Andorra/mainland Portugal coverage · Spain domestic pages; product-specific geographic scope

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Coverage
Premium/Standard include stated Andorra and mainland Portugal coverage; Ligero’s business page states domestic Spain and Andorra.
Mode
The chosen handoff location does not itself identify an air or road movement.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗

SEUR

Spain-origin; business/consumer channels1
Documented reference
SEUR home and Pickup handoff channels
Carrier field reference →

SEUR offers home collection/delivery, Pickup-store shipping and store/locker destination services. These handoff choices have product-specific geographic limitations.

Market and scope

Spain-origin; consumer and business channels kept separate · Spanish consumer national service page

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Channel
Shop2Shop and Shop2Home differ in origin/destination handoff.
Brand
Interpret SEUR booking and label specifications in their own market namespace.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗

DHL Parcel Germany

Germany-origin Post & Parcel / DHL Paket2
Documented reference
DHL Parcel Germany shipping namespace
Carrier field reference →

The Parcel DE Shipping API serves German Post & Parcel business contracts. Its contract products, billing numbers, label formats and manifest process form a separate namespace from DHL Express.

Market and scope

Germany-origin DHL Paket / Post & Parcel Germany; separate from DHL Express · German business contract / Parcel DE Shipping API

DHL Parcel DE Shipping API v2 documentation and current changelog; reviewed 5 October 2026

Channel
Contract and business-portal permissions must be configured for the merchant.
Handoff
Use the product’s accepted posting channel; group branding alone does not establish service or physical transport mode.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Kleinpaket posting channel
Carrier field reference →

Kleinpaket uses a posting channel different from ordinary DHL Paket drop-off. The page permits postal outlets/bulk mail acceptance and limited letterbox posting, and excludes Packstation/parcelshop posting and handover to a parcel carrier.

Market and scope

Germany-origin DHL Paket / Post & Parcel Germany; separate from DHL Express · Current business Kleinpaket page

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Sorting
Larger volumes must be separated from other items and by thickness below/at least 3 cm.
Receiving
Delivery to a Packstation can be documented even though Packstation posting is excluded.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗

中国邮政/EMS (China Post/EMS)

China Mainland domestic; China-origin international postal services1
Documented reference
Domestic and destination-post postal networks
Carrier field reference →

China Post uses different domestic products and connects international postal products to destination postal operators. Its official help distinguishes domestic land-based standard express from selected same-day routes.

Market and scope

China Mainland domestic; China-origin international postal services · Domestic product-dependent networks; China-origin international EMS/e邮宝

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Domestic standard express
The public help identifies mainly land transport for inter-provincial goods routes, excluding adjacent provinces in that description.
International handoff
International EMS is a cooperation product with destination posts; e邮宝 uses postal partners for overseas handling.
Mode boundary
A domestic EMS heading or foreign postal suffix alone does not establish the vehicle used by an individual item.
What to check
  • Check the selected domestic or international product before interpreting events.
  • Use current route acceptance and service inquiry; this is not a universal air/road map.
Official sources (external website) ↗

京东物流 (JD Logistics)

China Mainland; Hong Kong/Macao subject to the booked service1
Documented reference
Express pickup-to-door network and separate business flows
Carrier field reference →

JD’s public site separates express, freight, integrated warehousing, cold-chain and international businesses. Express products provide doorstep collection/delivery and end-to-end tracking; the product name alone does not identify an aircraft or truck.

Market and scope

China Mainland; Hong Kong/Macao subject to the booked service · JD express services; warehouse and freight businesses separate

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Express network
京东特快 has priority delivery and separate handling; 京东标快 has standardized doorstep delivery.
System flow
The open platform distinguishes B2C forward orders, C2B collection and C2C individual shipments.
Mode evidence
No per-product physical-mode map is published in the reviewed express pages.
What to check
  • Identify express versus freight/warehouse flow before interpreting the label.
  • Use route coverage and booking time rather than extrapolating a fastest-city claim.
Official sources (external website) ↗

极兔速递 (J&T Express China)

J&T Express China Mainland; China-origin international product separate1
Documented reference
China network with a separate international product
Carrier field reference →

J&T China lists domestic standard express and 兔优达 separately from 国际标快. Its China homepage advertises direct flights to seven countries for the international product, but does not establish the country list or a per-parcel flight record.

Market and scope

J&T Express China Mainland; China-origin international product separate · China domestic express; China-origin 国际标快

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Domestic handling
兔优达 advertises priority handover, transfer and final delivery.
International context
The homepage describes a one-waybill international product and seven-country direct-flight offer.
Market boundary
Other national J&T websites have their own products, terms and integration systems.
What to check
  • Confirm the China-origin destination and current acceptance before relying on the international offer.
  • Do not apply Singapore or another J&T market’s service code to a China label.
Official sources (external website) ↗

中通快递 (ZTO Express)

China Mainland domestic express2
Documented reference
Regular-product road network
Carrier field reference →

The current 中通普件 page explicitly describes a product using ZTO’s network and road-transport resources. It supports multiple order channels within China Mainland.

Market and scope

China Mainland domestic express · Current 中通普件 domestic product

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Explicit mode
Road-transport resources are named for 中通普件.
Operational scope
Domestic network and multi-channel ordering.
Boundary
This product description does not prove that every parcel or every other ZTO product uses the same mode.
What to check
  • Confirm product and actual destination service availability.
  • Do not turn the carrier’s other freight, cold-chain or international businesses into 普件 specifications.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Flight-priority network for 中通飞快
Carrier field reference →

中通飞快 aggregates air resources and selected routes, with a dedicated priority aviation channel. The product page explicitly limits the offer to its specified service scope.

Market and scope

China Mainland domestic express · Specified domestic service scope, not every ZTO parcel

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Explicit mode
Aviation resources and a 飞快-marked aviation channel.
Priority
Priority handling is advertised across the process.
Lane boundary
The current quote and selected arrival time determine the individual service.
What to check
  • Check the actual eligible lane and accepted contents.
  • A yellow label alone does not prove a flight or distinguish 飞快 from 好快.
Official sources (external website) ↗

圆通速递 (YTO Express)

China Mainland domestic express1
Documented reference
Domestic transfer and doorstep delivery network
Carrier field reference →

YTO’s domestic catalogue differentiates a general parcel service, commitment express, priority-handling delivery, same-city delivery and heavier parcels. Priority transfer is explicitly attached to 圆准达, rather than implied for all products.

Market and scope

China Mainland domestic express · YTO domestic express product system

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Network handling
圆准达 has priority transfer and a dedicated label.
Last mile
圆准达 calls before delivery and delivers to the door.
Mode limit
The reviewed domestic product page does not assign one aircraft/road mode to every product.
What to check
  • Identify the booked product and current delivery-area coverage.
  • Keep domestic express separate from YTO’s international freight and aviation businesses.
Official sources (external website) ↗

日本郵便 (Japan Post)

Japan domestic; Japan-origin EMS separate1
Documented reference
Domestic parcel network and explicit airborne lanes
Carrier field reference →

Japan Post publishes an origin/destination table showing Yu-Pack regions where aircraft are used, with exceptions by acceptance time and subregion. An air-eligible lane is not proof that every individual parcel flew.

Market and scope

Japan domestic Yu-Pack · Japan domestic Yu-Pack

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Mode evidence
Airborne regions are explicitly marked in the Yu-Pack table.
Content condition
Parcels can be moved by land if air acceptance cannot be established.
Timing effect
The official material warns that inability to use aircraft can add about 1–4 delivery days.
What to check
  • Check the origin/destination table and goods description.
  • Do not apply Yu-Pack air rules automatically to Letter Pack, Yu-Packet or outbound EMS.
Official sources (external website) ↗

SkyNet Worldwide Express / Malaysia

International network; Malaysian and UAE evidence separately scoped2
Documented reference
SkyNet Malaysia domestic network
Carrier field reference →

Domestic standards distinguish major towns from other areas; non-serviceable destinations may require collection at the nearest branch or agent.

Market and scope

Malaysia · Malaysian operator; West/East Malaysia domestic lanes

Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly cited

What to check
  • Verify the destination postcode and serviceability; a station token alone does not establish doorstep delivery.
  • Published working-day ranges have bulky, peak-season, clearance and flight-availability exceptions.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
SkyNet Worldwide Express international network
Carrier field reference →

The international site describes worldwide export, import and deferred express products, with freight and customs workflows.

Market and scope

International; origin-operator dependent · Worldwide website offers; confirm origin operator and lane eligibility

Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly cited

What to check
  • Do not transfer Malaysian eAWB formats or domestic branch codes to another network operator.
  • A network service name does not identify the booked route, aircraft or final-mile partner.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Services

DHL Express

International express; local product availability7
Documented reference
DHL Express Worldwide
Read label interpretation: Express Worldwide / WPX · waybill and piece ID →

End-of-day delivery on the next possible business day, subject to the booked lane.

Market and scope

United States, 2026 guide · International documents and goods

DHL Express Service & Rate Guide 2026, United States

Piece / shipment limits
150 lb per non-pallet piece; 6,600 lb per shipment in this U.S. guide.
Guarantee table
Worldwide is marked without a money-back guarantee in the guide comparison.
What to check
  • Confirm the quoted delivery date and current network restrictions; next possible business day is not next day on every lane.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Express 12:00
Carrier field reference →

Delivery before noon on the next possible business day where the product is offered.

Market and scope

United States, 2026 guide · Eligible international time-definite lanes

DHL Express Service & Rate Guide 2026, United States

Limits
150 lb per piece; 660 lb per shipment; maximum 10 pieces; pallets excluded.
Guarantee
Money-back guarantee subject to the published terms.
What to check
  • Validate both postal codes, cutoff and guarantee eligibility in the booking quote.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Express early-service comparison: 9:00 / 10:30
Carrier field reference →

Early delivery is offered on qualifying next- or second-business-day lanes; the clock changes for U.S. delivery.

Market and scope

United States guide; 10:30 for U.S. delivery · Selected international business locations

DHL Express Service & Rate Guide 2026, United States

Printed product distinction
9:00 outside the U.S. scope described; 10:30 to the USA.
Limits
56 lb per piece; 560 lb per shipment; maximum 10 pieces; pallets excluded.
What to check
  • Use the returned product and delivery commitment; do not transfer one market’s time or coverage to another.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Duty Tax Paid option
Carrier field reference →

DHL can bill destination duties and taxes to the shipper or a third party rather than the receiver.

Market and scope

United States optional-services terms · Destination duties and taxes billing

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Charge scope
Duties and regulatory charges, distinct from transportation charges.
Condition
Charges apply when fiscal charges arise and billing outside the destination country is requested.
What to check
  • Check transportation payer, duty/tax payer and the agreed commercial terms separately.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Express 9:00
Carrier field reference →

DHL Express 9:00 provides delivery before 9 a.m. on eligible next- or second-business-day lanes.

Market and scope

2026 United States guide; eligible international lanes · Premium early delivery product

DHL Express Service & Rate Guide 2026, United States; eligible lanes only

Guide limits
Up to 56 lb per piece and 560 lb per shipment; maximum ten pieces; no pallets.
Commitment
The actual destination’s returned product and guarantee terms govern.
What to check
  • Do not apply one destination clock to another market; verify both postal codes and the booked product.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Express 10:30
Carrier field reference →

DHL Express 10:30 provides delivery before 10:30 a.m. for the U.S. delivery scope described on eligible next- or second-business-day lanes.

Market and scope

2026 United States guide; eligible international lanes · Premium early delivery product

DHL Express Service & Rate Guide 2026, United States; eligible lanes only

Guide limits
Up to 56 lb per piece and 560 lb per shipment; maximum ten pieces; no pallets.
Commitment
The actual destination’s returned product and guarantee terms govern.
What to check
  • Do not apply one destination clock to another market; verify both postal codes and the booked product.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Economy Select
Carrier field reference →

Economy Select offers tracked road delivery by the end of a predefined working day on covered European lanes.

Market and scope

United Kingdom; eligible European export/import lanes · Less urgent international parcels and pallets

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Transit
The UK page describes preset transit times rather than one universal number of days.
Eligibility
Service activation and origin/destination availability apply.
Billing
Electronic invoicing is described; it does not supply a complete printed account decoder.
What to check
  • Confirm current destination coverage, clearance requirements and the date quoted for the shipment.
Official sources (external website) ↗

FedEx

International express and market-specific domestic parcel14
Documented reference
FedEx International Priority Express
Carrier field reference →

Typically 1–3 business days with a timed midday commitment on eligible destinations.

Market and scope

U.S.-origin comparison; select postal codes · Customs-cleared international parcels

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

U.S. export examples
Noon to select destination postal codes; 10:30 a.m. next business day to eligible Canadian postal codes.
What to check
  • Obtain a lane quote; U.S. imports use origin-country terms.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
FedEx International Priority
Carrier field reference →

Typically 1–3 business days; the REST FEDEX_INTERNATIONAL_PRIORITY product has an end-of-day commitment.

Market and scope

U.S. website and REST product definition · Customs-cleared international parcels

FedEx Ship API REST v1 documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05

Printed REST marker
IP EOD.
Product distinction
FEDEX_INTERNATIONAL_PRIORITY is distinct from the documented legacy INTERNATIONAL_PRIORITY enum.
What to check
  • Resolve the exact enum and ship-date commitment rather than merging similarly named products.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
FedEx International Economy
Carrier field reference →

Typically 2–5 business days; Canada, Mexico and Puerto Rico commonly have 2–3-business-day service.

Market and scope

United States international comparison · Less urgent international parcels

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Parcel envelope
Up to 150 lb per package; maximum length 108 in and length plus girth 130 in on the comparison page.
What to check
  • Confirm destination, contents and customs timing; typical transit is not an unconditional arrival date.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
FedEx International Connect Plus
Carrier field reference →

A day-definite e-commerce product typically delivering in 2–5 business days, with contract eligibility.

Market and scope

Select contractual markets · International e-commerce delivery

FedEx Ship API REST v1 documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05

Availability
REST documentation says contract-only in selected markets.
Guarantee
The REST product definition specifies no money-back guarantee.
What to check
  • Confirm contract and destination eligibility; retail availability of another FedEx product does not establish Connect Plus entitlement.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
FedEx International Next Flight
Carrier field reference →

Next-available-flight service with 24/7/365 delivery availability for urgent international shipments.

Market and scope

United States service comparison; international lanes · Urgent parcel or freight

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Physical mode evidence
The official product explicitly describes the next available flight.
Shipment scope
Listed for both international packages and urgent freight.
What to check
  • Verify flight availability, collection timing and the quoted delivery plan with the specialist service.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
FedEx Ground
Carrier field reference →

Day-definite business-address delivery generally takes 1–5 business days in the contiguous U.S.; Alaska/Hawaii lanes take 3–7.

Market and scope

United States business addresses · Domestic U.S. parcel service

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Delivery days
Monday–Friday; end of day.
Parcel size
Up to 150 lb, 108 in length and 165 in length plus girth.
REST serviceType
FEDEX_GROUND in Ship API; a booking enum, not a raw barcode service indicator.
What to check
  • Check both ZIP codes, acceptance cutoff and current guarantee status; the product page retains some historical alert text.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
FedEx Home Delivery
Carrier field reference →

Residential delivery is generally 1–5 days in the contiguous U.S. and 3–7 days to/from Alaska and Hawaii; weekend coverage is address-dependent.

Market and scope

United States residential addresses · Domestic U.S. parcel service

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Weekend scope
Saturday and Sunday coverage varies; Sunday is not universal.
Parcel size
Up to 150 lb, 108 in length and 165 in length plus girth.
REST serviceType
GROUND_HOME_DELIVERY in Ship API; a booking enum, not a raw barcode service indicator.
What to check
  • Check both ZIP codes, acceptance cutoff and current guarantee status; the product page retains some historical alert text.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
FedEx 2Day
Carrier field reference →

Delivery on the second business day is generally by 5 p.m. to most areas and 8 p.m. to residences.

Market and scope

United States; Alaska/Hawaii exceptions · Domestic U.S. parcel service

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Parcel limit
Up to 150 lb.
Calendar
Monday–Friday; paid Saturday delivery is available in selected areas.
REST serviceType
FEDEX_2_DAY in Ship API; a booking enum, not a raw barcode service indicator.
What to check
  • Check both ZIP codes, acceptance cutoff and current guarantee status; the product page retains some historical alert text.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
FedEx 2Day A.M.
Carrier field reference →

Second-business-day morning delivery is generally 10:30 a.m. to businesses and noon to most residences.

Market and scope

United States except Hawaii; selected Alaska exceptions · Domestic U.S. parcel service

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Parcel limit
Up to 150 lb.
Calendar
Monday–Friday; Hawaii is excluded in the product table.
REST serviceType
FEDEX_2_DAY_AM in Ship API; a booking enum, not a raw barcode service indicator.
What to check
  • Check both ZIP codes, acceptance cutoff and current guarantee status; the product page retains some historical alert text.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
FedEx First Overnight
Carrier field reference →

Early next-business-day delivery is generally 8–9:30 a.m.; extended-location commitments can be later.

Market and scope

United States; selected extended areas · Domestic U.S. parcel service

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Extended locations
The reviewed page lists commitments as late as 2 p.m.
Parcel limit
Up to 150 lb.
REST serviceType
FIRST_OVERNIGHT in Ship API; a booking enum, not a raw barcode service indicator.
What to check
  • Check both ZIP codes, acceptance cutoff and current guarantee status; the product page retains some historical alert text.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
FedEx Priority Overnight
Carrier field reference →

Next-business-day delivery is generally 10:30 a.m. to most contiguous-U.S. businesses and noon to most residences.

Market and scope

United States; destination-specific commitment · Domestic U.S. parcel service

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Calendar
Weekdays; paid Saturday delivery in selected areas.
Parcel limit
Up to 150 lb.
REST serviceType
PRIORITY_OVERNIGHT in Ship API; a booking enum, not a raw barcode service indicator.
What to check
  • Check both ZIP codes, acceptance cutoff and current guarantee status; the product page retains some historical alert text.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
FedEx Standard Overnight
Carrier field reference →

Next-business-day delivery is generally 5 p.m. to businesses and 8 p.m. to residences.

Market and scope

United States; eligible Priority Overnight destination zones · Domestic U.S. parcel service

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Eligibility
Available only where the Priority Overnight commitment is 10:30 a.m. or noon.
Parcel limit
Up to 150 lb.
REST serviceType
STANDARD_OVERNIGHT in Ship API; a booking enum, not a raw barcode service indicator.
What to check
  • Check both ZIP codes, acceptance cutoff and current guarantee status; the product page retains some historical alert text.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
FedEx Express Saver
Carrier field reference →

Express Saver provides third-business-day parcel delivery, with the reviewed comparison showing 5 p.m. to businesses and 8 p.m. to residences.

Market and scope

Contiguous United States; actual quote governs · Domestic U.S. parcel service

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Calendar
Monday–Friday in the comparison table.
Parcel limit
Up to 150 lb.
REST serviceType
FEDEX_EXPRESS_SAVER in Ship API; a booking enum, not a raw barcode service indicator.
What to check
  • Check both ZIP codes, acceptance cutoff and current guarantee status; the product page retains some historical alert text.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
FedEx Ground Economy
Carrier field reference →

Ground Economy is a contract-only economy product typically delivering in 2–7 business days by end of day.

Market and scope

United States; contracted commercial shippers · Low-weight, non-urgent residential shipments

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Eligibility
Contact the account representative; this is not ordinary retail Ground.
Weight and size
Up to 70 lb and 130 in length plus girth; ideal package weights are 1–10 lb.
Network boundary
USPS return drop-off references do not establish USPS delivery for every outbound shipment.
What to check
  • Confirm contract activation and the specific outbound/return workflow.
Official sources (external website) ↗

UPS

Worldwide; WorldShip definitions and US label guidance12
Documented reference
UPS Worldwide Express Plus
Carrier field reference →

Usually 1–3 business days with the earliest timed delivery option.

Market and scope

United States international comparison · Eligible international urgent parcel lanes

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Typical clock
8:30 or 9:00 a.m.; exact destination determines the commitment.
What to check
  • Check destination availability and current guarantee terms.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
UPS Worldwide Express
Carrier field reference →

Usually 1–3 business days with a specified delivery time.

Market and scope

United States international comparison · Eligible international parcel lanes

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Typical clock
10:30 a.m. or noon.
WorldShip namespace
ES, subject to the origin-specific table.
What to check
  • Validate the current lane quote; ES is not the numeric service indicator inside 1Z.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
UPS Worldwide Saver
Carrier field reference →

Usually 1–3 business days, typically by end of day.

Market and scope

United States international comparison · International parcel delivery

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

WorldShip namespace
SV represents Saver in the reviewed table.
What to check
  • Use the ship-date commitment and contract; do not substitute an early-morning SLA because the shipment is Express-branded.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
UPS Worldwide Expedited
Carrier field reference →

2–5 business days, typically by end of day.

Market and scope

United States international comparison · Less urgent international parcels

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

WorldShip namespace
EX in the reviewed table.
What to check
  • Check service availability and actual transit date for both postal codes.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
UPS Access Point Economy
Carrier field reference →

A contracted economy option tied to an Access Point hold or return workflow.

Market and scope

WorldShip origin-dependent availability · Hold at Access Point or eligible Return Services

UPS WorldShip online help, reviewed 2026-10-05; origin-specific namespaces

Code
LCO in WorldShip.
Printed endpoint
The UPS Access Point ID prints on the package label and is required for outbound shipments.
Eligibility
Access Point Economy or Return Services contract required.
What to check
  • Validate the specific pickup point ID and contract; the published help entry supplies no universal delivery SLA.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
UPS Ground
Carrier field reference →

Ground service normally provides day-definite delivery in 1–5 business days.

Market and scope

United States / Puerto Rico origin; WorldShip help · Domestic parcel service

UPS WorldShip online help and U.S. domestic product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; origin-specific namespace

WorldShip code
GND in the U.S./Puerto Rico origin table; not asserted as a REST numeric code or printed 1Z indicator.
What to check
  • Use the service availability returned for both ZIP codes and the current UPS guarantee terms.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
UPS 3 Day Select
Carrier field reference →

Three-business-day delivery is offered within the 48 contiguous U.S. states.

Market and scope

United States / Puerto Rico origin; WorldShip help · Domestic parcel service

UPS WorldShip online help and U.S. domestic product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; origin-specific namespace

WorldShip code
3DS in the U.S./Puerto Rico origin table; not asserted as a REST numeric code or printed 1Z indicator.
What to check
  • Use the service availability returned for both ZIP codes and the current UPS guarantee terms.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
UPS 2nd Day Air
Carrier field reference →

Second-business-day delivery is offered to most U.S. and Puerto Rico addresses, with Alaska/Hawaii limitations.

Market and scope

United States / Puerto Rico origin; WorldShip help · Domestic parcel service

UPS WorldShip online help and U.S. domestic product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; origin-specific namespace

WorldShip code
2DA in the U.S./Puerto Rico origin table; not asserted as a REST numeric code or printed 1Z indicator.
What to check
  • Use the service availability returned for both ZIP codes and the current UPS guarantee terms.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
UPS 2nd Day Air A.M.
Carrier field reference →

Morning second-business-day delivery is listed for eligible commercial lanes in the 48 contiguous states.

Market and scope

United States / Puerto Rico origin; WorldShip help · Domestic parcel service

UPS WorldShip online help and U.S. domestic product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; origin-specific namespace

WorldShip code
2DM in the U.S./Puerto Rico origin table; not asserted as a REST numeric code or printed 1Z indicator.
What to check
  • Use the service availability returned for both ZIP codes and the current UPS guarantee terms.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
UPS Next Day Air
Read label interpretation: UPS Next Day Air · 1Z field reference →

Next-business-day delivery is offered to most U.S. and Puerto Rico addresses, with geographic limitations.

Market and scope

United States / Puerto Rico origin; WorldShip help · Domestic parcel service

UPS WorldShip online help and U.S. domestic product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; origin-specific namespace

WorldShip code
1DA in the U.S./Puerto Rico origin table; not asserted as a REST numeric code or printed 1Z indicator.
What to check
  • Use the service availability returned for both ZIP codes and the current UPS guarantee terms.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
UPS Next Day Air Early
Carrier field reference →

Early-morning next-business-day delivery is offered on selected U.S. origin/destination pairs.

Market and scope

United States / Puerto Rico origin; WorldShip help · Domestic parcel service

UPS WorldShip online help and U.S. domestic product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; origin-specific namespace

WorldShip code
1DM in the U.S./Puerto Rico origin table; not asserted as a REST numeric code or printed 1Z indicator.
What to check
  • Use the service availability returned for both ZIP codes and the current UPS guarantee terms.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
UPS Next Day Air Saver
Carrier field reference →

Next-business-day delivery is offered to most addresses in the contiguous U.S., with eligible origin restrictions.

Market and scope

United States / Puerto Rico origin; WorldShip help · Domestic parcel service

UPS WorldShip online help and U.S. domestic product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; origin-specific namespace

WorldShip code
1DP in the U.S./Puerto Rico origin table; not asserted as a REST numeric code or printed 1Z indicator.
What to check
  • Use the service availability returned for both ZIP codes and the current UPS guarantee terms.
Official sources (external website) ↗

DHL eCommerce Americas

Americas API documentation; not DHL Express15
Documented reference
DHL domestic Parcel portfolio and weight bands
Carrier field reference →

Expedited Max is 2/3 postal days; Expedited averages 2–5; Ground averages 3–8.

Market and scope

United States domestic portfolio · B2C lightweight and parcel-plus shipments

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Weight bands
Parcel 1–15.99 oz; Parcel Plus 1–25 lb.
Size
22 × 18 × 15 in maximum; volume no more than 1,728 cubic inches.
Remote Max caveat
Some remote-area estimated delivery days exceed three.
What to check
  • Compare postal days with business days carefully and validate billed weight and current zones.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Parcel International Expedited
Carrier field reference →

The page states 1–7 days to Canada, the UK and major EU member states; DDP only.

Market and scope

U.S.-origin; selected destination coverage · Cross-border parcels through courier delivery

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Product ID
PLX.
Weight limit
44 lb.
DG constraint
References state PLX does not support dangerous goods.
What to check
  • The page does not qualify this range as business days. Check postal-code exclusions and the lane quote; it is not a uniform worldwide commitment.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Parcel International Direct
Carrier field reference →

3–10 business days with duties paid or unpaid options.

Market and scope

U.S.-origin; eligible Direct markets · Cross-border parcel service

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Product ID
PLT.
Weight
Up to 66 lb to Canada; 44 lb elsewhere in the reviewed portfolio.
What to check
  • Validate product coverage and dutiesPaid setting against the destination; Direct and Standard are separate products.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Parcel International Standard
Carrier field reference →

4–8 business days to Europe/Canada and 8–14 elsewhere; duties and taxes paid on delivery.

Market and scope

U.S.-origin international portfolio · Global postal delivery

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Product ID
PLY.
Weight
Up to 66 lb to Canada; 44 lb elsewhere.
What to check
  • Treat these as stated product transit ranges and verify destination-specific exclusions and clearance.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Parcel Return portfolio comparison
Carrier field reference →

Light averages 2–4 postal days, Plus 1–3, and Ground 3–8.

Market and scope

United States domestic returns · Consumer return labels and postal induction

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Weight
Light under 16 oz; Plus/Ground up to 70 lb.
Identifiers
RLT, RPL and RGN; references state no API rates for these return products.
Consumer handoff
USPS drop boxes, Post Offices or scheduled USPS pickup.
What to check
  • Check return contract and generation method: email/link, API or preprinted label in the outbound box.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Parcel Expedited Max
Carrier field reference →

DHL Parcel Expedited Max has a published 2 or 3 postal days; remote-area estimates can exceed three delivery range.

Market and scope

United States; DHL eCommerce Americas · Domestic B2C parcel product

DHL eCommerce U.S. product portfolio and Americas product-reference table, reviewed 2026-10-05

Weight band
1–15.99 oz.
Dimensions
Maximum 22 × 18 × 15 in, with volume at most 1,728 cubic inches.
Product namespace
MAX is the Americas API Product ID.
What to check
  • Validate the weight band, accepted Product ID and destination EDD; average postal days are not a universal guarantee.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Parcel Expedited
Carrier field reference →

DHL Parcel Expedited has a published 2–5 average postal days delivery range.

Market and scope

United States; DHL eCommerce Americas · Domestic B2C parcel product

DHL eCommerce U.S. product portfolio and Americas product-reference table, reviewed 2026-10-05

Weight band
1–15.99 oz.
Dimensions
Maximum 22 × 18 × 15 in, with volume at most 1,728 cubic inches.
Product namespace
EXP is the Americas API Product ID.
What to check
  • Validate the weight band, accepted Product ID and destination EDD; average postal days are not a universal guarantee.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Parcel Ground
Carrier field reference →

DHL Parcel Ground has a published 3–8 average postal days delivery range.

Market and scope

United States; DHL eCommerce Americas · Domestic B2C parcel product

DHL eCommerce U.S. product portfolio and Americas product-reference table, reviewed 2026-10-05

Weight band
1–15.99 oz.
Dimensions
Maximum 22 × 18 × 15 in, with volume at most 1,728 cubic inches.
Product namespace
GND is the Americas API Product ID.
What to check
  • Validate the weight band, accepted Product ID and destination EDD; average postal days are not a universal guarantee.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Parcel Plus Expedited Max
Carrier field reference →

DHL Parcel Plus Expedited Max has a published 2 or 3 postal days; remote-area estimates can exceed three delivery range.

Market and scope

United States; DHL eCommerce Americas · Domestic B2C parcel product

DHL eCommerce U.S. product portfolio and Americas product-reference table, reviewed 2026-10-05

Weight band
1–25 lb.
Dimensions
Maximum 22 × 18 × 15 in, with volume at most 1,728 cubic inches.
Product namespace
The public marketing portfolio lists this service level, but the API reference names MAX only as DHL Parcel Expedited Max; confirm the authorized Plus booking mapping.
What to check
  • Validate the weight band, accepted Product ID and destination EDD; average postal days are not a universal guarantee.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Parcel Plus Expedited
Carrier field reference →

DHL Parcel Plus Expedited has a published 2–5 average postal days delivery range.

Market and scope

United States; DHL eCommerce Americas · Domestic B2C parcel product

DHL eCommerce U.S. product portfolio and Americas product-reference table, reviewed 2026-10-05

Weight band
1–25 lb.
Dimensions
Maximum 22 × 18 × 15 in, with volume at most 1,728 cubic inches.
Product namespace
EXP is the Americas API Product ID.
What to check
  • Validate the weight band, accepted Product ID and destination EDD; average postal days are not a universal guarantee.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Parcel Plus Ground
Carrier field reference →

DHL Parcel Plus Ground has a published 3–8 average postal days delivery range.

Market and scope

United States; DHL eCommerce Americas · Domestic B2C parcel product

DHL eCommerce U.S. product portfolio and Americas product-reference table, reviewed 2026-10-05

Weight band
1–25 lb.
Dimensions
Maximum 22 × 18 × 15 in, with volume at most 1,728 cubic inches.
Product namespace
GND is the Americas API Product ID.
What to check
  • Validate the weight band, accepted Product ID and destination EDD; average postal days are not a universal guarantee.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Parcel Return Light
Carrier field reference →

DHL Parcel Return Light advertises 2–4 average postal days for parcels under 16 oz.

Market and scope

United States; DHL eCommerce returns · Merchant return product

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Americas Product ID
RLT; the reference states no API rates for return products.
Handoff
The public page allows mailbox/Post Office drop-off or free scheduled USPS pickup.
What to check
  • Use the merchant-generated return label and selected product; do not reuse an outbound tracking identity.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Parcel Return Plus
Carrier field reference →

DHL Parcel Return Plus advertises 1–3 average postal days for eligible parcels up to 70 lb.

Market and scope

United States; DHL eCommerce returns · Merchant return product

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Americas Product ID
RPL; the reference states no API rates for return products.
Handoff
The public page allows mailbox/Post Office drop-off or free scheduled USPS pickup.
What to check
  • Use the merchant-generated return label and selected product; do not reuse an outbound tracking identity.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Parcel Return Ground
Carrier field reference →

DHL Parcel Return Ground advertises 3–8 average postal days for eligible parcels up to 70 lb.

Market and scope

United States; DHL eCommerce returns · Merchant return product

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Americas Product ID
RGN; the reference states no API rates for return products.
Handoff
The public page allows mailbox/Post Office drop-off or free scheduled USPS pickup.
What to check
  • Use the merchant-generated return label and selected product; do not reuse an outbound tracking identity.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Packet International
Carrier field reference →

Packet International publishes 4–8 business days for arrival in the destination country; that is not the final doorstep-delivery commitment.

Market and scope

United States outbound · Lightweight international postal delivery

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Americas Product ID
PKY.
Weight
Up to 4.4 lb.
Customs
The portfolio uses duties/taxes paid on delivery terminology.
What to check
  • Check destination-country arrival versus final-mile delivery and the tracking coverage for the actual lane.
Official sources (external website) ↗

DPD

European parcel networks; legacy specification plus 2026 local guide8
Documented reference
DPD CLASSIC Europe
Read label interpretation: CLASSIC · label zones →

CLASSIC provides a standard European delivery product with tracking. DPD lists a separate Guarantee option rather than making the standard transit range a universal guarantee.

Market and scope

Germany → Europe · Standard parcel product in the Germany portfolio

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Commitment class
Standard 1–5 working-day range; Guarantee is an additional service
Options
Predict in the listed participating countries; parcelshop and limited-quantity options subject to eligibility
What to check
  • Match the destination to the current offer and option coverage.
  • Keep an option entitlement separate from the printed CLASSIC name.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DPD 12:00 domestic express
Carrier field reference →

DPD 12:00 is described as next-working-day delivery by noon within Germany. The FAQ states dispatch from Monday to Friday.

Market and scope

Germany domestic · DPD Germany private-sender FAQ

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Time commitment
Next working day by 12:00
Dispatch calendar
Monday–Friday; local acceptance and coverage still need checking
What to check
  • Check the acceptance deadline and eligible destination before booking.
  • Do not read a time-specific German product as a worldwide noon promise.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Predict delivery notification
Carrier field reference →

Predict supplies delivery notifications and changing arrival estimates. These recipient-facing estimates should be interpreted separately from an express contractual deadline.

Market and scope

Germany-origin participating destinations · Recipient notification option

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Operational role
Delivery-day information and estimated arrival window
Availability
The European comparison lists free Predict coverage in 21 countries
What to check
  • Check whether the booked product and destination include Predict.
  • Treat a live arrival window as an estimate that can update.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
2Shop / Pickup parcelshop delivery
Carrier field reference →

The recipient collects a parcel from the selected Pickup parcelshop after the collection notification. This is a delivery-location option, separate from the parcel identifier.

Market and scope

Germany · DPD Germany FAQ for delivery to a selected Pickup parcelshop

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Handover
Delivery to the selected Pickup parcelshop for recipient collection
Recipient signal
Email notification when ready for pickup
What to check
  • Verify the selected pickup location in the booking response.
  • Keep the pickup notice or access credential distinct from tracking.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DPD EXPRESS Europe
Carrier field reference →

This is a separately named product in DPD’s German-origin international portfolio.

Market and scope

Germany-origin DPD business products · Germany-origin business international product comparison

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Transit
Standard 1–3 working days; check the country/route rather than reading the standard range as a universal guarantee.
Network
Road and air, as explicitly shown in the German-origin comparison.
What to check
  • Do not extend domestic DPD EXPRESS next-day guarantees to this international range.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
CLASSIC worldwide
Carrier field reference →

This is a separately named product in DPD’s German-origin international portfolio.

Market and scope

Germany-origin DPD business products · Germany-origin business international product comparison

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Transit
Standard 5–9 working days; check the country/route rather than reading the standard range as a universal guarantee.
Network
Air, as explicitly shown in the comparison.
What to check
  • Do not extend domestic DPD EXPRESS next-day guarantees to this international range.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
EXPRESS international
Carrier field reference →

This is a separately named product in DPD’s German-origin international portfolio.

Market and scope

Germany-origin DPD business products · Germany-origin business international product comparison

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Transit
Standard 2–5 working days; check the country/route rather than reading the standard range as a universal guarantee.
Network
Air, as explicitly shown in the comparison.
What to check
  • Do not extend domestic DPD EXPRESS next-day guarantees to this international range.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DPD EXPRESS domestic end of day
Carrier field reference →

The domestic product is described as next-working-day delivery Monday–Friday within Germany, by end of day, subject to applicable exceptions and conditions.

Market and scope

Germany-origin DPD business products · German domestic business Express page

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Product
Distinct from timed 08:30, 12:00 and Saturday variants.
Evidence
An online proof of delivery is available.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗

GLS

European core; Italy/Spain guidance and versioned ShipIT examples7
Documented reference
BusinessParcel Ireland
Carrier field reference →

BusinessParcel is the national product for parcels up to 30kg. GLS publishes delivery generally in less than 24 hours, rather than an unconditional time-specific guarantee.

Market and scope

Republic of Ireland · GLS Ireland national standard product

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Tracking and proof
Real-time tracking and digital recipient signature
Recovery
Second delivery attempt included; private-customer ParcelShop arrangement is described
What to check
  • Check current size/girth eligibility and customer terms.
  • Keep a standard delivery time separate from a guaranteed cutoff.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
EuroBusinessParcel Ireland
Carrier field reference →

EuroBusinessParcel connects major European markets with continuous tracking. Standard transit depends on the destination and remoteness.

Market and scope

Ireland → Europe · GLS Ireland international standard product

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Product limit
Published maximum 30kg; the Ireland page also specifies dimensional limits
Delivery evidence
Digital recipient signature and a second attempt are included
What to check
  • Use the destination-specific standard time.
  • Do not apply Ireland limits automatically to another GLS country contract.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Pick&ShipService
Carrier field reference →

GLS collects at a chosen address and delivers directly to the desired recipient. This supports supplier-to-customer movements without requiring a detour through the contracting sender.

Market and scope

Ireland / addresses within the stated European GLS network · Additional collection-and-forward service

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Order channel
Dispatch system or online collection order
Eligible products
BusinessParcel, BusinessSmallParcel, EuroBusinessParcel and EuroBusinessSmallParcel
What to check
  • Confirm both collection and delivery addresses are covered.
  • Distinguish the collection address from the contracting account holder.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Pick&ReturnService
Carrier field reference →

GLS collects a parcel from a selected address and returns it to the contracting sender. It is different from a ParcelShop drop-off return.

Market and scope

Ireland / stated European GLS network · Additional pickup-and-return service

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Flow
Selected collection address → sender
Eligible products
The Ireland page lists national and European BusinessParcel/SmallParcel products
What to check
  • Check the collection address and requested return destination.
  • Do not substitute an outbound label without a booked return movement.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
ShopReturnService
Carrier field reference →

The recipient drops a return parcel at a GLS ParcelShop. The sender may include the label with the goods or provide it later, and is charged when a parcel is actually returned.

Market and scope

Ireland; listed transnational destinations · ParcelShop return option in GLS Ireland

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

International scope
The Ireland page lists Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Luxembourg and Poland
Visibility
Continuous return tracking; Ireland standard return time is described as 24 hours
What to check
  • Confirm the return country is offered under the shipper agreement.
  • Keep label availability separate from evidence that a return was handed over.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
BusinessSmallParcel Ireland
Carrier field reference →

GLS sorts small and sensitive parcels separately and transports them in protective bags.

Market and scope

GLS Ireland-origin products; Republic of Ireland and Europe · Republic of Ireland domestic small-parcel product

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Transit
Generally under 24 hours; the published wording is indicative.
Eligibility
Use the small-parcel frame and size/weight conditions published for this Irish product.
What to check
  • Protective bags describe handling; they do not establish an air/road delivery commitment.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
EuroBusinessSmallParcel Ireland
Carrier field reference →

GLS sorts small and sensitive parcels separately and transports them in protective bags.

Market and scope

GLS Ireland-origin products; Republic of Ireland and Europe · Ireland-origin European small-parcel product

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Transit
Major European markets normally 48–96 hours; more distant/remote destinations take longer.
Eligibility
Use the small-parcel frame and size/weight conditions published for this Irish product.
What to check
  • Protective bags describe handling; they do not establish an air/road delivery commitment.
Official sources (external website) ↗

USPS

United States domestic parcel barcode standards8
Documented reference
USPS Ground Advantage
Carrier field reference →

Ground Advantage covers eligible U.S. destinations with an advertised 2–5 day expected delivery range, tracking and a maximum package weight of 70 lb.

Market and scope

United States · Domestic package service

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Coverage
50 states plus specified military, territory, possession and Freely Associated State destinations.
Delivery promise
Expected 2–5 days; certain destinations, hazardous materials and live animals can take longer.
Handling
Primary option for permitted HAZMAT that cannot travel by air.
What to check
  • Use the origin/destination estimate and applicable mailability rules.
  • Do not present the expected range as a guaranteed national deadline.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Priority Mail
Read label interpretation: Priority Mail + Adult Signature · IMpb →

Priority Mail advertises delivery in 2–3 days based on origin, destination and drop-off time; this expected date has no money-back guarantee.

Market and scope

United States · Domestic package service

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Parcel limit
Up to 70 lb for eligible domestic mailpieces.
Pricing models
Weight/zone or valid USPS Flat Rate packaging.
Included features
Tracking and up to $100 insurance for qualifying shipments, subject to exclusions.
What to check
  • Read the expected date shown at checkout or on the receipt.
  • Do not infer a guaranteed deadline from the word Priority.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Priority Mail Express
Carrier field reference →

Priority Mail Express advertises 1–3 day delivery by 6 p.m. with a money-back guarantee subject to its service terms and destination eligibility.

Market and scope

United States · Domestic date-certain service

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Coverage
Most U.S. addresses and PO Boxes; limited exceptions apply.
Commitment
Use the specific guaranteed date/time on the mailing receipt.
Weight
Maximum eligible package weight is 70 lb.
What to check
  • Run the USPS Service Commitments check for the actual lane.
  • Assess guarantee eligibility against the receipt and current terms.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Priority Mail Next Day for NSA shippers
Carrier field reference →

This enhanced Priority Mail option is available to eligible Negotiated Service Agreement holders via Click-N-Ship, with an expected one-business-day transit rather than an Express guarantee.

Market and scope

United States · Participating commercial ZIP pairings

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Eligibility
NSA holders; participating ZIP pairings and possible minimum volumes.
Local reach
Published reach is within 150 miles of participating USPS locations in participating markets.
Commitment
Expected one business day depends on lane and drop-off time; no money-back guarantee.
What to check
  • Confirm the NSA, participating location and exact ZIP pairing.
  • Do not apply this option to every ordinary Priority Mail label.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Priority Mail International
Carrier field reference →

Priority Mail International serves about 180 countries with an advertised 6–10 business-day range for many major markets, subject to destination limits and customs.

Market and scope

United States outbound · Eligible international postal shipments

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Packaging limits
Flat Rate envelopes/small boxes: 4 lb; medium/large boxes: 20 lb; weight-based parcels: up to 70 lb, subject to country limits.
Tracking scope
Destination restrictions apply; tracking is excluded for Flat Rate envelopes and small Flat Rate boxes.
Customs
A complete computer-generated customs form and detailed contents description are required.
What to check
  • Verify destination service availability, weight limits and customs documentation.
  • Do not promise identical tracking coverage or transit time for every packaging format.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Priority Mail Express International
Carrier field reference →

The product publishes 3–5 business days for many major markets, with a money-back guarantee only for selected date-certain destinations.

Market and scope

United States outbound; eligible destination countries · International postal parcels and Flat Rate envelopes

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Limits
Flat Rate envelopes up to 4 lb; weight-based parcels up to 70 lb subject to country limits.
Tracking
USPS Tracking is included with destination limitations.
Clearance
Origin, destination and customs delays can alter the published range.
What to check
  • Check the current individual-country listing, customs form and selected destination guarantee.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
First-Class Package International Service
Carrier field reference →

FCPIS carries packages up to 4 lb and valued up to $400, with delivery time varying by destination.

Market and scope

United States outbound; destination restrictions · Small international packages

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Tracking coverage
Electronic international delivery confirmation is available for online shipments to selected destinations; it is not universal.
Category boundary
First-Class Mail International letters/flats are a different category.
What to check
  • Check the destination’s current mailability and delivery-confirmation support; a customs identifier does not promise full tracking.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Global Express Guaranteed suspension reference
Carrier field reference →

The current International Mail Manual states that Global Express Guaranteed has been suspended since 29 September 2024.

Market and scope

United States outbound; current IMM notice · Historical GXG identification

USPS International Mail Manual §211, reviewed 2026-10-05; suspension effective 2024-09-29

Availability
Historical GXG descriptions and label references do not establish current acceptance.
URL caution
The former consumer GXG URL now renders Priority Mail Express International content.
What to check
  • Use current USPS acceptance information; do not display a historical GXG label as an available product.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Royal Mail

United Kingdom; account and service context7
Documented reference
Royal Mail Tracked 24
Carrier field reference →

Tracked 24 targets next-working-day delivery with tracking and delivery-photo evidence. The product name does not make it a guaranteed 24-hour elapsed-time service.

Market and scope

United Kingdom · Public non-contract domestic product page

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Commitment
Next-working-day delivery aim; listed postcode exclusions apply
Options
Signature and online age-verification options; notifications depend on sending channel
What to check
  • Check the current destination exclusions and acceptance conditions.
  • Compare required proof and age controls with the selected option.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Royal Mail Tracked 48
Carrier field reference →

Tracked 48 publishes a two-to-three-working-day delivery aim with tracking and delivery-photo evidence. It should not be decoded as an exact 48-hour guarantee.

Market and scope

United Kingdom · Public non-contract domestic product page

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Commitment
2–3 working-day aim, subject to destination exclusions
Proof options
Signature and age verification are distinct optional features
What to check
  • Count working days and check the sending/acceptance channel.
  • Verify that the purchased option supplies the required recipient proof.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Special Delivery Guaranteed by 1pm
Carrier field reference →

This product promises delivery by 1pm on the next working day when accepted within the applicable cutoff, with published exceptions and money-back conditions.

Market and scope

United Kingdom · Public non-contract guaranteed service

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Proof
Full tracking with delivery photo and signature
Calendar options
Saturday guarantee is an additional option; Parcel Collect adds a working day
What to check
  • Check local latest acceptance time and destination exceptions.
  • Confirm whether Saturday delivery was actually selected.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
International Tracked for goods and gifts
Carrier field reference →

International Tracked is primarily for goods and gifts, with tracking to the delivery point and online confirmation. The current parcel format permits up to 2kg.

Market and scope

United Kingdom → eligible international destinations · Current public International Tracked page

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Delivery aims
Europe 3–5 working days; worldwide 5–7; specified nearby countries 3–4
Eligibility
Full electronic customs data and an affixed customs declaration are required
What to check
  • Check destination restrictions and the parcel dimension limits.
  • Do not transfer this goods/2kg scope to International Tracked & Signed.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
International Tracked & Signed documents
Carrier field reference →

The current public page defines this as a document-only service. A signature is collected on delivery, but its image is not supplied to the sender or available online.

Market and scope

United Kingdom → eligible international destinations · Current public documents-only product page

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Current format
Large-letter maximum 750g; published letter/large-letter dimensions apply
Address restrictions
PO boxes and Pack Stations excluded, with the stated Africa/Middle East exception
What to check
  • Check current destination eligibility and document contents.
  • Distinguish online delivery confirmation from a downloadable signature image.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Special Delivery Guaranteed by 9am
Carrier field reference →

The retail 9am product provides next-working-day timed delivery or money back, with full tracking, delivery photo and signature. Postcode exceptions modify availability or the arrival deadline.

Market and scope

UK-origin Royal Mail retail/non-account services · UK retail/non-account service; Post Office purchase

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Eligibility
Maximum 2 kg; purchased in a Post Office branch.
Calendar
Working days are Monday–Friday unless Saturday Guaranteed is purchased.
What to check
  • Check the current postcode-exception table and latest acceptance time.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
International Standard
Carrier field reference →

International Standard is a separately priced international product for the stated letter and parcel formats. Goods/gifts generally require customs declarations, with the page’s Northern Ireland-to-EU exception.

Market and scope

UK-origin Royal Mail retail/non-account services · UK retail international letters/large letters/small parcels

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Eligibility
Small-parcel maximum 2 kg; letter and large-letter limits differ.
Interpretation
Do not infer a Tracked service or timed guarantee from a customs declaration or barcode alone.
What to check
  • Confirm the destination-specific restrictions and selected product before treating an identifier as trackable.
Official sources (external website) ↗

SF Express

China electronic waybill specification; international services separate7
Documented reference
SF Standard Express International
Carrier field reference →

Standard Express is marketed for urgent shipments, efficient pickup and customs clearance.

Market and scope

Chinese Mainland site; eligible international lanes · Urgent door-to-door international delivery

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Transit
Origin and destination determine the transit quote; no single worldwide delivery duration is published here.
What to check
  • Check Rates & Transit Time for the exact lane and shipment date.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
SF Economy Express International
Carrier field reference →

Economy targets non-urgent shipments, with pricing advantages described for weight above 20 kg.

Market and scope

Chinese Mainland site; eligible international lanes · Non-urgent international delivery

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Visibility
Door-to-door pickup, same-day online tracking and whole-process traceability are advertised.
Transit evidence
The reviewed page supplies no usable numeric global transit commitment.
What to check
  • Verify exact lane availability and transit quote; do not invent a 3–7-day SLA from the Economy name.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
SF Same Day Delivery Exclusive
Carrier field reference →

Dedicated pickup/delivery and customer service, with immediate dispatch and eligible intercity same-day delivery.

Market and scope

Chinese Mainland; eligible city regions · Dedicated domestic express service

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Advertised speed
As fast as four hours; exact commitment depends on shipping time and administrative origin/destination.
Coverage
More than 300 cities around airports and high-speed rail stations on the reviewed page.
Compensation
Late-delivery compensation is described.
What to check
  • Check designated service region and time; proximity to a station does not prove the parcel moved by train.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
International protection and correction options
Carrier field reference →

Shipment Protection Plus and Delivery Address Correction are listed alongside remote/residential, oversize and fuel charges.

Market and scope

Standard/Economy international eligible lanes · Value-added services and billable-weight rules

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Chargeable weight
Actual versus volumetric weight, whichever is higher; cm dimensions divided by 5,000.
Rounding
Below 20 kg, 0.5-kg initial/additional units; at or above 20 kg, 1-kg minimum charging units in this page.
What to check
  • Confirm available options and charging rules for both markets; an option or surcharge does not redefine the core service.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
顺丰标快(SF Domestic Standard Express)
Read label interpretation: Domestic child waybill · QR k5 →

顺丰标快 is SF’s value-oriented, tracked, doorstep standard express product. Its Chinese page gives an explicit arrival time through the booking inquiry, with eligible intra-province/economic-region lanes as fast as next-day noon.

Market and scope

China Mainland domestic; Hong Kong/Macao/Taiwan lane eligibility · Eligible China Mainland and Hong Kong/Macao/Taiwan lanes

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Timing
Based on acceptance time and origin/destination administrative areas within the designated service scope.
Handling
Standardized processes and coordinated capacity.
Price
First plus additional weight, varying by route; the actual collection quote controls.
What to check
  • Confirm postcode scope and cut-off before treating fastest next-day noon as a promise.
  • Keep domestic 顺丰标快 separate from 国际标快 and their billing rules.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
顺丰特快(SF Domestic Express)
Carrier field reference →

顺丰特快 is SF’s faster tracked doorstep express product. The page states that the actual committed arrival depends on shipping time and administrative areas, with eligible inter-city flows as fast as next-day noon.

Market and scope

China Mainland domestic; Hong Kong/Macao/Taiwan lane eligibility · Eligible China Mainland and Hong Kong/Macao/Taiwan lanes

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Priority objective
Capacity is coordinated to shorten the parcel journey.
Timing
The stated fastest time is conditional on the designated route and acceptance window.
Quote
First/additional weight and route distance influence pricing.
What to check
  • Use the order’s exact committed arrival time and actual collection confirmation.
  • Do not infer an air-only mode from the product name or apply International Standard’s divisor.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
准时宝(Purchased on-time protection)
Carrier field reference →

准时宝 is a purchased protection option offering priority collection/delivery and benefits when the booked committed time is exceeded. It is an add-on, separate from the base express product.

Market and scope

China Mainland eligible products · China Mainland eligible 顺丰标快/顺丰特快/顺丰半日达 shipments

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Eligible products
The page lists mainland 顺丰标快, 顺丰特快 and 顺丰半日达.
Pickup benefit
A pickup-delay benefit is described for eligible home-collection orders.
Terms
Benefit calculation, thresholds and payment depend on the option’s current rules.
What to check
  • Confirm that the option was purchased and the specific commitment/benefit terms.
  • Do not apply 准时宝 compensation automatically to every SF label.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Aramex

International and domestic express; historical Shipping API manual5
Documented reference
Aramex International Express
Carrier field reference →

The current page markets 2–3-day international delivery with customs clearance and optional insurance.

Market and scope

U.S. website; destination availability varies · International door-to-door parcels

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Tracking
Online shipment creation and real-time updates are described.
What to check
  • Obtain an origin/destination quote; the marketing range is not a blanket worldwide guarantee.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Aramex Domestic Express
Carrier field reference →

Fast and same-day service is advertised alongside collections, returns and payment options.

Market and scope

Regional entitlement required · Domestic door-to-door delivery

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Service scope
Same-day coverage and cutoffs depend on the local market.
What to check
  • Confirm local product, same-day coverage and cutoff before using a domestic marketing statement as an SLA.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Click & Collect / Pickup Points
Carrier field reference →

Customers collect at an Aramex outlet; Pickup Points can also include lockers and retail partners.

Market and scope

Participating Aramex markets · Out-of-home recipient delivery

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Endpoint
The pickup location is the delivery endpoint selected for the shipment.
What to check
  • Validate the location ID, operating hours, parcel eligibility and collection procedure before booking.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Aramex Drop & Ship
Carrier field reference →

Suppliers send to a forwarding address and Aramex arranges onward delivery to the intended recipient.

Market and scope

Eligible forwarding markets · Supplier-to-forwarding-address workflow

Official regional product page, reviewed 2026-10-05; booking quote governs availability

Address distinction
Forwarding address and final recipient address represent separate stages.
What to check
  • Confirm the forwarding account/address, final destination and customs responsibility; do not treat the first local label as final delivery.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
COD and signature/hold options
Carrier field reference →

Cash-on-delivery is separate from freight-charge payment; legacy API options also include hold and signature.

Market and scope

Current payment marketing; archived API schema · Additional collection and delivery handling

Aramex Shipping Services API Manual, archived 2013 schema; not a current service entitlement list

Archived service codes
CODS = collection of goods cost; HFPU = recipient pickup; SIG = physical delivery signature.
Timed options
FIRST/NOON appear in the historical manual and require current local confirmation.
What to check
  • Verify contract and current options; do not interpret CODS as the consignee paying transportation.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Yamato Transport

Japan domestic waybill preparation8
Documented reference
TA-Q-BIN
Carrier field reference →

TA-Q-BIN accepts sizes through 200 with a maximum 30 kg; the higher of dimensional size and weight category determines the rated size.

Market and scope

Japan · Regular domestic parcel service

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Size calculation
Length + width + height in centimetres.
Limits
Size 200 / 30 kg; additional maximum-side rules apply.
Delivery selection
Available date/time-zone options depend on the actual lane.
What to check
  • Calculate both size and weight category.
  • Check content and packaging eligibility even when dimensions fit.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Cool TA-Q-BIN
Carrier field reference →

Cool TA-Q-BIN maintains pre-cooled goods using chilled or frozen equipment; it is not a service that chills warm goods after acceptance.

Market and scope

Japan · Domestic chilled/frozen parcels

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Temperature
Chilled 0–10°C; frozen equipment set to −15°C.
Limits
Up to size 120 / 15 kg.
Acceptance
Home collection or eligible Yamato office; convenience stores are unavailable.
What to check
  • Pre-cool chilled goods for at least six hours and frozen goods for at least twelve hours as specified.
  • Confirm coverage and packaging for the contents.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
TA-Q-BIN Compact
Carrier field reference →

Compact is the dedicated-box product for smaller parcels, delivered by hand with an insured-value ceiling distinct from regular TA-Q-BIN.

Market and scope

Japan · Small domestic parcels in dedicated packaging

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Packaging
Dedicated thin box 24.8 × 34 cm or box 20 × 25 × 5 cm.
Liability scope
Published insurance ceiling is JPY 30,000 including tax.
Options
Date/time selection and eligible pickup options; multi-parcel discount is excluded.
What to check
  • Use the dedicated package and special waybill.
  • Check the specific channel’s acceptance, especially for freight-collect shipments.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
International TA-Q-BIN
Carrier field reference →

International TA-Q-BIN supports gifts and merchandise under destination import/export rules, with smaller parcel limits than regular domestic TA-Q-BIN.

Market and scope

Japan outbound · Eligible country-specific international parcels

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Limits
Maximum total dimensions 160 cm and weight 25 kg.
Customs
Contents invoice required; corporate shipments need corporate name and invoice number.
Delivery boundary
Destination service area and partner/airport delivery conditions apply.
What to check
  • Verify restrictions for personal versus corporate senders/recipients.
  • Use the destination’s published minimum transit estimate and customs requirements.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
International Cool TA-Q-BIN
Carrier field reference →

International Cool is a business service using B2 Cloud and a credit agreement for selected Asian destinations, with lane-specific fastest advertised delivery times.

Market and scope

Japan to selected Asian markets · Business refrigerated exports

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Lane examples
Hong Kong as fast as next day; Taiwan, Singapore and Bangkok as fast as two days, with excluded areas.
Limits
Size 60–120, maximum 15 kg; chilled/frozen options require pre-cooling.
Option exclusions
No time-range selection, delivery-center pickup or freight collect.
What to check
  • Confirm current destination acceptance, import rules and account setup.
  • Fastest published transit is not a customs-clearance guarantee.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
宅急便タイムサービス(TA-Q-BIN Time Service/次晨时限宅急便)
Carrier field reference →

TA-Q-BIN Time Service advertises delivery by 10:00 the following morning for parcels accepted by the evening, with area-specific cut-offs and selectable dates/times. It may use air freight for distant destinations.

Market and scope

Japan domestic · Japan domestic time-service eligible cut-offs and delivery areas

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Timing qualification
Acceptance deadline and available delivery date/time vary by area and day of week.
Channels
Home pickup and Yamato sales offices; agencies and convenience stores are unavailable.
Restrictions
No return delivery, freight-collect option or reduced multi-parcel rate for this service.
Waybill
The preparation guide requires a special waybill.
What to check
  • Confirm the actual local cut-off and booked delivery time.
  • Write detailed contents; air-prohibited goods can affect acceptance.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
空港宅急便(Airport TA-Q-BIN/机场行李宅急便)
Carrier field reference →

Airport TA-Q-BIN sends luggage to participating airport counters or from the airport to a home/hotel. Outbound luggage normally must be sent two days before departure, or three days in some areas.

Market and scope

Japan domestic · Domestic delivery to/from participating Japanese airport counters

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Deadline
Drop-off deadline varies by counter; delivery to the airport is by the day before departure.
Receipt
Collect the luggage from the participating counter on departure day.
Acceptance
Parcels over 30 kg are not accepted.
Outbound restriction
Time-zone delivery and freight collect are not available when sending to airports.
What to check
  • Confirm airport, terminal, airline, flight date/time and counter.
  • Airport delivery does not mean the parcel itself is transported by aircraft.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
往復宅急便(Round Trip TA-Q-BIN/往返宅急便)
Carrier field reference →

Round Trip TA-Q-BIN sends luggage from home to accommodation or leisure facilities and back, using the outbound arrangement for the return. The outward destination cannot be the sender’s home.

Market and scope

Japan domestic · Japan domestic home-to-accommodation/leisure-facility and return service

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Deadline
Send two days before the stay, or three in some areas; the counter’s acceptance deadline applies.
Return window
The return service can be used within one month from initial drop-off.
Acceptance
Parcels over 30 kg are not accepted.
Receipt
Bring the waybill receipt to collect the parcel at the destination.
What to check
  • Confirm both journeys, facility details and return date.
  • This is a travel round trip, not a general merchant return-label or freight-collect product.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Australia Post

Australia Shipping & Tracking label metadata9
Documented reference
Australia Post Parcel Post
Read label interpretation: Parcel Post · article and metadata →

Parcel Post is the regular domestic parcel product; the current public page describes a general 2–6 business-day range with actual timing dependent on lodgement and destination.

Market and scope

Australia · Domestic Australia Post parcels

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Commitment
Estimated regular service; page footnote states 2+ business days and lane variation.
Coverage
Use domestic delivery-speed/coverage checks for the address pair.
Compensation
Up to $100 included compensation, with terms and optional Extra Cover.
What to check
  • Quote the actual lane estimate rather than a universal national deadline.
  • Keep Parcel Post distinct from StarTrack road freight.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Australia Post Express Post
Carrier field reference →

Express Post generally takes 1–3 business days. The next-business-day guarantee applies only to qualifying postings within the defined next-day network and service conditions.

Market and scope

Australia · Domestic Express Post product and eligible next-day network

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Coverage
Addresses throughout Australia; the next-day network is narrower.
Outside network
Fastest available handling using existing transport links, without a next-day guarantee.
Important exclusion
Express eParcel is excluded from the published Express Post guarantee.
What to check
  • Check both postcodes, weekday lodgement and acceptance conditions.
  • Do not extend the guarantee to every express-branded business shipment.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
StarTrack Premium
Read label interpretation: StarTrack Premium / PRM · routing string →

Premium offers next-business-day national delivery within its defined network, with tracking, delivery notifications and several controlled delivery handover options.

Market and scope

Australia · Business-account Premium delivery

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Eligibility
StarTrack account and Premium network applicability.
Network limitation
Capital-city network excludes Darwin; some major centres are included.
Endpoints
Street addresses plus specified postal/locker destinations; additional time may apply.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked StarTrack product and destination conditions.
  • Read the guarantee/network terms rather than assuming every PRM shipment is next day.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
StarTrack Road Express
Carrier field reference →

Road Express supports daily B2B distribution, multi-article consignments, cartons, bulk parcels and permitted dangerous goods, with lane-specific operational arrangements.

Market and scope

Australia · Nationwide business road freight

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Use cases
Warehouse-to-store, warehouse-to-warehouse and stock fulfilment.
Consignment model
Many cartons under one consignment and manifest.
Published metric
A 95% delivered-in-full/on-time target is a performance target, not a universal parcel guarantee.
What to check
  • Confirm the contracted lane and operational delivery requirement.
  • Use the EXP label-code context only where returned for the actual StarTrack product.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
StarTrack Premium handover controls
Carrier field reference →

Premium distinguishes signature delivery, preauthorized Authority to Leave, Airlock identity checks and Parcel Locker PIN handover.

Market and scope

Australia · Options on compatible StarTrack Premium shipments

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Airlock
Security-cleared delivery can validate and record four digits of the recipient’s ID.
Locker proof
The recipient’s entry PIN establishes proof of delivery under the published locker conditions.
ATL
Preauthorization and safe-delivery conditions govern leaving the item.
What to check
  • Confirm the selected handover instruction in the booking.
  • A generic signature requirement does not prove Airlock or ATL was purchased.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Australia Post International Courier
Carrier field reference →

The current comparison estimates 2–3 business days, for selected destinations and lodgement outlets.

Market and scope

Australia outbound; actual destination restrictions · International parcel product

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Features
Tracking and signature; selected Post Offices only.
Parcel limits
The comparison states maximum 20 kg, 105 cm length and 140 cm girth; check destination exceptions.
Customs
A completed CN23 is required in the parcel comparison.
What to check
  • Use the current destination estimate and posting conditions; published ranges are not guaranteed for every country.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Australia Post International Express
Carrier field reference →

The current comparison estimates 3–6 business days to eligible destinations.

Market and scope

Australia outbound; actual destination restrictions · International parcel product

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Features
Tracking and signature; online MyPost label/customs preparation is described.
Parcel limits
The comparison states maximum 20 kg, 105 cm length and 140 cm girth; check destination exceptions.
Customs
A completed CN23 is required in the parcel comparison.
What to check
  • Use the current destination estimate and posting conditions; published ranges are not guaranteed for every country.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Australia Post International Standard
Carrier field reference →

The current comparison estimates 5–10 business days to eligible destinations.

Market and scope

Australia outbound; actual destination restrictions · International parcel product

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Features
Tracking is included; Signature on Delivery is an optional addition.
Parcel limits
The comparison states maximum 20 kg, 105 cm length and 140 cm girth; check destination exceptions.
Customs
A completed CN23 is required in the parcel comparison.
What to check
  • Use the current destination estimate and posting conditions; published ranges are not guaranteed for every country.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Australia Post International Economy
Carrier field reference →

Economy advertises 15+ business days by air or 2–3 months by Sea Mail.

Market and scope

Australia outbound; actual destination restrictions · International parcel product

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Features
No tracking; own packaging and over-the-counter Post Office lodgement.
Parcel limits
The comparison states maximum 20 kg, 105 cm length and 140 cm girth; check destination exceptions.
Customs
A completed CN23 is required in the parcel comparison.
What to check
  • Use the current destination estimate and posting conditions; published ranges are not guaranteed for every country.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Canada Post

Canada; approved shipping label standards11
Documented reference
Regular Parcel
Carrier field reference →

Regular Parcel is the cost-conscious domestic ground product. Published standards vary materially by local, regional, national and remote delivery context.

Market and scope

Canada · Domestic Regular Parcel / DOM.RP

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Code
DOM.RP in the shipping API catalog.
Major-centre comparison
Local 1–3, regional 3–6 and national 4–10 business days in the reviewed summary table.
Guarantee
No on-time delivery guarantee in the personal domestic comparison.
What to check
  • Use the detailed postal-code delivery-standard tool.
  • Remote and non-major-centre standards differ from the summary table.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Expedited Parcel
Carrier field reference →

Expedited Parcel adds a distinct domestic service code and delivery standards; it should be read in the business booking context rather than treated as a generic express label.

Market and scope

Canada · Domestic business API product / DOM.EP

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Code
DOM.EP.
Major-centre standards
Local 1–2, regional 1–4 and national 2–8 business days in the detailed table.
API eligibility
A valid Canada Post business account is required for the reviewed API workflow.
What to check
  • Check the actual origin/destination standard and account eligibility.
  • Guarantee exceptions apply to Air Stage offices and other specified conditions.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Xpresspost
Carrier field reference →

Xpresspost offers next-day or two-day standards in major-centre contexts, while the detailed Canada Post table separately covers non-major and remote areas.

Market and scope

Canada · Domestic Xpresspost / DOM.XP

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Code
DOM.XP.
Major-centre comparison
Next day local/regional and two business days nationally.
Commitment terms
On-time guarantee is subject to conditions, modifications and suspensions.
What to check
  • Use the postal-code tool and current guarantee notice.
  • Do not apply the major-centre headline to remote or Air Stage locations.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Priority
Carrier field reference →

Priority is the fastest domestic option in the reviewed catalog, with tracking and signature. Detailed standards and geographic exclusions govern its next-day positioning.

Market and scope

Canada · Domestic Priority / DOM.PC

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Code
DOM.PC.
Major-centre table
Next-day local, regional and national standards in the comparison.
Geographic exclusion
Priority is unavailable to/from Air Stage offices; remote standards can be longer.
What to check
  • Verify the exact lane and service availability.
  • A Priority banner alone does not prove a national next-day commitment.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Signature, age verification and pickup options
Carrier field reference →

Delivery options are separate from the base service code. Signature, age checks, safe-drop controls and Post Office delivery have distinct meanings and required inputs.

Market and scope

Canada · Compatible Canada Post API shipping options

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Option namespace
SO: Signature; PA18/PA19/PA21 in the reviewed JSON portal: age threshold.
Drop-off instruction
DNS prevents safe drop; LAD requests leave-at-door behavior.
Post Office delivery
D2PO delivers to a designated Post Office and needs recipient/contact/office details.
What to check
  • Discover supported options for the selected product and API version.
  • Do not conflate shipping-rate payment, merchandise COD and signature requirements.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Xpresspost USA
Carrier field reference →

Xpresspost USA publishes a projected 2–3 business days range in the comparison.

Market and scope

Canada to United States · Outbound postal parcel product

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Visibility
Tracking and delivery confirmation included.
Guarantee
On-time guarantee is listed, subject to current terms.
Namespace boundary
The DOM.RP/DOM.EP/DOM.XP/DOM.PC domestic API identifiers do not identify this outbound product.
What to check
  • Check current country acceptance, customs processing and the actual quoted standard; compare projections with guarantee conditions.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Expedited Parcel USA
Carrier field reference →

Expedited Parcel USA publishes a projected 4–7 business days range in the comparison.

Market and scope

Canada to United States · Outbound postal parcel product

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Visibility
Tracking and delivery confirmation included.
Guarantee
No on-time guarantee in the comparison.
Namespace boundary
The DOM.RP/DOM.EP/DOM.XP/DOM.PC domestic API identifiers do not identify this outbound product.
What to check
  • Check current country acceptance, customs processing and the actual quoted standard; compare projections with guarantee conditions.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Tracked Packet USA
Carrier field reference →

Tracked Packet USA publishes a projected 4–7 business days range in the comparison.

Market and scope

Canada to United States · Outbound postal parcel product

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Visibility
Tracking and delivery confirmation included.
Guarantee
No on-time guarantee in the comparison.
Namespace boundary
The DOM.RP/DOM.EP/DOM.XP/DOM.PC domestic API identifiers do not identify this outbound product.
What to check
  • Check current country acceptance, customs processing and the actual quoted standard; compare projections with guarantee conditions.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Small Packet USA
Carrier field reference →

Small Packet USA publishes a projected 5–8 business days range in the comparison.

Market and scope

Canada to United States · Outbound postal parcel product

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Visibility
No tracking or delivery confirmation in the comparison.
Guarantee
No on-time guarantee in the comparison.
Namespace boundary
The DOM.RP/DOM.EP/DOM.XP/DOM.PC domestic API identifiers do not identify this outbound product.
What to check
  • Check current country acceptance, customs processing and the actual quoted standard; compare projections with guarantee conditions.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Xpresspost International
Carrier field reference →

Xpresspost International publishes a projected 4–7 business days by air range in the comparison.

Market and scope

Canada to eligible overseas destinations · Outbound postal parcel product

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Visibility
Tracking and delivery confirmation included.
Guarantee
On-time guarantee is listed, subject to current terms.
Namespace boundary
The DOM.RP/DOM.EP/DOM.XP/DOM.PC domestic API identifiers do not identify this outbound product.
What to check
  • Check current country acceptance, customs processing and the actual quoted standard; compare projections with guarantee conditions.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Tracked Packet International
Carrier field reference →

Tracked Packet International publishes a projected 6–10 business days by air range in the comparison.

Market and scope

Canada to selected overseas destinations · Outbound postal parcel product

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Visibility
Tracking and delivery confirmation included.
Guarantee
No on-time guarantee in the comparison.
Namespace boundary
The DOM.RP/DOM.EP/DOM.XP/DOM.PC domestic API identifiers do not identify this outbound product.
What to check
  • Check current country acceptance, customs processing and the actual quoted standard; compare projections with guarantee conditions.
Official sources (external website) ↗

PostNL

Netherlands and destination-specific business products7
Documented reference
Easy Return API product 4910
Carrier field reference →

The Shipping API integrates Easy Return and documents product code 4910 in ProductCodeDelivery. Availability and destination eligibility must be checked for the account.

Market and scope

PostNL international return integration · ProductCodeDelivery in the Shipping API

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Namespace
4910 is a delivery-product request value, not a barcode prefix
Return separation
Create and track the return movement as its own booked shipment
What to check
  • Verify the current return portfolio and account permissions.
  • Do not confuse Easy Return with the separately discontinued Shipment and Return option.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
PostNL letterbox parcel standard — API product 2948
Carrier field reference →

The current business page describes delivery within two delivery days, Tuesday–Saturday, by a mail carrier with a digital delivery scan. This is different from Priority’s 24-hour parcel-driver service and real-time tracking.

Market and scope

Netherlands · 2026 API-only standard letterbox product

Current business product page reviewed 5 October 2026; retained PostNL 2025–2026 product-code changelog

Current product description
Two delivery days (Tuesday–Saturday); digital delivery scan.
API namespace
The retained developer changelog identifies standard letterbox parcel+ code 2948; validate the current integration and contract.
Eligibility
Current product-page limit: 38 × 26.5 × 3.2 cm and 2 kg.
What to check
  • Do not read 48-hour API/product wording as a guaranteed elapsed-time promise covering every calendar day.
  • Standard and Priority use different posting channels and tracking descriptions.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
International registered letter code migration guidance
Carrier field reference →

PostNL consolidated registered international letter codes 6408, 3060, 6605, 6040 and 6027 into 6418. It states that the service, label and rates remain the same.

Market and scope

Netherlands → eligible international destinations · ProductCodeDelivery migration effective 25 February 2026

PostNL changelog notices 2025-12-18 and 2026-03-05; consolidation effective 2026-02-25

Contents scope
Registered international letters; the December 2025 notice specifies letters not containing goods
Barcode path
Barcode API RI and automatically generated RF belong to different generation paths
What to check
  • Change ProductCodeDelivery in the applicable v2 integration.
  • Do not assign a packet-with-goods product solely because a registered-letter prefix looks similar.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Delivery Code requires an attended handover address
Carrier field reference →

PostNL rejects Delivery Code shipments addressed to a PO box because the receiver must physically provide the verification code. Validation took effect on 24 February 2026.

Market and scope

PostNL Delivery Code eligible shipments · Receiver verification-code delivery

PostNL changelog notice 2026-01-27; effective 2026-02-24

Validation
A PO-box receiver address triggers the documented error response
Proof role
The receiver code verifies handover; it is not an account number or barcode prefix
What to check
  • Check for a staffed physical receiver address.
  • Confirm current product/option eligibility and delivery-code notification data.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
PostNL standard parcel
Carrier field reference →

The consumer standard-parcel product provides track & trace. The FAQ states it is not insured and recommends the separate registered service when cover is needed.

Market and scope

Netherlands-origin consumer or business channel as stated · Current Dutch consumer Standard parcel FAQ

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Workflow
Create a label online/in the app/at a PostNL point; verify sender and recipient addresses.
Qualification
Do not attach a business API product code without its current product-code evidence.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
PostNL letterbox parcel priority
Carrier field reference →

Priority is a separate letterbox product delivered by the parcel driver, with real-time tracking and a published 24-hour delivery description Monday–Saturday.

Market and scope

Netherlands-origin consumer or business channel as stated · Current Netherlands business letterbox-parcel page

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Eligibility
Up to 38 × 26.5 × 3.2 cm and 2 kg.
Handoff
Priority is handed in at a parcel depot or appropriate PostNL point; Standard uses different acceptance channels.
What to check
  • Treat the published speed as the stated product description; confirm contract/remedy and posting conditions.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
PostNL international registered letter
Carrier field reference →

The March 2026 changelog consolidates international registered-letter codes 6408, 3060, 6605, 6040 and 6027 into 6418, with effect from 25 February 2026. The carrier says the service, label and rates remain the same.

Market and scope

Netherlands-origin consumer or business channel as stated · Product-code changelog; international registered letters

PostNL changelog 5 March 2026; product-code migration effective 25 February 2026; reviewed 5 October 2026

Contents
International registered letters; the December 2025 note specifies letters not containing goods.
Namespace
ProductCodeDelivery 6418 in the applicable v2 requests; RI via Barcode API and RF via automated label generation are separate paths.
What to check
  • Do not retain the former country-specific registered-letter codes in a current integration without carrier approval.
Official sources (external website) ↗

La Poste / Colissimo

France; SLS and Geolabel documentation6
Documented reference
Colissimo Domicile without signature
Carrier field reference →

The current offer publishes an indicative 24/48-hour delivery time and delivery to a compliant mailbox. It is a different handover option from the secured signature/code offer.

Market and scope

France · Merchant domestic home-delivery offer

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Eligibility
Up to 30kg; sum of dimensions below 150cm; mailbox-fit conditions apply
API correspondence
SLS France DOM returns a parcel number beginning 6A
What to check
  • Check the selected domestic market and mailbox eligibility.
  • Apply the current contract conditions to any delay compensation rather than assuming a universal guarantee.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Colissimo Domicile with secured handover
Carrier field reference →

The current merchant page describes secured handover using a code or signature. Its indicative 24/48-hour time should be checked against contract conditions.

Market and scope

France · Merchant domestic signature/secured-code home delivery

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Eligibility
Up to 30kg; sum of dimensions below 150cm
API correspondence
SLS France DOS returns a parcel number beginning 6C
What to check
  • Confirm the required proof mechanism and recipient contact information.
  • Do not assume every current DOS delivery produces a handwritten signature image.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Colissimo Point Retrait France
Carrier field reference →

The successfully reviewed page describes indicative 48-hour delivery to pickup channels with secured collection. Pickup Pass is a recipient collection credential, separate from the shipment ID.

Market and scope

France · Current official pickup-delivery product page

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Delivery channels
Retail pickup points, lockers, La Poste locations and Pickme neighbourhood relays
Holding periods
14 days at La Poste/retail points; 5 days in lockers, as published on the reviewed page
What to check
  • Check the selected location and its retention/collection rules.
  • Use the current page rather than older search excerpts for the delivery-time claim.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Colissimo international return directions
Carrier field reference →

SLS distinguishes foreign-to-France returns from France-to-foreign returns. The request product code and returned parcel-number prefix belong to separate fields.

Market and scope

France ↔ eligible foreign destinations · SLS product table; destination/contract dependent

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Foreign → France
CORI; returned prefix 7R in the international product table
France → foreign
CORF; returned prefix CQ
What to check
  • Check the direction, destination and contracted return offer.
  • Do not reuse an overseas CORI mapping globally: the same request code has a different overseas mapping.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Colissimo Domicile international with signature
Carrier field reference →

The enterprise page names a with-signature home-delivery product, using local delivery partners. Published transit starts at J+3 for Europe and J+5 for main global economic centres.

Market and scope

Metropolitan France-origin Colissimo enterprise offers · Metropolitan France-origin enterprise international offer

Official international enterprise page; commitments list May 2026, reviewed 5 October 2026

Commitment
The page lists deadline commitments for 32 destinations as of May 2026; they may change with international conditions/agreements.
Eligibility
Up to 30 kg in the stated offer, subject to destination conditions.
What to check
  • The earliest published transit is not a universal guarantee for every destination.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Colissimo Domicile international without signature
Carrier field reference →

The international enterprise page distinguishes home delivery without signature from its with-signature offer. Destination-specific eligibility and partner delivery conditions must be checked separately.

Market and scope

Metropolitan France-origin Colissimo enterprise offers · Enterprise international product explicitly named on the current page

Official enterprise international page reviewed 5 October 2026

Evidence boundary
The retained detailed transit/commitment block belongs to the with-signature section.
Qualification
Do not copy the with-signature proof/weight/guarantee conditions into the without-signature product without its own current terms.
What to check
  • Check the current without-signature country table and terms before booking.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Evri

United Kingdom public packaging and label guidance6
Documented reference
Evri Standard delivery
Carrier field reference →

Standard delivery publishes a 2–3-working-day aim from drop-off or collection, with tracking and delivery-photo confirmation. The timetable is an aim rather than an unconditional guarantee.

Market and scope

United Kingdom · Current consumer postage-price page

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Recipient experience
Delivery-day window and diversion to a neighbour or safe place
Acceptance
ParcelShop/Locker or courier collection as offered for the booking
What to check
  • Check the destination and any channel-specific restrictions.
  • Count transit from the applicable handover rather than the print date.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Evri Next Day
Carrier field reference →

Next Day requires a ParcelShop or Locker drop-off before noon. Evri describes doing its best to deliver the following working day, so the name should not be read as an unconditional guarantee.

Market and scope

United Kingdom · Current consumer Next Day page and pricing conditions

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Channel restriction
Not available with standard door-to-door courier collection
Visibility
End-to-end tracking, a 1-hour delivery-day window and photo confirmation
What to check
  • Check service availability and drop-off cutoff for the chosen location.
  • Verify that the parcel fits the selected entry channel.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Evri Small Parcel
Carrier field reference →

Small Parcel is a size/weight classification for parcels up to 2kg and 45×35×16cm. It does not independently specify a Standard or Next Day transit commitment.

Market and scope

United Kingdom · Current parcel-size guide

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Included features
Tracking and delivery-day information are described
Classification
Use the fully packed parcel dimensions and weight
What to check
  • Check the selected delivery product in addition to the size band.
  • Include packaging weight and measure the final sealed parcel.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Digital-signature option
Carrier field reference →

Evri offers a digital signature so the parcel is delivered to a person. This proof option is separate from a delivery-photo record or the base transit product.

Market and scope

United Kingdom · Current consumer additional-option description

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Optional proof
Digital recipient signature
Cover interaction
The price page describes automatic inclusion when upgraded cover and content value meet its threshold
What to check
  • Check the actually purchased option and current terms.
  • Do not infer signature entitlement solely from the parcel value or a printed tracking number.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Evri International
Carrier field reference →

Evri offers a separately bookable international shipping service with end-to-end tracking. It collects customs information during booking; country restrictions and transit differ from UK Standard/Next Day.

Market and scope

UK-origin consumer website services · UK consumer website; eligible international destinations

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Handoff
Book online and use the offered ParcelShop, locker or courier-collection channel.
Limits
International charging may use volumetric weight; confirm destination acceptance and goods restrictions.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Evri Postable / large-letter delivery
Carrier field reference →

The carrier markets a Postable size category with tracking, offered with Standard or Next Day delivery choices. It is not a third independent speed promise.

Market and scope

UK-origin consumer website services · UK consumer letterbox-friendly size category

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Eligibility
Up to 35 × 23 cm, depth 1–3 cm and weight 250 g–1 kg.
Delivery
Designed for letterbox delivery; select the speed and destination in booking.
What to check
  • A Postable label identifies a format/speed combination; do not infer a new service-code enum.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Swiss Post

Switzerland; Barcode web service6
Documented reference
PostPac Economy
Carrier field reference →

PostPac Economy generally delivers in two working days from Monday to Friday; items posted on Saturday are normally delivered the following Wednesday.

Market and scope

Switzerland · Domestic Economy parcels

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Operating standard
Generally two working days; exceptional delays fall under the GTC.
Standard parcel format
Up to 100 × 60 × 60 cm and 30 kg; bulky goods use separate conditions.
Code context
ECO is the documented domestic parcel base-service code.
What to check
  • Check acceptance time and posting day.
  • Do not count Saturday/Sunday as ordinary Economy delivery days.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
PostPac Priority
Carrier field reference →

PostPac Priority usually delivers the next working day. Saturday delivery is a separate available option; it is not automatically part of the normal Monday–Friday service.

Market and scope

Switzerland · Domestic Priority parcels

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Normal calendar
Standard delivery excludes Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays.
Limits
Standard parcels up to 30 kg under the stated format conditions.
Code context
PRI selects the domestic Priority base service; SA is Saturday delivery.
What to check
  • Check the actual cut-off and add-on eligibility.
  • Do not equate PRI with automatic Saturday or a time-slot booking.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Swiss-Express Moon
Carrier field reference →

Moon delivers eligible items by 9 a.m. on the next working day, including Saturday, when posted before the relevant acceptance cut-off.

Market and scope

Switzerland and Liechtenstein · Domestic letters, parcels and bulky goods

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Scope
Private and business customers; letters, parcels and bulky goods.
Geographic exceptions
Samnaun, Büsingen and PO Box addressing have specified exceptions/forwarding rules.
Code context
SEM is the base-service code; bulky-goods Moon combines SEM and SP.
What to check
  • Verify the location cut-off and exceptional address handling.
  • Use the published operating framework and tolerance rule for time interpretation.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Signature and Assurance options
Carrier field reference →

Signature provides confirmed delivery and increased liability; Assurance is a separate higher-value option under the relevant product conditions.

Market and scope

Switzerland · Compatible domestic Swiss Post shipments

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Signature
Published Moon/parcel pages show liability up to CHF 1,500.
Assurance
Published product pages show liability up to CHF 5,000 for valuable goods.
Compatibility
Select the supported add-on with the base service; code combinations are validated.
What to check
  • Check product eligibility and excluded contents.
  • Do not infer the insured value from the base service or mere presence of a barcode.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Bulky goods Economy
Carrier field reference →

The domestic portfolio treats bulky goods as a named product variant with separate format/handling conditions.

Market and scope

Swiss Post domestic parcel products; Switzerland · Swiss domestic bulky-goods product variant

Current domestic product pages and Digital Commerce API reviewed 5 October 2026

API services
SP + ECO in the Digital Commerce API, represented as separate service elements.
Commitment
Economy transit descriptions remain subject to Swiss Post’s posted conditions; the Priority page excludes liability for delays.
What to check
  • Do not add Signature/Assurance automatically or infer a timed express commitment from the bulky-goods flag.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Bulky goods Priority
Carrier field reference →

The domestic portfolio treats bulky goods as a named product variant with separate format/handling conditions.

Market and scope

Swiss Post domestic parcel products; Switzerland · Swiss domestic bulky-goods product variant

Current domestic product pages and Digital Commerce API reviewed 5 October 2026

API services
SP + PRI in the Digital Commerce API, represented as separate service elements.
Commitment
Priority transit descriptions remain subject to Swiss Post’s posted conditions; the Priority page excludes liability for delays.
What to check
  • Do not add Signature/Assurance automatically or infer a timed express commitment from the bulky-goods flag.
Official sources (external website) ↗

OnTrac

United States covered e-commerce lanes; Express early-access status3
Documented reference
OnTrac Ground
Carrier field reference →

OnTrac Ground is the core residential e-commerce parcel product; speed depends on the shipper’s origin network and delivery ZIP.

Market and scope

United States; covered e-commerce destinations · Retailer residential e-commerce delivery

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Positioning
The current homepage identifies Ground separately from Express and Ground Essentials.
Commitment
Relative speed claims do not provide a universal next-day deadline.
What to check
  • Use the contracted service and lane estimate; do not substitute the Express 2–3-day claim.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
OnTrac Ground Essentials
Carrier field reference →

Ground Essentials is OnTrac’s deferred economy product using its seven-day delivery network.

Market and scope

United States; covered retailer lanes · Deferred non-urgent e-commerce parcels

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Weight portfolio
Rates are offered for under-one-pound parcels through 150 lb; confirm shipment eligibility.
Residential charges
The specific Ground Essentials page states no residential surcharge.
Timing
The reviewed page does not publish one universal transit-day range.
What to check
  • Confirm the deferred lane estimate and contract; do not apply the standard Ground surcharge table to this product without checking its terms.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
OnTrac Express
Carrier field reference →

Express advertises 2–3-day coast-to-coast delivery with seven-day pickup, transit and delivery, subject to early-access eligibility.

Market and scope

United States; early-access enrollment · Eligible coast-to-coast air and ground lanes

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Availability
Early-access program enrollment is open; general access is not established.
Network
Hybrid ClearJet air and OnTrac ground lanes.
Coverage
75% of U.S. shoppers and 48 of the top 50 metros in the product page.
What to check
  • Confirm service activation and the shipper’s specific lanes before advertising availability or a guaranteed deadline.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Purolator

Canada domestic courier; selected origin/destination commitments5
Documented reference
Purolator Express
Carrier field reference →

Purolator Express offers next-business-day delivery by 9 p.m. to eligible destinations, subject to geography and guarantee terms.

Market and scope

Canada; selected origin/destination pairs · Domestic next-business-day courier delivery

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Preparation
9AM, 10:30AM and 12PM require an automated shipping system; ordinary Express is listed separately.
Commitment
Use the date and time quoted for the actual destination; select points are delivered on Purolator’s specified day.
What to check
  • Confirm cutoff, postal codes and current money-back guarantee terms.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Purolator Express 9AM
Carrier field reference →

Purolator Express 9AM offers next-business-day delivery by 9 a.m. to eligible major cities, subject to geography and guarantee terms.

Market and scope

Canada; selected origin/destination pairs · Domestic next-business-day courier delivery

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Preparation
9AM, 10:30AM and 12PM require an automated shipping system; ordinary Express is listed separately.
Commitment
Use the date and time quoted for the actual destination; select points are delivered on Purolator’s specified day.
What to check
  • Confirm cutoff, postal codes and current money-back guarantee terms.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Purolator Express 10:30AM
Carrier field reference →

Purolator Express 10:30AM offers next-business-day delivery by 10:30 a.m. to eligible major cities, subject to geography and guarantee terms.

Market and scope

Canada; selected origin/destination pairs · Domestic next-business-day courier delivery

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Preparation
9AM, 10:30AM and 12PM require an automated shipping system; ordinary Express is listed separately.
Commitment
Use the date and time quoted for the actual destination; select points are delivered on Purolator’s specified day.
What to check
  • Confirm cutoff, postal codes and current money-back guarantee terms.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Purolator Express 12PM
Carrier field reference →

Purolator Express 12PM offers next-business-day delivery by noon to eligible major cities, subject to geography and guarantee terms.

Market and scope

Canada; selected origin/destination pairs · Domestic next-business-day courier delivery

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Preparation
9AM, 10:30AM and 12PM require an automated shipping system; ordinary Express is listed separately.
Commitment
Use the date and time quoted for the actual destination; select points are delivered on Purolator’s specified day.
What to check
  • Confirm cutoff, postal codes and current money-back guarantee terms.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Purolator Ground
Carrier field reference →

Ordinary Ground delivers in one or more business days, generally by 9 p.m.; it is not a money-back guaranteed courier service.

Market and scope

Canada; eligible provinces and territories · Less urgent domestic courier delivery

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Variant boundary
Ground 9AM, Ground 10:30AM and Ground Evening have different timing and guarantee conditions.
Geography
The actual quoted day governs select Canadian points.
What to check
  • Confirm the exact Ground variant rather than transferring an Express or timed-Ground guarantee.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Chronopost

France-origin9
Documented reference
Chrono10
Carrier field reference →

Next-day delivery between 08:00 and 10:00.

Market and scope

France-origin; mainland France and Monaco where specified · Professional offer restrictions table; eligible French destinations

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Coverage
More than 25,000 mainland-France communes.
Qualification
Validate the eligible destination postcode; the morning promise is not nationwide.
What to check
  • Validate the eligible destination postcode; the morning promise is not nationwide.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Chrono13
Carrier field reference →

Next-day delivery before 13:00.

Market and scope

France-origin; mainland France and Monaco where specified · Professional offer restrictions table; eligible French destinations

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Coverage
Mainland France and Monaco.
Qualification
Some coastal islands may add one day. For Corsica, and on the day after public holidays, delivery may occur during the day without a timed commitment.
What to check
  • Some coastal islands may add one day. For Corsica, and on the day after public holidays, delivery may occur during the day without a timed commitment.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Chrono18
Carrier field reference →

Next-day delivery before 18:00.

Market and scope

France-origin; mainland France and Monaco where specified · Professional offer restrictions table; eligible French destinations

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Coverage
Mainland France and Monaco.
Qualification
Some coastal islands may add one day. For Corsica, and on the day after public holidays, delivery may occur during the day without a timed commitment.
What to check
  • Some coastal islands may add one day. For Corsica, and on the day after public holidays, delivery may occur during the day without a timed commitment.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Chrono Relais 13
Carrier field reference →

Next-day delivery before 13:00 to the Pickup destination.

Market and scope

France-origin; mainland France and Monaco where specified · Professional offer restrictions table; eligible French destinations

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Coverage
Pickup relays and lockers in mainland France.
Qualification
Some coastal islands may add one day. For Corsica, and on the day after public holidays, delivery may occur during the day without a timed commitment.
What to check
  • Some coastal islands may add one day. For Corsica, and on the day after public holidays, delivery may occur during the day without a timed commitment.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Shop2Shop
Carrier field reference →

Shop2Shop is a separately selected Pickup shipping offer. The professional restrictions table describes 2–4-day delivery to eligible mainland-France Pickup relays and lockers.

Market and scope

France-origin; mainland France and Monaco where specified · e-Chrono booking; Pickup relay handoff

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Handoff
Drop at a Pickup relay for this offer.
Commitment
Validate the booked route and applicable conditions; the quoted range does not establish a universal timed guarantee.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Chrono Classic Europe
Carrier field reference →

The restrictions table quotes indicative average transit of 2–6 days to major destinations in the listed European country/territory network.

Market and scope

France-origin; product-specific international or DOM destinations · France-origin professional European offer

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Eligibility
Confirm the current eligible country/territory or relay list and posting conditions.
Limit
The portfolio table does not establish a universal postcode-independent money-back deadline.
What to check
  • Use the named product’s destination table; do not map a different Chronopost or DPD service code to this offer.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Chrono Express International
Carrier field reference →

The restrictions table quotes 1–3 days to major global economic centres in the listed international network, with destination-specific transit checks.

Market and scope

France-origin; product-specific international or DOM destinations · France-origin professional worldwide offer

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Eligibility
Confirm the current eligible country/territory or relay list and posting conditions.
Limit
The portfolio table does not establish a universal postcode-independent money-back deadline.
What to check
  • Use the named product’s destination table; do not map a different Chronopost or DPD service code to this offer.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Chrono Relais Europe
Carrier field reference →

The carrier quotes delivery in 2–4 days to eligible Pickup relays in Europe. Arrival at the relay is separate from final recipient collection.

Market and scope

France-origin; product-specific international or DOM destinations · France-origin professional European Pickup delivery

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Eligibility
Confirm the current eligible country/territory or relay list and posting conditions.
Limit
The portfolio table does not establish a universal postcode-independent money-back deadline.
What to check
  • Use the named product’s destination table; do not map a different Chronopost or DPD service code to this offer.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Chrono Relais Dom
Carrier field reference →

The carrier quotes delivery in 4–5 days to relays in the DOM overseas-department offer. It is distinct from mainland-France Chrono Relais 13.

Market and scope

France-origin; product-specific international or DOM destinations · France-origin professional overseas-department relay offer

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Eligibility
Confirm the current eligible country/territory or relay list and posting conditions.
Limit
The portfolio table does not establish a universal postcode-independent money-back deadline.
What to check
  • Use the named product’s destination table; do not map a different Chronopost or DPD service code to this offer.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Mondial Relay

France consumer offers; contract-enabled European API4
Documented reference
Point Relais delivery — API 24R
Carrier field reference →

The technical specification explicitly names this delivery product/mode. Availability must be confirmed for the merchant contract and destination.

Market and scope

France website offers and contract-enabled European Dual Carrier API · Contract-enabled Dual Carrier API products; February 2023 definition

Dual Carrier technical document v2.7, February 2023; API VersionAPI example 1.0; reviewed 5 October 2026

DeliveryMode.mode
24R
Eligibility
The API requires the delivery-location code for 24R.
What to check
  • Do not infer today’s consumer Locker product code from this 2023 mode table.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Point Relais XL delivery — API 24L
Carrier field reference →

The technical specification explicitly names this delivery product/mode. Availability must be confirmed for the merchant contract and destination.

Market and scope

France website offers and contract-enabled European Dual Carrier API · Contract-enabled Dual Carrier API products; February 2023 definition

Dual Carrier technical document v2.7, February 2023; API VersionAPI example 1.0; reviewed 5 October 2026

DeliveryMode.mode
24L
Eligibility
The API lists 24L among modes compatible with multiple parcels.
What to check
  • Do not infer today’s consumer Locker product code from this 2023 mode table.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Home delivery by appointment — API LD1/LDS
Carrier field reference →

The technical specification explicitly names this delivery product/mode. Availability must be confirmed for the merchant contract and destination.

Market and scope

France website offers and contract-enabled European Dual Carrier API · Contract-enabled Dual Carrier API products; February 2023 definition

Dual Carrier technical document v2.7, February 2023; API VersionAPI example 1.0; reviewed 5 October 2026

DeliveryMode.mode
LD1 / LDS
Eligibility
Sales confirmation is required for eligibility; these modes support multiple parcels.
What to check
  • Do not infer today’s consumer Locker product code from this 2023 mode table.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Locker delivery selection
Carrier field reference →

The French consumer platform offers Locker delivery alongside Point Relais and home delivery.

Market and scope

France website offers and contract-enabled European Dual Carrier API · Current French consumer website; eligible destinations

France website CGV 21 October 2025 and current tracking/booking page, reviewed 5 October 2026

Selection
Choose an eligible locker in the booking workflow.
Collection
Follow the retention period notified for the actual parcel; the CGV permits variation by location or season.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗

bpost

Belgium-origin7
Documented reference
bpack 24h Pro
Carrier field reference →

The 2026 guide describes delivery on the working day after drop-off, Monday–Friday as standard, with Saturday as a paid option.

Market and scope

Belgium-origin consumer/SME and bpack contractual channels · Belgium contractual home delivery

Masspost 2026, section 4, January 2026; Shipping Manager v2 September 2025 where cited

Qualification
If absent, recipient preferences apply; a safe place or neighbour may be used when no preference is provided.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
bpack 24h Business
Carrier field reference →

This professional-address product includes next-working-day delivery, an automatic second attempt when absent, signature or proof of delivery, and a basic guarantee.

Market and scope

Belgium-origin consumer/SME and bpack contractual channels · Belgium contractual B2B delivery

Masspost 2026, section 4, January 2026; Shipping Manager v2 September 2025 where cited

Qualification
The Shipping Manager guide makes product visibility conditional on the sender’s contract.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
bpack World Business
Carrier field reference →

The international business formula covers an eligible worldwide destination network, with transit depending on the country.

Market and scope

Belgium-origin consumer/SME and bpack contractual channels · Belgium contractual international home delivery

Masspost 2026, section 4, January 2026; Shipping Manager v2 September 2025 where cited

Qualification
The business FAQ gives 2–10 working days; check the country table rather than interpreting this as one fixed guarantee.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
bpack World Express Pro
Carrier field reference →

The guide names an international express formula with recipient signature required, subject to country restrictions.

Market and scope

Belgium-origin consumer/SME and bpack contractual channels · Belgium contractual international express

Masspost 2026, section 4, January 2026; Shipping Manager v2 September 2025 where cited

Qualification
The FAQ quotes Europe 1–2 working days and rest of world 2–5; verify country cutoffs and the governing delay terms.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
bpack Easy Retour
Carrier field reference →

The merchant supplies a return label for customer network drop-off. The guide quotes 24 hours, or 48 hours for a Parcel Point deposit, after bpost receipt on working days.

Market and scope

Belgium-origin consumer/SME and bpack contractual channels · Belgium domestic contractual returns

Masspost 2026, section 4, January 2026; Shipping Manager v2 September 2025 where cited

Qualification
A returns formula differs from an undeliverable outbound parcel automatically returned to sender.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
bpack World Easy Return
Carrier field reference →

This separately named return product lets the merchant provide an international return label. The 2026 guide lists eligible European origins and 2–5 working-day return transit.

Market and scope

Belgium-origin consumer/SME and bpack contractual channels · Contractual returns from eligible European countries

Masspost 2026, section 4, January 2026; Shipping Manager v2 September 2025 where cited

Qualification
Validate the permitted origin country and merchant return contract.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
bpost weekend delivery markings
Carrier field reference →

Saturday and Sunday delivery are qualified additional services. Their label markings alone do not create eligibility or an accepted electronic announcement.

Market and scope

Belgium-origin consumer/SME and bpack contractual channels · Specific bpack options in Masspost 2026

Masspost 2026, section 4, January 2026; Shipping Manager v2 September 2025 where cited

SAT
Saturday option requires the documented product, posting day, scannable barcode and valid advance data.
SUN
Sunday option for bpack 24h Pro requires a previously validated specific label and advance data.
What to check
  • Confirm the option was accepted for the product and actual posting date.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Correos

Spain-origin4
Documented reference
Paq Premium
Carrier field reference →

Premium provides an origin/destination-dependent 1–2-day service, with two home delivery attempts and proof of delivery. The page provides a postage refund when its applicable committed deadline is missed.

Market and scope

Spain-origin; product-specific Andorra/mainland Portugal coverage · Current Spanish consumer domestic product page

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Eligibility
Up to 30 kg; office/Citypaq delivery alternatives and selected home time slots have separate conditions.
Commitment
Check the actual route and posting conditions; do not replace this with a universal 24-hour promise.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Paq Estándar
Carrier field reference →

Standard is the non-urgent product with published 48–72-hour delivery depending on origin and destination. Home delivery includes two attempts and the page describes refund of postage for failure to meet its committed deadline.

Market and scope

Spain-origin; product-specific Andorra/mainland Portugal coverage · Current Spanish consumer domestic product page

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Destinations
Home, Correos office or Citypaq, subject to eligibility.
Limit
The published range and refund terms must be assessed for the booked route and admission conditions.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Paq Ligero
Carrier field reference →

Ligero delivers light, thin parcels to the letterbox without signature and includes computerized tracking. Its guarantee section explicitly says delivery times are not committed and excludes indemnity.

Market and scope

Spain-origin; product-specific Andorra/mainland Portugal coverage · Current Spanish business domestic product page

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Eligibility
Up to 2 kg; product-page maximum 35 × 23 × 2 cm; Spain and Andorra.
Page discrepancy
The description quotes 48–72 hours while a later section says 1–2 days. Treat both as indicative and verify the route; neither establishes a guarantee.
What to check
  • Do not reuse an older marketing article describing Ligero as a guaranteed 72-hour product.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Correos Reembolso
Carrier field reference →

Reembolso collects the declared merchandise amount from the recipient and returns it to the sender. This is distinct from the charge for buying postage.

Market and scope

Spain-origin; product-specific Andorra/mainland Portugal coverage · Additional option on Premium/Standard pages

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Role
Goods-payment collection, subject to product/contract conditions.
Verification
Check amount, settlement details and eligibility in the order.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗

SEUR

Spain-origin; business/consumer channels6
Documented reference
SEUR 24
Carrier field reference →

The business page describes next-day delivery after collection within the peninsula. It separately gives 1–2-day transit when Portugal is the origin or destination.

Market and scope

Spain-origin; consumer and business channels kept separate · Business urgent peninsular page; Iberian routes

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Scope
Iberian peninsular business service.
Limit
Check the route, acceptance cutoff and service calendar; do not generalize the consumer island ranges.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
SEUR 10
Carrier field reference →

SEUR 10 is a timed next-morning product with delivery before 10:00. Coverage and additional services are specified for the business offer.

Market and scope

Spain-origin; consumer and business channels kept separate · Business urgent national offer; eligible destinations

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Eligibility
The page lists peninsula, Balearic/Canary islands and Ceuta/Melilla; validate the exact route and postcode.
Channel
The consumer national page has a different listed coverage scope; do not merge both into one universal promise.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
SEUR 13:30
Carrier field reference →

The business product promises delivery before 13:30 on the next working day. Its coverage list includes Spain/Portugal, Ceuta/Melilla and the Balearic islands.

Market and scope

Spain-origin; consumer and business channels kept separate · Business urgent offer; eligible Spain/Portugal routes

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Scope
Validate the destination and collection cutoff.
Limit
Do not infer a money-back remedy solely from the timed product name.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
SEUR Shop2Shop
Carrier field reference →

Shop2Shop sends from a Pickup store to another store or locker. The consumer page quotes 48 hours for the peninsula and Balearic islands and excludes Canary Islands.

Market and scope

Spain-origin; consumer and business channels kept separate · Spanish consumer national page; Pickup-to-Pickup/Locker

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Locker eligibility
Up to 5 kg and combined dimensions up to 100 cm for the stated locker channel.
Handoff
Locker/store receipt and final customer collection are separate events.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
SEUR Shop2Home
Carrier field reference →

Shop2Home starts at a Pickup store and ends at the recipient’s home. The page quotes 48 hours, listing peninsula, Balearic and Canary destinations but excluding Canary origin.

Market and scope

Spain-origin; consumer and business channels kept separate · Spanish consumer national page; Pickup store to home

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Origin restriction
No Canary-origin dispatch in the stated consumer offer.
Limit
Check booked route/cutoff; the 48-hour wording does not establish a universal compensation guarantee.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
SEUR Reembolso
Carrier field reference →

Reembolso is a goods-payment collection option. The business page describes remittance following delivery; it does not make the COD amount a freight charge.

Market and scope

Spain-origin; consumer and business channels kept separate · SEUR complementary business services

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Settlement
The page describes availability of the remitted money within a maximum of 24 hours in Spain and from 48 hours in Portugal, subject to the option’s conditions.
Eligibility
Validate the contract, amount and settlement instructions.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗

DHL Parcel Germany

Germany-origin Post & Parcel / DHL Paket3
Documented reference
DHL Paket domestic
Carrier field reference →

DHL quotes normal domestic delivery in 1–2 working days. Paket is a tracked parcel product; options and liability must be checked for the actual weight/channel.

Market and scope

Germany-origin DHL Paket / Post & Parcel Germany; separate from DHL Express · German private-customer domestic Paket offer

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Commitment
Normal transit wording is not a time-guaranteed DHL Express service.
Channel
Keep consumer online franking and contractual API eligibility distinct.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Kleinpaket
Carrier field reference →

Kleinpaket is for small goods up to 1 kg and 8 cm high. Delivery is typically two working days after posting, Monday–Saturday, with documented delivery and included liability up to EUR 20.

Market and scope

Germany-origin DHL Paket / Post & Parcel Germany; separate from DHL Express · Germany domestic business small-goods product

Current product page; API Warenpost-to-Kleinpaket change effective 1 January 2025

Version change
The API notes replacement of domestic Warenpost by Kleinpaket from 1 January 2025.
Eligibility
Check the complete dimensions and product-specific posting channel.
What to check
  • Do not map the former domestic Warenpost product to international Warenpost or DHL Express.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Paket International
Carrier field reference →

DHL Paket International covers eligible worldwide destinations, with online tracking and liability cover up to EUR 500 for Paket products. Country-specific weight, customs and transit rules apply.

Market and scope

Germany-origin DHL Paket / Post & Parcel Germany; separate from DHL Express · Germany-origin private-customer Paket international page

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Eligibility
The overview quotes shipping up to 30 kg; verify the destination limit.
Distinction
Päckchen and Express have separate product conditions; this record does not extend Paket benefits to them.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗

中国邮政/EMS (China Post/EMS)

China Mainland domestic; China-origin international postal services6
Documented reference
国内特快专递(Domestic EMS)
Carrier field reference →

Domestic EMS is China Post’s express product for urgent documents and goods, with item tracking. The national product introduction also distinguishes same-city and inter-city express business.

Market and scope

China Mainland domestic; China-origin international postal services · Domestic urgent documents and goods

National product introduction 2018-10-24, retained historical definition; product name also present in the official customer portal search review 2026-10-05.

Public definition
Tracked domestic express for documents and goods.
Evidence date
The detailed national product introduction was published 24 October 2018; newer official customer help remains available.
Booking boundary
Current postcode coverage, acceptance cut-off and delivery commitment must be obtained for the actual lane.
What to check
  • Do not reuse the 2018 network count as current coverage.
  • A next-morning or same-day local offer needs its own route confirmation.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
国内标准快递(Domestic Standard Express)
Carrier field reference →

The EMS customer-help page describes domestic standard express as a service mainly using land transport for goods moving between provinces, excluding adjacent provinces in its stated definition.

Market and scope

China Mainland; operating routes require confirmation · Inter-provincial goods service in the official customer-help description

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Customer eligibility
The help describes it as open to all customers.
Network
Mainly land transport.
Availability
The help directs customers to an agent to confirm operating coverage.
What to check
  • Confirm whether the quoted lane falls within this product rather than a local adjacent-province offer.
  • No nationwide delivery-day figure or printed product code is supplied in this help entry.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
即日专递(Same-day Postal Express)
Carrier field reference →

即日专递 accepts morning shipments for same-day delivery on specified routes, mainly same-city flows, using China Post’s own transport network.

Market and scope

China Mainland; selected same-city and other eligible routes · Selected routes, mainly within the same city

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Acceptance window
Morning acceptance is part of the public product description.
Coverage
Selected routes; mainly same-city rather than an all-China same-day promise.
Availability check
The help asks customers to consult an agent for the precise operating area.
What to check
  • Confirm origin, destination and morning cut-off before purchasing.
  • A same-day product name on a label does not supply the exact route or deadline.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
国际及港澳台EMS(International EMS)
Carrier field reference →

International and Hong Kong/Macao/Taiwan EMS is China Post’s fast direct postal service, operated with other postal administrations. Tracking and online label generation are available.

Market and scope

China Mainland-origin international and Hong Kong/Macao/Taiwan EMS · China Mainland-origin documents and goods to eligible countries/regions

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Network
Origin China Post and destination postal cooperation.
Charges
The product page states no fuel, remote-area or private-address delivery surcharge.
Eligibility
Country-specific size and weight tables determine acceptance.
Label channel
Online printing is offered through the contracted-customer portal.
What to check
  • Check the destination table and current acceptance notice; limits are not one global number.
  • Customs clearance and optional declared-value coverage need separate confirmation.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
e特快(e-Express)
Carrier field reference →

e特快 is a fast direct postal product designed for higher-service cross-border e-commerce shipping, with online label creation and end-to-end tracking.

Market and scope

China-origin international and Hong Kong/Macao/Taiwan eligible destinations · China-origin cross-border e-commerce fast direct postal service

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Target use
Cross-border e-commerce goods requiring higher processing, clearance and delivery standards.
Billing
The product introduction uses 50 g charging steps.
Volumetric trigger
Its page starts volumetric calculation when any side exceeds 40 cm, using L×W×H/6000 in centimetres.
Destination limits
Weight and dimensions are listed by destination.
What to check
  • Use current destination eligibility and quote, not another postal product’s divisor.
  • The English gloss is descriptive; no public label/API service-code map was verified.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
e邮宝(ePacket)
Carrier field reference →

e邮宝 is a standard direct postal product for lightweight cross-border goods. Postal partners process it overseas, and tracking includes key scan points and delivery information.

Market and scope

China-origin eligible international destinations and Hong Kong · China-origin cross-border light and small goods

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Timing
The page gives a whole-route average of 7–15 working days on key routes, an average rather than a per-item guarantee.
Weight
Its table has destination-specific 2 kg or 5 kg limits, so e邮宝 should not be reduced to a universal 2 kg rule.
Workflow
Online order management and label creation.
What to check
  • Confirm the destination row and current acceptance before applying a weight cap.
  • Do not promise every event of a commercial express network from the postal tracking description.
Official sources (external website) ↗

京东物流 (JD Logistics)

China Mainland; Hong Kong/Macao subject to the booked service3
Documented reference
京东特快(JD Express)
Carrier field reference →

京东特快 is the priority express product, with separate handling, shipment tracking and late-delivery compensation advertised. Its Chinese page says same-city delivery can be as fast as the same day and inter-provincial delivery as fast as next morning.

Market and scope

China Mainland; Hong Kong/Macao subject to the booked service · Eligible express lanes in the current China product catalogue

Current Chinese public page and navigation reviewed 2026-10-05; Jina returned a translated variant, so fastest-time wording follows the retained Chinese official web review.

Service handling
Priority delivery and separate handover.
Timing qualifier
最快 means the fastest available case, not a next-morning promise for every postcode.
Remedy
The public page advertises late compensation/refund; booked eligibility and rules still determine a claim.
What to check
  • Confirm the order’s committed date, cut-off and compensation terms.
  • Do not substitute the older 特快送 name or undocumented API number for the current product.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
京东标快(JD Standard Express)
Carrier field reference →

京东标快 offers stable, value-oriented doorstep parcel delivery and year-round operation. The page describes broad China coverage including Hong Kong and Macao, which still needs a route-specific booking check.

Market and scope

China Mainland; Hong Kong/Macao subject to the booked service · Current standard doorstep express product

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Delivery
Doorstep delivery and supporting value-added services.
Operation
The page advertises year-round operation, including holidays.
Timing
No single nationwide delivery-day commitment is supplied in the reviewed page.
What to check
  • Confirm address acceptance and holiday/cut-off conditions for the actual shipment.
  • Keep standard express separate from fresh goods, heavy freight and international products.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
生鲜特快(Fresh Express)
Carrier field reference →

生鲜特快 provides a fresh-goods delivery and packaging service with dedicated capacity support, priority delivery and no-locker handling. A fresh-goods sticker is part of the documented handling measures.

Market and scope

China Mainland; Hong Kong/Macao subject to the booked service · Fresh-goods express; eligible goods, packaging and lanes

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Handling
Fresh-goods sticker, priority delivery and prohibition on locker delivery.
Packaging
Professional packaging solutions are part of the public product offer.
Temperature boundary
The reviewed text does not establish one continuous refrigerated temperature range for every parcel.
Claims
Dedicated fresh-goods claim rules and declared-value fast handling are advertised.
What to check
  • Confirm product suitability, packaging and any explicit temperature agreement.
  • Do not treat a 生鲜 sticker as proof of a particular temperature log or cold-chain product.
Official sources (external website) ↗

极兔速递 (J&T Express China)

J&T Express China Mainland; China-origin international product separate3
Documented reference
标准快递(Standard Express)
Carrier field reference →

标准快递 is J&T China’s general parcel service, positioned for convenient, accessible delivery. Freight collect and merchandise cash-on-delivery are distinct add-on services in its product page.

Market and scope

China Mainland J&T network coverage · J&T China domestic network coverage

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Freight collect 到付
The recipient pays the carrier’s shipping charge.
Cash on delivery 代收货款
The carrier collects the seller’s goods payment and remits it under the agreement.
Timing
No universal delivery-day promise is established by the reviewed standard-product page.
What to check
  • Use the actual origin/destination quote and current service area.
  • Read the payment field before treating a collection amount as goods value.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
兔优达(Tu You Da priority service)
Carrier field reference →

兔优达 provides priority handover and transfer, priority last-mile delivery and delivery adapted to customer needs. Its documented physical distinction is a VIP pink waterproof waybill.

Market and scope

J&T Express China Mainland; China-origin international product separate · J&T China domestic premium-handling offer

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Waybill
VIP pink waterproof label.
Transfer
Priority handover and transfer without warehouse hold is advertised.
Final mile
Priority delivery and delivery according to customer needs.
Timing boundary
These handling advantages are not one national delivery deadline.
What to check
  • Verify the booked 兔优达 service and the current version of its dedicated label.
  • Confirm the delivery request and route-specific quote before interpreting priority as a date guarantee.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
国际标快(International Standard Express)
Carrier field reference →

The J&T China catalogue names 国际标快 as its international express product, advertising seven-country direct flights and a single waybill through the journey.

Market and scope

China-origin J&T international; destination availability to be verified · China-origin J&T international offer; accepted countries and goods require confirmation

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Verified scope
A China-site international product, separate from China domestic standard express.
Public evidence limit
The retrieved product URL returned prohibited-goods text rather than its full product specification; no weight cap, country list or delivery-day range is asserted here.
Booking check
Confirm country, clearance service, goods restrictions and quote with J&T China.
What to check
  • Do not reuse another national J&T product’s coverage or code table.
  • Do not use the direct-flight slogan as proof that a particular shipment has flown.
Official sources (external website) ↗

中通快递 (ZTO Express)

China Mainland domestic express3
Documented reference
中通普件(ZTO Regular)
Carrier field reference →

中通普件 is the current general parcel product based on the domestic network and road resources, with weight-based first/additional-unit pricing and multi-channel ordering.

Market and scope

China Mainland domestic express · China Mainland regular express

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Pricing basis
First-weight plus additional-weight price; the actual route quote is required.
Timing
The service-details field points to the customer-selected estimated arrival time.
Optional services
The page lists goods COD, freight collect, return of signed receipt, declared value, timed delivery, keyed signature and interception.
What to check
  • Keep the selected estimated arrival time and any separately purchased guarantee distinct.
  • Use the current name; do not silently equate it with the older 中通标快 tier.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
中通好快(ZTO Hao Kuai)
Carrier field reference →

中通好快 offers delivery according to the customer’s request, tracked service follow-up and compensation for late delivery. It uses a yellow dedicated privacy-protecting waybill.

Market and scope

China Mainland domestic express · China Mainland quality express

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Delivery
On-demand doorstep delivery, with non-compliance compensation advertised.
Timing
Late compensation is advertised; the service-details field still references the customer-selected arrival time.
Waybill
Yellow dedicated label with privacy protection.
Pickup
The page advertises one-to-two-hour collection.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked arrival promise and compensation eligibility.
  • Yellow colour alone cannot distinguish 好快 from 飞快.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
中通飞快(ZTO Fei Kuai)
Carrier field reference →

中通飞快 is the aviation-priority product for eligible routes and higher-speed requirements. It advertises a dedicated aviation channel, late compensation and a yellow waterproof privacy-protecting waybill.

Market and scope

China Mainland domestic express · Specified China Mainland aviation-priority express routes

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Network
Aggregates air resources and precise routes within a specified service scope.
Waybill
Yellow waterproof label protecting the mobile number.
Timing
The product promises timely handling with late compensation; its service-details field references the customer-selected arrival time.
What to check
  • Obtain the actual route commitment and compensation terms.
  • Do not apply a historical fastest half-day slogan as a nationwide deadline.
Official sources (external website) ↗

圆通速递 (YTO Express)

China Mainland domestic express5
Documented reference
标准快递(YTO Standard Express)
Carrier field reference →

YTO 标准快递 balances service coverage, timing and price for individual and business parcel shipments.

Market and scope

China Mainland domestic express · General domestic parcel delivery for individuals and businesses

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Positioning
Broad-service, value-oriented general parcel product.
Timing boundary
The public catalogue does not give one nationwide delivery-day promise for this product.
Availability
Confirm the actual origin/destination quote and acceptance rules.
What to check
  • Do not apply 承诺达特快 compensation promises to 标准快递 by default.
  • Verify payment and any optional declared-value or COD service.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
承诺达特快(Commitment Express)
Carrier field reference →

承诺达特快 is YTO’s product advertising committed delivery, late compensation and doorstep delivery, with business documents, fresh goods and medicines as example uses.

Market and scope

China Mainland domestic express · Eligible domestic commitment-express bookings

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Promise
The catalogue advertises commitment fulfilment and late compensation.
Delivery
Doorstep delivery is part of the offer.
Scope boundary
The catalogue’s national positioning does not remove postcode, cut-off or contents eligibility checks.
What to check
  • Retain the actual committed deadline and remedy terms shown for the order.
  • Confirm medicine/fresh-goods acceptance and packaging separately.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
圆准达(Yuan Zhun Da)
Carrier field reference →

圆准达 provides priority transfer, a dedicated label, a pre-delivery phone call and doorstep delivery, with direct customer-service follow-up and fast claims handling advertised.

Market and scope

China Mainland domestic express · Domestic priority-handling and doorstep delivery

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Waybill
Dedicated 圆准达 label.
Handling
Priority transfer.
Final mile
Call before delivery and deliver to the door.
Timing boundary
The catalogue does not state a single national delivery-day deadline for this product.
What to check
  • Verify the 圆准达 booking and dedicated product mark.
  • Do not assume it is interchangeable with 承诺达特快 or same-city delivery.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
同城当日达(Same-city Same-day)
Carrier field reference →

同城当日达 is YTO’s same-city timing product for local retail, urgent business items and urgent personal shipments.

Market and scope

China Mainland domestic express · Eligible same-city YTO routes

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Geographic scope
Same-city product, not cross-country same-day delivery.
Example uses
Local retail and urgent business/personal items.
Acceptance boundary
The public catalogue requires a current quote for service area and cut-off details.
What to check
  • Confirm that both addresses are in the actual eligible service area.
  • Record the acceptance cut-off and committed date before interpreting the product title.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
大件快递(Heavy-parcel Express)
Carrier field reference →

大件快递 is YTO’s express offer for heavier parcels, described for the 3–50 kg band with stable timing and broad service coverage.

Market and scope

China Mainland domestic express · YTO domestic parcels in the advertised 3–50 kg band

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Weight positioning
3–50 kg is the advertised product band.
Example uses
Small appliances, B2B wholesale and factory shipments.
Boundary
Dimensions, packaging, installation and upstairs delivery are separate acceptance/service questions.
What to check
  • Confirm whether the billed unit and per-piece weight fit the approved booking.
  • Do not convert this express product into a generic freight/pallet specification.
Official sources (external website) ↗

日本郵便 (Japan Post)

Japan domestic; Japan-origin EMS separate6
Documented reference
ゆうパック(Yu-Pack/邮政包裹)
Carrier field reference →

Yu-Pack is Japan Post’s domestic parcel product for a total length, width and height of up to 170 cm and a weight of up to 25 kg. Weighted Yu-Pack is separately offered for over 25 kg through 30 kg.

Market and scope

Japan domestic · Japan domestic standard Yu-Pack

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Standard acceptance
Three-side sum ≤170 cm and weight ≤25 kg.
Heavier product
重量ゆうパック is separate for over 25 kg and up to 30 kg.
Options
Requested delivery date/time and other purpose-specific or optional services need their own eligibility checks.
What to check
  • Do not apply the 30 kg heavier-product allowance to standard Yu-Pack.
  • Verify goods restrictions, size category and the actual delivery-time inquiry.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
ゆうパケット(Yu-Packet/小型包裹)
Carrier field reference →

Yu-Packet is a tracked small-goods product for thickness up to 3 cm and weight up to 1 kg, delivered to the destination mailbox. Its business page offers contract pricing according to usage.

Market and scope

Japan domestic; business product page · Japan domestic small-goods product; business page scope

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Acceptance
Thickness ≤3 cm, weight ≤1 kg; other size conditions still require the product rules.
Delivery
Mailbox delivery supports non-face-to-face receipt.
Contents
Correspondence, cash/valuables and prohibited goods have separate restrictions.
Compensation
The reviewed business page states that damage compensation is not provided.
What to check
  • Do not confuse Yu-Packet with Yu-Pack or an envelope accepting correspondence.
  • Check the full dimension rules and contract quote, rather than adopting a retail rate from another product.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
レターパックプラス(Letter Pack Plus/专用信封面对面投递)
Carrier field reference →

Letter Pack Plus is the face-to-face version of Japan Post’s A4-size, up-to-4 kg prepaid Letter Pack service. Delivery requires a receipt seal or signature, and correspondence may be enclosed.

Market and scope

Japan domestic · Japan nationwide prepaid envelope

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Envelope
Use the designated Letter Pack packaging.
Delivery
Face-to-face, with receipt seal or signature.
Tracking
Delivery-status tracking is available.
Risk boundary
Letter Pack has no damage-compensation system; cash cannot be sent.
What to check
  • Check the current envelope value and conditions before posting.
  • Do not apply Letter Pack Light’s mailbox-delivery mode to Plus.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
レターパックライト(Letter Pack Light/专用信封投信箱)
Carrier field reference →

Letter Pack Light is the mailbox-delivery version of the A4-size, up-to-4 kg Letter Pack service. Tracking is available and correspondence may be enclosed, but it does not provide Plus’s face-to-face signed receipt.

Market and scope

Japan domestic · Japan nationwide prepaid envelope; Light conditions

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Delivery
Delivered to the addressee’s mailbox; an item that cannot fit is taken back with a non-delivery notice.
Envelope
Use the designated Light envelope; maximum thickness is 3 cm.
Tracking
Delivery status can be checked.
Risk boundary
No damage-compensation system; cash cannot be sent.
What to check
  • Check Light’s full conditions and current envelope value.
  • A delivered scan does not establish a Plus-style signature or physical handover.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
EMS(国際スピード郵便/国际特快专递)
Carrier field reference →

Japan Post describes EMS as its fastest international postal service, sending documents and goods to eligible countries/territories with tracking. Its headline maximum is 30 kg, subject to destination-specific size and weight limits.

Market and scope

Japan-origin EMS to currently accepted countries/territories · Japan-origin international documents and goods

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Eligibility
Check the country/territory acceptance and size/weight tables.
Labels
International Mail My Page can create EMS labels and required documents.
Tracking
Official international tracking is available.
Timing
Use the rates/time inquiry for the actual destination; no global day count is asserted.
What to check
  • Check current acceptance notices before treating advertised destination coverage as open today.
  • Do not substitute Japan domestic Yu-Pack or China-origin EMS product rules.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
スキーゆうパック(Ski Yu-Pack/滑雪用品邮政包裹)
Read label interpretation: Japan Post Ski Yu-Pack · one-way form →Read label interpretation: Japan Post Ski Yu-Pack · return-paid form →

Ski Yu-Pack sends ski gear to the resort or hotel by the day before use. One-way and return-paid shipments use different dedicated labels; the use date is part of the shipping arrangement.

Market and scope

Japan domestic ski gear to participating resorts/hotels · Japan domestic ski gear to the ski resort/hotel; one-way or return-paid form

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Booking window
Send within the ten days ending on the day before use, leaving enough time for the actual route’s delivery days.
Size handling
The page has within-140 and over-140 size bands; over-170 cm pieces need portability/packing measures accepted by the post office.
Unavailable services
Refrigerated delivery, security, goods COD and payment of postage on arrival are unavailable.
Receipt
Bring the customer copy of the special label and identification to receive the parcel.
What to check
  • Use the correct one-way or return-paid form and mark Ski; complete the usage date.
  • Do not attach this Ski label example to ordinary Yu-Pack or invent a 25 kg/170 cm cap from its standard sibling.
Official sources (external website) ↗

SkyNet Worldwide Express / Malaysia

International network; Malaysian and UAE evidence separately scoped11
Documented reference
SkyNet Malaysia domestic delivery
Read label interpretation: SkyNet Malaysia · main eAWB / 1 of 2 →Read label interpretation: SkyNet Malaysia · 903 additional eAWB / 2 of 2 →

Domestic standards list 1–3 working days for major towns and 1–5 for other areas across the described West/East Malaysia lanes.

Market and scope

Malaysia · Current Malaysian domestic standards and stated exclusions

Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly cited

What to check
  • Confirm destination serviceability and applicable exclusions rather than treating the range as a universal guarantee.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
SkyNet Export Express
Carrier field reference →

Worldwide door-to-door export/import courier service for documents and parcels; shipments are trackable online.

Market and scope

International; eligible operator/lane · International public offer; availability must be confirmed with the origin operator

Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly cited

What to check
  • The offer name is not a verified universal printed or API service code.
  • Confirm postcode, collection cutoff, working calendar and contracted lane before relying on a deadline.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
SkyNet Economy Express
Carrier field reference →

Deferred worldwide service for less time-critical documents, non-documents and freight.

Market and scope

International; eligible operator/lane · International public offer; availability must be confirmed with the origin operator

Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly cited

What to check
  • The offer name is not a verified universal printed or API service code.
  • Confirm postcode, collection cutoff, working calendar and contracted lane before relying on a deadline.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
SkyNet 0900 Express
Carrier field reference →

The international public page lists next-weekday delivery before 09:00 as a time-definite offer.

Market and scope

International; eligible operator/lane · International public offer; availability must be confirmed with the origin operator

Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly cited

What to check
  • The offer name is not a verified universal printed or API service code.
  • Confirm postcode, collection cutoff, working calendar and contracted lane before relying on a deadline.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
SkyNet 1030 Express
Carrier field reference →

The international public page lists next-weekday delivery before 10:30 as a time-definite offer.

Market and scope

International; eligible operator/lane · International public offer; availability must be confirmed with the origin operator

Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly cited

What to check
  • The offer name is not a verified universal printed or API service code.
  • Confirm postcode, collection cutoff, working calendar and contracted lane before relying on a deadline.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
SkyNet 1200 Express
Carrier field reference →

The international public page lists next-weekday delivery before 12:00 as a time-definite offer.

Market and scope

International; eligible operator/lane · International public offer; availability must be confirmed with the origin operator

Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly cited

What to check
  • The offer name is not a verified universal printed or API service code.
  • Confirm postcode, collection cutoff, working calendar and contracted lane before relying on a deadline.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
SkyNet Import Express
Carrier field reference →

The public offer describes door-to-door inbound collection from eligible worldwide origins.

Market and scope

International; eligible operator/lane · International public offer; availability must be confirmed with the origin operator

Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly cited

What to check
  • The offer name is not a verified universal printed or API service code.
  • Confirm postcode, collection cutoff, working calendar and contracted lane before relying on a deadline.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
SkyNet Diplomat Service
Carrier field reference →

The Malaysian website offers same-day door-to-door emergency delivery through Diplomat Service.

Market and scope

Malaysia · Malaysia local operator; tailored emergency movement

Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly cited

What to check
  • Confirm pickup window, destination and actual booking. No public printed product-code map is established.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
SkyNet Reverse Charge
Carrier field reference →

The Malaysian page describes collecting an item from a third party and moving it back to the requesting customer.

Market and scope

Malaysia · Malaysia return/collection option; local booking required

Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly cited

What to check
  • Confirm pickup and payer separately; the offer name alone does not prove cash-on-delivery or receiver-paid freight.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
SkyNet SkyCover
Carrier field reference →

Optional shipment protection is listed on the current Malaysian site; the historical portal guide describes an optional coverage prompt.

Market and scope

Malaysia · Malaysia; coverage subject to separately confirmed terms

Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly cited

What to check
  • Declared shipment value or a 2022 portal prompt is not evidence that cover was purchased.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
SkyPostpaid eAWB printing guide
Read label interpretation: SkyNet Malaysia · main eAWB / 1 of 2 →Read label interpretation: SkyNet Malaysia · 903 additional eAWB / 2 of 2 →

The historical guide documents A4/A6 printing, single and additional-piece eAWBs, reprinting and cancellation before handover.

Market and scope

Malaysia · Malaysia SkyPostpaid v3, 17 October 2022; workflow guidance

SkyPostpaid guideline v3 · 17 October 2022 · historical instructional workflow

What to check
  • Generating or printing a label does not establish physical carrier acceptance.
  • Treat this as a portal workflow guide, not a separate transit service.
Official sources (external website) ↗
SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022) ↗Historical reference · verify current version

Labels

DHL Express

International express; local product availability11
Documented reference
Product / service
Carrier field reference →

Time-definite product selected for the shipment. Worldwide and the morning products are distinct service choices.

Service / product
Market and scope

International express; local product availability · DHL Express, DHL eCommerce and DHL Parcel have different products, systems and labels. Confirm the division first.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Match the booked product and destination capability; a printed time is not independent proof of a guaranteed date.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Shipment and package identifiers
Carrier field reference →

MyDHL shipment output includes shipment data and shipping labels. Shipment scope and package scope must be distinguished in multi-piece records.

Tracking / identityPieces / shipmentPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

International express; local product availability · DHL Express, DHL eCommerce and DHL Parcel have different products, systems and labels. Confirm the division first.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 3
API / booking data · operational controlShipmentInfo/UnitOfMeasurement; Packages/RequestedPackages/Weight; Packages/RequestedPackages/Dimensions/Length; Packages/RequestedPackages/Dimensions/Width; Packages/RequestedPackages/Dimensions/Height; PackageTypeCode

Weight and dimensions describe each physical piece. The measurement system applies throughout the request: SI means kilograms/centimetres; SU means pounds/inches.

What to check: Reconcile individual piece values and units. Weight must exceed zero. Dimensions are conditional: the guide permits package type or dimensions; do not infer billable weight or a universal minimum from label print alone.

Scope / version: MyDHL SOAP v2.40; applicable DHL Express account/lane/template only · ShipmentRequest physical-package data; dimension requirements depend on package type/schema conditions. · MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, revision 15 February 2026

MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, revision 15 February 2026 ↗§5.2.10 UnitOfMeasurement · printed PDF page 79 | §5.3 RequestedPackages: weight, package type and dimensions · printed PDF page 189

API / booking data · operational controlShipTimestamp; ShipmentResponse/Response/ServiceHeader/MessageTime

The shipment-ready timestamp includes a GMT offset and describes when the shipment will be tendered through pickup or drop-off. It is not the time when the web service executes. The response ServiceHeader MessageTime separately identifies when DHL processed the request.

What to check: Keep offset and ready date with the booking. Do not read this request value as an acceptance scan, print time or delivery commitment. The guide heading/prose varies between ShipTimeStamp and ShipmentTimeStamp; use the current schema spelling.

Scope / version: MyDHL SOAP v2.40; applicable DHL Express account/lane/template only · ShipmentRequest readiness data; source prose and schema use different capitalization/naming. · MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, revision 15 February 2026

MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, revision 15 February 2026 ↗§5.2.39 shipment readiness timestamp · printed PDF page 95 | §5.4 response ServiceHeader MessageTime · printed PDF page 203

API / booking data · printed fieldShipmentInfo/LabelType; ShipmentInfo/LabelTemplate; ShipmentResponse/LabelImage/LabelImageFormat; ShipmentResponse/LabelImage/GraphicImage; ShipmentResponse/LabelImage/LabelImageName

LabelType selects the returned representation and LabelTemplate selects the layout. GraphicImage carries encoded image data. When per-piece linkage is requested, label versus waybillDoc identifies different document outputs.

What to check: Decode the carrier output and preserve its format/layout. PDF, ZPL, EPL and LP2 are documented LabelType values in this SOAP version; they are not product codes. Do not affix a waybill document in place of the transport label.

Scope / version: MyDHL SOAP v2.40; applicable DHL Express account/lane/template only · SOAP label output and conditional LabelImageName; no inference about another REST API. · MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, revision 15 February 2026

MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, revision 15 February 2026 ↗§5.2.13–14 LabelType/LabelTemplate · printed PDF page 80 | §5.4 response LabelImage format, encoded content, conditional document identity · printed PDF page 197

What to check
  • Reconcile every package label with the shipment response and packing list.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Routing / facility text
Carrier field reference →

Operational routing must be interpreted against the carrier-generated label and current shipment data.

Routing / destination
Market and scope

International express; local product availability · DHL Express, DHL eCommerce and DHL Parcel have different products, systems and labels. Confirm the division first.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Do not turn a gateway abbreviation or proprietary product code into an undocumented service promise.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Customs documents
Carrier field reference →

Shipment creation can provide optional customs documents; shipping labels and customs documentation are separate outputs.

Customs / trade documents
Market and scope

International express; local product availability · DHL Express, DHL eCommerce and DHL Parcel have different products, systems and labels. Confirm the division first.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 1
API / booking data · printed field · operational controlPaymentInfo; InternationalDetail/Commodities/Description; InternationalDetail/Commodities/CustomsValue; InternationalDetail/Content; InternationalDetail/ExportDeclaration

PaymentInfo represents trade terms, while Description describes goods for the label/manifest and CustomsValue supplies manifest customs valuation. Content distinguishes documents from non-documents in this interface.

What to check: Trade terms do not identify a billed account. Match valuation and description to the accepted customs data. This guide requires ExportDeclaration for dutiable shipments and separately records that it is optional when ServiceType is PM; retain that product-specific exception and verify the applicable schema. Do not equate customs value with insurance, postage or proof of customs release.

Scope / version: MyDHL SOAP v2.40; applicable DHL Express account/lane/template only · Declarable/non-declarable international shipment input; country and product eligibility still apply. · MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, revision 15 February 2026

MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, revision 15 February 2026 ↗§5.2.43–46 PaymentInfo, goods/customs value, dutiable content and ServiceType=PM exception · printed PDF page 95 | §5.3 exact InternationalDetail/Commodities/ExportDeclaration namespace · printed PDF page 135

What to check
  • Check the required invoice and destination-specific documents against the booking.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Shipper / billing account
Carrier field reference →

The versioned SOAP guide separates ShipperAccountNumber, ShippingPaymentType and BillingAccountNumber. S selects shipper, R receiver and T third-party payment.

Account / payment
Market and scope

International express; local product availability · DHL Express, DHL eCommerce and DHL Parcel have different products, systems and labels. Confirm the division first.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • These are SOAP request codes, not a universal printed-label map. Verify the payer account separately from the shipper and customs payer.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Global / local / special service codes
Carrier field reference →

The v2.40 SOAP guide gives P as an example global code for Express Worldwide and II as Shipment Insurance. ServiceType, LocalServiceType and SpecialServices are separate fields.

Service / product
Market and scope

International express; local product availability · DHL Express, DHL eCommerce and DHL Parcel have different products, systems and labels. Confirm the division first.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • P is interpreted only in the DHL global-product context. A local product code or optional-service code must not be substituted for the global service.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
AWB / LP / shipment reference
Carrier field reference →

The SOAP tracking guide distinguishes AWBNumber, LPNumber and ShipmentReference with account context.

Tracking / identityPieces / shipmentCustomer references
Market and scope

International express; local product availability · DHL Express, DHL eCommerce and DHL Parcel have different products, systems and labels. Confirm the division first.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Confirm whether the number identifies the whole shipment, a piece or a customer reference.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Official specimen
Official DHL Express Worldwide / WPX transport-label sample (MyDHL+ guide, without PLT)
Read label interpretation: Express Worldwide / WPX · waybill and piece ID →

Original embedded sample-label PNG extracted unchanged from DHL's MyDHL+ Digital Customs Invoice guide v3.0, page 7. The printed recipient is test usa and identifiers are zeroed sample values.

Service / productTracking / identityRouting / destinationAccount / paymentPieces / shipmentCustomer references
Market and scope

Poland WAW → United States; historical MyDHL+ example · Official MyDHL+ transport label without C-PLT (guide v3.0, page 7), showing a Poland/WAW-to-United-States example. This is an Express Worldwide product-family example; it does not establish a current US-origin 2026 printed template. SOAP booking and billing roles below are separate data-field explanations.

7

Printed service
EXPRESS WORLDWIDE / WPX — The transport label prints the service name and WPX product marker. Use the shipment API for the booking code.
Waybill number
WAYBILL 00 0000 0000 — The shipment-level waybill is shown beneath the upper barcode. These zeros are sample data.
Destination routing
US-ZYP-ZYP — Large operational routing text directs sortation. The separate origin marker at the top is WAW.
Piece count
1 / 1 · 5,0 kg — This label belongs to piece 1 of a one-piece shipment; the adjacent value is the printed piece/shipment weight.
Piece identifier
(J) JD01 0000 0000 0000 0000 — The lowest barcode identifies the physical piece. It is separate from the shipment-level waybill above.
What to check
  • This is the transport label without C-PLT. The adjacent WAYBILL DOC in the source guide is a different document and must not be affixed to the package. Ref is blank and no billing account is shown. The zeroed waybill and piece identifiers are illustrative values, not operational tracking numbers.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Global product, local product and routing barcode
Carrier field reference →

A global booking product, country-specific product and operational routing value are separate data fields.

Service / product
Market and scope

MyDHL SOAP v2.40 · Booking fields and carrier-generated barcode output

MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, February 2026

ServiceType / LocalServiceType
Global product code versus local/country-specific product code; validate against the actual lane.
OriginDestinationServiceTypeBarcodeContent
Barcode content for origin area, destination area and global product.
DHLRoutingBarcodeContent
Separate DHL routing-code barcode.
What to check
  • Use returned rate/product codes; do not infer a booked API code from a large routing block or printed WPX marker alone.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Air waybill, physical piece and customer reference
Carrier field reference →

The shipment AWB, individual package identifier and pickup booking reference have different operational scopes.

Tracking / identityPieces / shipmentCustomer references
Market and scope

MyDHL SOAP v2.40 · Shipment response and transport-label linkage

MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, February 2026

ShipmentIdentificationNumber
Shipment-level AWB used for tracking.
PackagesResult/PackageResult/TrackingNumber
Identifier unique to an individual piece.
DispatchConfirmationNumber
Pickup booking reference.
Printed reference
Only the first ShipmentReference prints; without it, the first PackageReference is used.
Detailed fields · 3
API / booking data · operational controlShipmentInfo/LinkLabelsByPieces; LabelOptions/DetachOptions/SplitLabelsByPieces; LabelOptions/DetachOptions/AllInOnePDF; Packages/RequestedPackages/@number; ShipmentResponse/LabelImage/@packageSequenceNumber; PackagesResult/PackageResult/@number

The optional per-piece linkage returns image and package-result sequence attributes matching the requested package number, rather than relying on PDF-page order.

What to check: Enable LinkLabelsByPieces and SplitLabelsByPieces, avoid AllInOnePDF=Y, and assign unique requested package numbers 1–999. Match image sequence to piece tracking; multiple documents are not multiple parcels.

Scope / version: MyDHL SOAP v2.40; applicable DHL Express account/lane/template only · Only when the documented per-piece linkage conditions are fulfilled. · MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, revision 15 February 2026

MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, revision 15 February 2026 ↗§5.2.38 LinkLabelsByPieces: complete conditions, image and package-result matching · printed PDF page 94 | §5.4 response LabelImage sequence and document identity · printed PDF page 197

API / booking data · operational controlUseOwnPieceIdentificationNumber; PieceIdentificationNumber; PieceIdentificationNumberDataIdentifier

DHL normally allocates the physical piece identifier centrally. Supplying an own allocated range requires account/user enablement and the own-piece flag. The data identifier is a separate barcode construct.

What to check: Use only a DHL-authorized allocation; do not invent a JD or SSCC range from a sample. The data identifier must be consistent across the shipment and is not itself the piece tracking number.

Scope / version: MyDHL SOAP v2.40; applicable DHL Express account/lane/template only · RequestedPackages fields; own allocation is a specifically enabled integration feature. · MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, revision 15 February 2026

MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, revision 15 February 2026 ↗§5.3 RequestedPackages: own allocation, enablement and consistent data identifier · printed PDF page 189

API / booking data · printed fieldShipmentInfo/LabelOptions/CustomerBarcode/BarcodeType; ShipmentInfo/LabelOptions/CustomerBarcode/BarcodeContent; ShipmentInfo/LabelOptions/CustomerBarcode/TextBelowBarcode; LabelTemplate=ECOM26_84CI_002

A supported customer-barcode block prints the supplied content and text on the specifically documented template. It is additional customer data, not the carrier-generated AWB/piece identity.

What to check: Use only the supported template and symbology for this option. Reconcile its business purpose separately; do not use a customer barcode as tracking or infer a carrier route/account from its payload.

Scope / version: MyDHL SOAP v2.40; applicable DHL Express account/lane/template only · CustomerBarcode is restricted to ECOM26_84CI_002 in this SOAP specification. · MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, revision 15 February 2026

MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, revision 15 February 2026 ↗§5.2.21 CustomerBarcode template restriction and elements · printed PDF page 84 | §5.3 CustomerBarcode conditional schema · printed PDF page 130

What to check
  • Reconcile every piece label with the response package number; BBX ParentShipment/ParentPiece fields have specialized consolidation semantics.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Shipper account, freight payer and duty payer
Carrier field reference →

Account ownership and payment responsibility require the Billing structure, rather than a guess from label identifiers.

Account / payment
Market and scope

MyDHL SOAP v2.40 · Billing request; printed account visibility varies

MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, February 2026

ShipperAccountNumber
Shipper account in the recommended Billing structure.
ShippingPaymentType
S = sender, R = receiver, T = third party; R/T also require BillingAccountNumber.
DutyAndTaxPayerAccountNumber
Separate account for duties and taxes.
Account fallback
Using Account presumes shipper and payer; it can also default duty/tax payer if omitted.
Detailed fields · 1
API / booking data · printed fieldShipmentInfo/LabelOptions/HideAccountInWaybillDocument; FRT; DTP

The hide-account option suppresses account numbers in the freight and duty/tax account areas of the waybill document; its default is not to hide them.

What to check: Distinguish the waybill document from the transport label. Masking changes visibility, not the account responsible for freight/duties. No account number can be recovered from a routing code or a masked specimen.

Scope / version: MyDHL SOAP v2.40; applicable DHL Express account/lane/template only · Waybill-document account visibility, not a universal transport-label account map. · MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, revision 15 February 2026

MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, revision 15 February 2026 ↗§5.2.21 HideAccountInWaybillDocument · printed PDF page 84 | §5.3 HideAccountInWaybillDocument: Y/N and FRT/DTP areas · printed PDF page 126

What to check
  • A billing role printed on a label does not establish the full account number; retrieve the authorized shipment record.
Official sources (external website) ↗

FedEx

International express and market-specific domestic parcel15
Documented reference
Service type
Carrier field reference →

The shipping request selects the service type. Human-readable service text must agree with that selection.

Service / product
Market and scope

International express and market-specific domestic parcel · Label appearance depends on service, stock and template. ASTRA is documented as transitional to FDX1D; do not assume one universal layout.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Distinguish International Priority from Economy and Ground from Home Delivery; availability is lane-specific.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
ASTRA / FDX1D / PDF417
Carrier field reference →

FedEx documents PDF417 for 2D data and ASTRA/FDX1D for Express; Ground uses barcode 96 and can use SSCC-18 00.

Tracking / identityRouting / destination
Market and scope

International express and market-specific domestic parcel · Label appearance depends on service, stock and template. ASTRA is documented as transitional to FDX1D; do not assume one universal layout.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Multiple barcodes serve different purposes; a long scanned payload is not automatically the tracking number.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
ETD / EWO
Carrier field reference →

ETD is electronic trade document processing. EWO means Electronic with Original where the documentation describes paper originals as still required.

Customs / trade documents
Market and scope

International express and market-specific domestic parcel · Label appearance depends on service, stock and template. ASTRA is documented as transitional to FDX1D; do not assume one universal layout.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 1
API / booking data · operational controlshippingDocumentSpecification.shippingDocumentType; COMMERCIAL_INVOICE; shipmentSpecialService.specialServiceTypes; ELECTRONIC_TRADE_DOCUMENTS; etdDetail.requestedDocumentTypes

Requesting invoice generation, requesting electronic submission and generating the shipping label are distinct parts of the shipping transaction. The guide describes their separate fields.

What to check: Supply the required commodity data and verify destination acceptance. Receiving an invoice or ETD submission output is not proof of customs release; EWO still requires physical copies where specified. Do not interpret COMMERCIAL_INVOICE as a transport-service enum.

Scope / version: FedEx Ship API label guide; applicable service/stock/template and market only · Applicable international trade-document workflow; lane acceptance must be checked independently. · FedEx Ship API REST v1 public documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05

FedEx Ship API REST v1 public documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05 ↗Electronic Trade Documents: generation, electronic submission and physical-document requirements

What to check
  • EWO must trigger a check for physical documents; ETD does not by itself prove customs release.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Hold at Location
Carrier field reference →

The label can display Hold at Location for shipments collected at the selected location.

Service / product
Market and scope

International express and market-specific domestic parcel · Label appearance depends on service, stock and template. ASTRA is documented as transitional to FDX1D; do not assume one universal layout.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Verify the actual pickup location rather than assuming home delivery.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Master / child package
Carrier field reference →

Multi-piece shipping creates package records and labels associated with the shipment.

Tracking / identityPieces / shipment
Market and scope

International express and market-specific domestic parcel · Label appearance depends on service, stock and template. ASTRA is documented as transitional to FDX1D; do not assume one universal layout.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Reconcile the master and each package reference; one master label is not a reusable label for all cartons.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Doc-Tab
Carrier field reference →

The detachable label tab can carry additional information; some documented tire formats duplicate the barcode on the tab.

Customer referencesPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

International express and market-specific domestic parcel · Label appearance depends on service, stock and template. ASTRA is documented as transitional to FDX1D; do not assume one universal layout.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 2
API / booking data · printed fieldLabelFormatType; ImageType; LabelSpecification/LabelStockType; COMMON2D; LABEL_DATA_ONLY; EPL2; ZPLII

The guide separates receiving a carrier label from data-only custom-label output, the printer image/command representation, and the selected stock/Doc-Tab layout.

What to check: Use the documented element names in their guide namespace and confirm current endpoint JSON casing. LABEL_DATA_ONLY is not a printable carrier label. Select printer/stock together and preserve the returned labels; more images do not mean more packages.

Scope / version: FedEx Ship API label guide; applicable service/stock/template and market only · Thermal/laser label-generation sections; guide element spelling is not asserted as REST JSON casing. · FedEx Ship API REST v1 public documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05

FedEx Ship API REST v1 public documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05 ↗Thermal LabelFormatType/ImageType and data-only distinction | Laser LabelSpecification format/image/stock elements

API / booking data · printed field · operational controlPNG label graphic; 200 dots per inch; 800 x 1200 pixels; Label Stock; peel-and-stick label stock

The documented 4 × 6 PNG graphic is 200 dpi / 800 × 1200 pixels and must print at its intended physical size on the specified peel-and-stick stock.

What to check: Do not crop, stretch, recolor or overlay the carrier barcode/content. Confirm stock and final physical dimensions; screen enlargement does not establish print compliance. This requirement belongs to the cited embedded 4 × 6 PNG construct, not every FedEx format.

Scope / version: FedEx Ship API label guide; applicable service/stock/template and market only · Custom Label Graphic Entries Elements: embedded 4 × 6 PNG only. · FedEx Ship API REST v1 public documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05

FedEx Ship API REST v1 public documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05 ↗Custom Label Graphic Entries: preserved content, embedded PNG stock/printer/scaling

What to check
  • A repeated barcode can be deliberate; reconcile package identity rather than counting symbols.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Shipper / billing account
Carrier field reference →

Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.

Account / payment
Market and scope

International express and market-specific domestic parcel · Label appearance depends on service, stock and template. ASTRA is documented as transitional to FDX1D; do not assume one universal layout.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 2
printed field · operational controlCustomer Automation Device information; meter; application/system; version; Meter number

Label validation distinguishes the generating device/application information and meter number from package identity and service data.

What to check: Use this information for label-generation/version diagnostics. Do not treat a meter, origin address or customer reference as proof of the transportation or duties account charged.

Scope / version: FedEx Ship API label guide; applicable service/stock/template and market only · Ground validation lists customer automation device information; Express separately lists meter number. · FedEx Ship API REST v1 public documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05

FedEx Ship API REST v1 public documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05 ↗Ground customer automation device information and Express meter number

API / booking data · printed field · operational controlAlternate Return Address; origin shipper country

The alternate-return option prints a different return-processing address on the shipping label so an undeliverable package can be directed there instead of the shipping facility.

What to check: The return-address country must match the origin shipper country in this guide. A return address does not prove the billed account, actual pickup origin or delivery status; verify the accepted booking and address role.

Scope / version: FedEx Ground U.S. option context; same-country return-address restriction · Optional undeliverable-return address; Ground U.S. shipping-options section explicitly lists this option. · FedEx Ship API REST v1 public documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05

FedEx Ship API REST v1 public documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05 ↗Ground U.S. shipping options explicitly include Alternate Return Address | Alternate Return Address: printed address purpose and origin-country restriction

What to check
  • Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
API service enums
Carrier field reference →

FEDEX_INTERNATIONAL_PRIORITY = International Priority; FEDEX_INTERNATIONAL_PRIORITY_EXPRESS = International Priority Express; INTERNATIONAL_ECONOMY = International Economy; FEDEX_GROUND = Ground; GROUND_HOME_DELIVERY = Home Delivery.

Service / product
Market and scope

International express and market-specific domestic parcel · Label appearance depends on service, stock and template. ASTRA is documented as transitional to FDX1D; do not assume one universal layout.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • These are documented API values. Do not assume identical literal text is printed on every label, or confuse Priority with Priority Express.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Official specimen
Official FedEx International Priority BSO sample label (2021 guide, Figure 25)
Read label interpretation: International Priority BSO · official sample →

Original embedded sample-label PNG extracted unchanged from FedEx's official Web Services Developer Guide 2021, page 1320. Printed recipient fields are explicit test placeholders.

Service / productTracking / identityRouting / destinationAccount / paymentPieces / shipmentCustomer referencesCustoms / trade documents
Market and scope

United States → Canada; historical shipping-label example · Official International Priority BSO sample from the 2021 FedEx Web Services guide; current Ship API terminology is explained separately below.

1320

Printed service
INTL PRIORITY BSO — International Priority with a Broker Select Option marker. Read the service text together with the handling suffix.
Tracking number
7949 6933 7381 — The human-readable package identifier appears beside TRK# and above the large linear barcode.
Routing block
XQ YQBA / G1R 2L7 / YMX — Operational sort text, destination postal code and station marker. This block is separate from the tracking number.
Customer reference
TC 016 US EXP LABELS JAN 12-CLCL — The sample's REF value supports the shipper's business reconciliation; it is not the carrier tracking number.
Payment role
BILL SENDER — The label identifies the sender as payer. It does not reveal a billing account number.
What to check
  • Historical official layout. The printed service is INTL PRIORITY BSO, not EWO. No billing account number or piece count is printed in this sample; BILL SENDER is a payer role. The API/service explanations below are a separate teaching layer and must not be presented as words visible on this image.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
API product enum versus IP EXP / EWO
Carrier field reference →

A service marker and a customs-document marker describe different aspects of the shipment.

Service / product
Market and scope

FedEx Ship API REST v1 · Service identification and trade-document treatment

FedEx Ship API REST v1 documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05

IP EXP
FEDEX_INTERNATIONAL_PRIORITY_EXPRESS prints IP EXP.
IP EOD
FEDEX_INTERNATIONAL_PRIORITY prints IP EOD.
EWO
Electronic with Original: electronically generated documents still require physical copies where ETD is unsupported.
What to check
  • EWO is not an express service level; check the printed product separately and verify ETD lane acceptance.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Master and child tracking in MPS
Carrier field reference →

The first package is the master; subsequent physical packages receive their own child tracking numbers.

Tracking / identityCustomer references
Market and scope

FedEx Ship API REST v1 · Multiple pieces to the same recipient address

FedEx Ship API REST v1 documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05

Master sequence
sequenceNumber = 1.
Subsequent requests
Provide masterTrackingId when printing labels one at a time.
Async job
jobId identifies a queued processing job, not a parcel tracking number.
Detailed fields · 1
API / booking data · printed field · operational controlRMA_ASSOCIATION; Customer References Value; RMA number

The return-label workflow can print the supplied RMA reference both as barcode and human-readable text and carry it onto the invoice. It links the business return to the package.

What to check: Do not substitute the RMA barcode for the package tracking barcode or presume an outbound shipment includes a return label. Verify an actual return booking with the association reference; a printed RMA is not a return-acceptance scan.

Scope / version: United States; documented print-return label availability · Only return-label workflow with RMA association; Ground/Home appear explicitly in the supported U.S. return-products list. · FedEx Ship API REST v1 public documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05

FedEx Ship API REST v1 public documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05 ↗Print Return Label: RMA_ASSOCIATION field, printed business reference and eligible U.S. return products

What to check
  • Match label count, groupPackageCount and each package sequence; do not reuse the master label on every carton.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Tracking number, Form ID and sort-routing fields
Carrier field reference →

Routing fields and encoded tracking positions depend on the label/barcode family.

Routing / destinationPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

FedEx REST label validation documentation · Express and Ground label families

FedEx Ship API REST v1 documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05

Express printed fields
URSA prefix/suffix, airport ramp, commitment and tracking/Form ID are separately validated.
FDX 1D Express
Tracking occupies positions 21–34; the 12-digit Express number has two leading zeros.
ASTRA
Tracking occupies positions 17–28 of its 32-character barcode.
Detailed fields · 1
printed field · operational controlShip date; Delivery day of the week; Deliver by date; Service area commitment

Express label validation lists shipment date, delivery weekday/date and service-area commitment as separate human-readable fields. These fields support operational reading rather than being part of the tracking identifier.

What to check: Read shipment and delivery dates in their booking context. Future-day labels can exist before tender; a printed commitment is not proof of acceptance, actual delivery or current guarantee eligibility.

Scope / version: FedEx Ship API label guide; applicable service/stock/template and market only · Express human-readable label validation; no decoded facility/URSA lookup. · FedEx Ship API REST v1 public documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05

FedEx Ship API REST v1 public documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05 ↗Human Readable details for Express Labels: ship, delivery and commitment fields | Future Day: label may be prepared before tender

What to check
  • Identify the barcode family first; do not decode every FedEx barcode as a plain 12-digit number or derive payment account from routing/meter fields.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Ground/Home Delivery service description and H marker
Carrier field reference →

Ground label validation requires a service description; Home Delivery labels additionally use a boxed H near the delivery address.

Service / product
Market and scope

United States; Ship API label validation · FedEx Ground and Home Delivery human-readable label fields

FedEx Ship API REST v1 documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05; label validation section

Booking namespace
FEDEX_GROUND and GROUND_HOME_DELIVERY select different booked services.
Printed marker
The reviewed validation rules require the Home Delivery H within one inch of the ship-to address.
Boundary
An H is a Home Delivery marker in this specification; it does not decode routing or account identity.
What to check
  • Use the current approved label output; do not derive a booking enum from an unrelated barcode digit.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Ground tracking number and Form ID
Carrier field reference →

The Ground human-readable validation list separates the tracking number and Form ID from postal/routing fields and customer reference information.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

United States; Ship API Ground label validation · Ground and Home Delivery identifiers

FedEx Ship API REST v1 documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05; human-readable Ground label validation

Validation format
The reviewed section specifies a 14-digit tracking field.
Namespace boundary
This is the stated Ground label-validation format, not a universal length for every FedEx service or historic template.
What to check
  • Match human-readable data to the generated barcode and authorized shipment response.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Ground label routing and barcode formats
Carrier field reference →

FedEx documents postal-code/routing and airport ramp fields separately from the tracking identity; its label section describes barcode 96 for Ground and Home Delivery.

Routing / destinationPieces / shipment
Market and scope

United States; Ship API label documentation · Ground/Home Delivery sort and routing fields

FedEx Ship API REST v1 documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05; shipping label formats

2D format
PDF417 stores dimensional/alphanumeric shipment data under the cited ANSI standard.
Other construct
SSCC-18 barcode 00 is supported where applicable.
Boundary
These barcode formats are not a published complete facility-code decoder.
Detailed fields · 1
printed field · operational controlActual Weight; Dimensions; Ship date

The Ground label-validation list includes actual weight, dimensions and ship date alongside service, address and tracking fields. They describe the package, not the billed account.

What to check: Reconcile printed measurements to the issued package record. Do not substitute dimensional/billable weight for actual weight or infer an exact service from the weight. Verify the current approved label output.

Scope / version: United States; Ground/Home label validation · Ground-family validation includes Home Delivery labeling; measurements belong to the physical package. · FedEx Ship API REST v1 public documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05

FedEx Ship API REST v1 public documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05 ↗Ground/Home human-readable label validation: ship date, actual weight, dimensions

What to check
  • Retain the complete generated barcode; do not assume a Ground-branded label proves that no air leg occurred.
Official sources (external website) ↗

UPS

Worldwide; WorldShip definitions and US label guidance11
Documented reference
Shipment label
Carrier field reference →

WorldShip describes recipient, service and option indicators, barcodes, references and special instructions on the shipment label.

Tracking / identityPieces / shipmentPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

Worldwide; WorldShip definitions and US label guidance · The official PLD guide supports extracting the raw 1Z service indicator at positions 9–10. A current service-name mapping and billing-account inference are not established by these sources.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 4
API / booking data · operational control*PA.PackageActualWeight [P4]; *BA.UOMWeight [B7]; *BA.ShipmentActualWeight [B4]

PackageActualWeight carries the actual piece mass in the shipment UOMWeight. The sum of package actual weights must equal the shipment actual weight under the documented PLD reconciliation rule.

What to check: Check the unit and package/shipment sum, including explicitly documented consolidated/freight exceptions. A printed weight is not automatically dimensional or final billable weight; do not apply one service-specific rounding rule to every product.

Scope / version: UPS PLD 0200; country/service-specific validation remains applicable · PLD package/shipment mass fields, not an assumed modern API JSON path. · UPS PLD message format 0200 public help, retrieved 2026-10-05; reader published metadata 2026-07-24

UPS PLD message format 0200 public help, retrieved 2026-10-05; reader published metadata 2026-07-24 ↗*PA P4 actual package weight, consolidated/freight exceptions and shipment reconciliation | *BA B4 actual shipment weight and B7 measurement unit

API / booking data · operational control*PA.PkgPublishedDimWt [P9]; *BA.UOMWeight [B7]; Billable Weight

PLD provides a separate dimensional-weight field. WorldShip defines billable weight through the applicable actual/dimensional/minimum-weight rules, so a piece’s actual mass and chargeable weight need not match.

What to check: Check current market tariff and applicable minimum/rounding rules; do not publish a universal divisor from this label field or interpret the dimensional-weight value as a scale reading.

Scope / version: UPS PLD 0200 and WorldShip glossary; applicable local rating rules · Separate package dimensional-weight data and WorldShip rating definitions. · UPS PLD message format 0200 public help, retrieved 2026-10-05; reader published metadata 2026-07-24

UPS PLD message format 0200 public help, retrieved 2026-10-05; reader published metadata 2026-07-24 ↗ · UPS WorldShip public glossary, retrieved 2026-10-05; no separately stated edition ↗*PA P9 dimensional weight, separate from actual weight | WorldShip glossary: Billable Weight and Dimensional Weight definitions | WorldShip Dimensional Weight: actual/dimensional/minimum weight and country/service-dependent divisor

API / booking data · operational control*PA.Length [P10]; *PA.Width [P11]; *PA.Height [P12]; *BA.UOMDim [B13]; *PA.PackagingType [P3]

The three package dimensions have their own fields and shipment dimensional unit. The reviewed PLD format retains two decimal places, independently from its weight-field representation.

What to check: Interpret values with UOMDim and check packaging-specific requirements. PackagingType 30 requires actual dimensions. Do not treat these fixed-width byte formats as another API schema or infer billable weight from length alone.

Scope / version: UPS PLD 0200; country/service-specific validation remains applicable · PLD package dimensions; pallet requirement is a specific PackagingType condition. · UPS PLD message format 0200 public help, retrieved 2026-10-05; reader published metadata 2026-07-24

UPS PLD message format 0200 public help, retrieved 2026-10-05; reader published metadata 2026-07-24 ↗*PA P3: PackagingType30 requires actual dimensions | *PA P10/P11/P12 dimension fields with two decimals | *BA B13 dimensional unit

API / booking data · operational controlUpload Message Header: PickupDate [U5]; Upload Message Header: PLDSequenceNumber [U6]

PickupDate is the date of package pickup in YYYYMMDD and can refer to the prior day after a midnight transmission. PLDSequenceNumber detects duplicate transmissions; it is not a parcel number.

What to check: Do not read the pickup-date field as label-print date or a delivery promise, or put PLDSequenceNumber into public parcel tracking. Reconcile it with the relevant transmission and actual shipment record.

Scope / version: UPS PLD 0200; country/service-specific validation remains applicable · PLD file/transmission header fields, not proof from a static label specimen. · UPS PLD message format 0200 public help, retrieved 2026-10-05; reader published metadata 2026-07-24

UPS PLD message format 0200 public help, retrieved 2026-10-05; reader published metadata 2026-07-24 ↗Upload Message Header U5/U6: pickup date, duplicate transmission ID and distinct MI structure

What to check
  • Compare the visible service with the shipping record; references may be customer order numbers.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Air Shipping Document
Carrier field reference →

UPS US guidance distinguishes air shipping documents from domestic Ground address/tracking label requirements.

Printing / label credentialsCustoms / trade documents
Market and scope

Worldwide; WorldShip definitions and US label guidance · The official PLD guide supports extracting the raw 1Z service indicator at positions 9–10. A current service-name mapping and billing-account inference are not established by these sources.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Confirm the actual service and the appropriate carrier-generated document.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
PRL
Carrier field reference →

WorldShip return option code for Print Return Label. It belongs to the return-service option vocabulary.

Printing / label credentials
Market and scope

Worldwide; WorldShip definitions and US label guidance · The official PLD guide supports extracting the raw 1Z service indicator at positions 9–10. A current service-name mapping and billing-account inference are not established by these sources.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 1
API / booking data · operational control*EA VAQualifier=LDM; LabelDeliveryMethodShortText; LDE; LDP; LPM

LDM selects how the label reaches the shipper. The cited PLD help distinguishes electronic and print output and records that Print and Mail/LPM ceased on 25 June 2022.

What to check: Keep label delivery separate from booked transport service. This guide excludes LDM with Return Service (*EA ALP/ART/RSO/WRL/ERL) and Trade Direct, limits electronic LDE to 100 packages, and applies additional notification/service restrictions. Do not offer historical Print and Mail/LPM as active.

Scope / version: UPS PLD 0200; country/service-specific validation remains applicable · PLD Label Delivery Method value-added segment; Import Control and other eligible label-delivery workflows. The LDM segment is prohibited with the listed Return Service segments and Trade Direct. · UPS PLD message format 0200 public help, retrieved 2026-10-05; reader published metadata 2026-07-24

UPS PLD message format 0200 public help, retrieved 2026-10-05; reader published metadata 2026-07-24 ↗*EA LDM: prohibited return/Trade Direct segments, count/notification constraints and active/historical values

What to check
  • Do not confuse return-option codes with digits inside a tracking identifier.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
ERL
Carrier field reference →

WorldShip return option code for Electronic Return Label.

Printing / label credentials
Market and scope

Worldwide; WorldShip definitions and US label guidance · The official PLD guide supports extracting the raw 1Z service indicator at positions 9–10. A current service-name mapping and billing-account inference are not established by these sources.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Confirm the specific return instruction and collection/drop-off arrangement in the booking.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
1Z service indicator positions
Carrier field reference →

The official PLD guide identifies bytes 9 and 10 of a 1Z tracking number as the service-level indicator.

Service / productTracking / identity
Market and scope

Worldwide; WorldShip definitions and US label guidance · The official PLD guide supports extracting the raw 1Z service indicator at positions 9–10. A current service-name mapping and billing-account inference are not established by these sources.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Read these two characters as a raw indicator only; resolve the service with the current UPS Guide to Labeling and actual shipping record. Do not reuse WorldShip return-option codes as tracking-digit mappings.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Shipper / billing account
Carrier field reference →

WorldShip defines a six-character shipper number assigned by UPS. A shipper identifier must be distinguished from the billed account for transportation or duties.

Account / payment
Market and scope

Worldwide; WorldShip definitions and US label guidance · The official PLD guide supports extracting the raw 1Z service indicator at positions 9–10. A current service-name mapping and billing-account inference are not established by these sources.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Official specimen
Official UPS Smart Label sample: UPS Next Day Air
Read label interpretation: UPS Next Day Air · 1Z field reference →

UPS's pickup page explicitly identifies inf_lab_smart_l.jpg as its sample shipping label. Original JPEG retrieved unchanged from UPS's filexfer.ups.com host; the sample uses ABC company and example phone numbers.

Service / productTracking / identityRouting / destinationAccount / paymentPieces / shipmentCustomer references
Market and scope

United States destination-address illustration; origin not reliably established · Official UPS Smart Label sample from the UPS pickup page, with separate UPS PLD identifier reference below. The original image is low resolution.

Official specimen image

Printed service
UPS NEXT DAY AIR · 1 — The service title and large service icon are visible. Read these before interpreting the 1Z service indicator.
1Z tracking line
TRACKING # 1Z … — The package identifier sits above its linear barcode. The original image is too small to transcribe all characters reliably.
Routing block
UT 841 0-00 — The prominent sort-routing text appears beside the MaxiCode and above the postal barcode.
Package count
1 OF 2 · 12 LBS — This is the first package of a two-package shipment. Printed weight appears alongside the package count.
What to check
  • The original official image is only 132 by 198 pixels. Larger display cannot recover fine print. This sample prints UPS NEXT DAY AIR, not UPS Ground or Worldwide Express. Use only the clearly visible service, routing and piece-count fields; do not transcribe the full tracking line or infer any account number from its low-resolution characters.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
WorldShip code versus 1Z service indicator
Carrier field reference →

WorldShip alpha service codes and the service indicator embedded in a 1Z number use different namespaces.

Service / product
Market and scope

WorldShip help and PLD 0200 · Service namespaces within shipping records

UPS WorldShip help and PLD message format 0200, reviewed 2026-10-05

WorldShip examples
GND Ground; 1DA Next Day Air; ES Worldwide Express; SV Saver; EX Expedited; ST Standard.
1Z indicator
PLD locates the service-level indicator at bytes 9 and 10 of the full 1Z number.
Lookup authority
PLD directs readers to the current UPS Guide to Labeling for valid indicator values.
What to check
  • Keep the raw two-character indicator; do not publish a universal mapping from an unsourced 1Z table.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Lead package and piece tracking
Carrier field reference →

ShipmentNumber must equal the tracking number of the lead non-void package.

Tracking / identityCustomer references
Market and scope

UPS PLD 0200 · Shipment and package-level identifier reconciliation

UPS PLD message format 0200, reviewed 2026-10-05

Lead matching
Must match the first *PA PackageTrackingNumber with VoidInd not set to 1.
International variation
Country rules determine 1Z versus PTN.
Mail Innovations variation
Use MMI where present, otherwise USPS IMpb; do not assume all UPS flows use 1Z.
Detailed fields · 2
API / booking data · printed field · operational control*FA.Reference/BarcodeQualifier [F1]; *FA.ReferenceNumberTypeCode [F2]; *FA.Reference/BarcodeNumber [F3]

The FA qualifier separates shipment reference slots 001–002 from package reference slots 003–007 and additional barcode constructs 008–009. ReferenceNumberTypeCode describes the shipper’s business-reference content.

What to check: Retain qualifier and level; repeated qualifiers are disallowed. SSCC-18 qualifier 009 has stated US/PR return/import-control restrictions. Additional reference barcodes do not replace the package tracking number or prove the payer.

Scope / version: UPS PLD 0200; country/service-specific validation remains applicable · PLD Reference/Barcode segment with qualifier-specific level/origin/workflow restrictions. · UPS PLD message format 0200 public help, retrieved 2026-10-05; reader published metadata 2026-07-24

UPS PLD message format 0200 public help, retrieved 2026-10-05; reader published metadata 2026-07-24 ↗*FA qualifier levels, repeated-qualifier prohibition, US/PR 009 restrictions and F2/F3

API / booking data · operational control*PA.VoidInd [P8]; *PA.PackageTrackingNumber [P2]; *BA.ShipmentNumber [B2]

VoidInd distinguishes a processed package from a voided package. The guide links the lead package to the shipment number and explicitly warns against voiding that lead record.

What to check: Reconcile the un-voided package set and its own identifiers; a stale printed label is not acceptance proof. This is a record-reading rule, not a recommendation to cancel a real shipment.

Scope / version: UPS PLD 0200; country/service-specific validation remains applicable · PLD package lifecycle/lead-number reconciliation. · UPS PLD message format 0200 public help, retrieved 2026-10-05; reader published metadata 2026-07-24

UPS PLD message format 0200 public help, retrieved 2026-10-05; reader published metadata 2026-07-24 ↗*PA P2 package tracking identity | *PA P8 processed/voided indicator and lead-package warning

What to check
  • Compare every piece with its package-level record and the un-voided PackageCount.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
UPS account versus transportation/duty payer
Carrier field reference →

A shipper number identifies the account; transportation and duty/tax payer choices are separate fields.

Account / payment
Market and scope

WorldShip and PLD 0200 · Billing fields, separate from tracking and routing

UPS WorldShip billing help and PLD 0200, reviewed 2026-10-05

PLD SenderShipperNumber
Account identifier supports 6 or 10 alphanumeric bytes in the reviewed PLD schema.
WorldShip bill-to codes
SHP shipper/My Account, REC receiver, TP third party, CB consignee billed.
Duty/tax split
WorldShip can split duty from tax and transportation billing.
Detailed fields · 1
API / booking data · operational control*BA.ShipmentChgType [B9]; *BA.PaymentMediaTypeCode [B10]; *AA.SenderShipperNumber [A2]

ShipmentChgType selects the shipment’s billing charge arrangement and must be consistent across its packages. PaymentMediaTypeCode describes the payment medium; neither is the shipper’s account identifier.

What to check: Use valid values for the actual origin/destination and country rules. Do not transpose WorldShip SHP/REC/TP codes into PLD or infer freight/duty/tax payment solely from 1Z, a payer legend or a sender address.

Scope / version: UPS PLD 0200; country/service-specific validation remains applicable · PLD shipment billing fields; different from WorldShip bill-to namespace and customs-payment fields. · UPS PLD message format 0200 public help, retrieved 2026-10-05; reader published metadata 2026-07-24

UPS PLD message format 0200 public help, retrieved 2026-10-05; reader published metadata 2026-07-24 ↗*BA B9 charge arrangement and B10 payment media definition/conditions | *AA A2 SenderShipperNumber: account identifier separate from charge/payment fields

What to check
  • Confirm the selected billing roles and authorized account record; a 1Z prefix does not prove who paid duty or tax.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
WorldShip domestic selector versus label service data
Carrier field reference →

The WorldShip selector uses GND, 3DS, 2DA, 2DM, 1DA, 1DM and 1DP for the reviewed domestic products. These codes are not a direct 1Z barcode decoding table.

Service / product
Market and scope

United States / Puerto Rico origin · WorldShip product selection for domestic parcels

UPS WorldShip online help, reviewed 2026-10-05; U.S./Puerto Rico service table

Namespace
Codes select the booked WorldShip service for the stated origin table.
Printed-label check
Reconcile the generated service description and package tracking with the shipment record.
What to check
  • Do not transpose these string codes into another API or infer a 1Z service indicator by spelling similarity.
Official sources (external website) ↗

DHL eCommerce Americas

Americas API documentation; not DHL Express7
Documented reference
Label and product selection
Carrier field reference →

This is a separate eCommerce label API with its own product and shipment parameters.

Service / productPieces / shipmentPrinting / label credentialsCustoms / trade documents
Market and scope

Americas API documentation; not DHL Express · Specific handoff interpretation requires the label response and the applicable product documentation.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 3
API / booking data · operational controlpackageDetail.weight.value/unitOfMeasure; packageDetail.dimension.length/width/height/unitOfMeasure

Weight and its unit help validate product selection. The separate optional dimension block supplies length, width, height and a dimension unit for dimensional-weight calculation.

What to check: Keep mass units (LB/OZ/KG/G) distinct from dimension units (IN/CM) and apply the selected product limits. The YAML required list spells unitofMeasure while the property is unitOfMeasure; retain this discrepancy and verify accepted casing with current documentation instead of silently repairing a payload.

Scope / version: United States-origin DHL eCommerce Americas Label API v4.0.0; domestic/international eligibility as documented · OpenAPI v4.0.0 documented field/property definitions, including an explicitly recorded required-list casing inconsistency. · DHL eCommerce Americas Label API v4.0.0; official linked file in 2026-09 directory

DHL Label API OpenAPI 3.0.0 specification, API v4.0.0 ↗Domestic packageDetail weight and dimension fields/units; required-list casing | InternationalLabel weight/dimension repeated structure

API / booking data · operational controlcustomsDetails[].itemDescription/countryOfOrigin/packagedQuantity/skuNumber/itemValue/currency/hsCode

Customs items separate manufacturing origin, quantity of identical goods, client SKU and per-unit commercial value. Item currency is independent data; HS code is conditionally required for some international destinations and excludes decimal points in this schema.

What to check: Multiply per-unit value by quantity when reconciling commodity totals; do not equate packagedQuantity with physical parcels. The overview requires customsDetails for international and APO/FPO/DPO/non-continental shipments, including an integrated customs label; preserve that exception to the general domestic omission instruction.

Scope / version: United States-origin DHL eCommerce Americas Label API v4.0.0; domestic/international eligibility as documented · Commodity-level v4.0.0 customs input; APO/FPO/DPO-specific guidance does not establish a global customs or product mapping. · DHL eCommerce Americas Label API v4.0.0; official linked file in 2026-09 directory

DHL Label API OpenAPI 3.0.0 specification, API v4.0.0 ↗Overview: domestic APO/FPO/DPO/non-continental customs exception | InternationalLabel customsDetails item field meanings and conditions

API / booking data · printed fieldformat (query); labels[].labelData/encodeType/format/createdOn; timestamp

The requested output format controls returned labelData and encodeType: PNG/PDF use Base64, while ZPL is plain printer text. createdOn is label creation time in UTC and timestamp is request time, not a scan event.

What to check: Decode according to encodeType and keep the issued geometry/content. A response array or encoded image is not a piece-count field. Do not present label creation/request times as pickup, acceptance or delivery confirmation.

Scope / version: United States-origin DHL eCommerce Americas Label API v4.0.0; domestic/international eligibility as documented · Label v4.0.0 output representation and response timestamps, not transport-service identity. · DHL eCommerce Americas Label API v4.0.0; reviewed 2026-10-05

Label (DHL eCommerce Americas) v4.0.0 ↗ · DHL Label API OpenAPI 3.0.0 specification, API v4.0.0 ↗Overview workflow: PNG/PDF Base64 and ZPL plain output | DomesticResponse timestamp and labels[].createdOn | DomesticResponse labelData, encodeType and format

What to check
  • Use the correct API product and country context; do not reuse Express service codes.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Carrier / postal handoff
Carrier field reference →

A consolidated eCommerce movement may require a separate final-delivery reference.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

Americas API documentation; not DHL Express · Specific handoff interpretation requires the label response and the applicable product documentation.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Match the returned identifiers to the actual booked product; do not infer the delivery carrier from DHL branding alone.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Shipper / billing account
Carrier field reference →

Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.

Account / paymentCustomer references
Market and scope

Americas API documentation; not DHL Express · Specific handoff interpretation requires the label response and the applicable product documentation.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 3
API / booking data · operational controlpickup (DomesticLabel/InternationalLabel); distributionCenter

pickup identifies the onboarding-assigned pickup account and is explicitly different from the Sold To Account. distributionCenter is the assigned lodgement facility, not a payer identifier.

What to check: Use onboarding data rather than a sender address or printed routing code to establish account identity. Keep pickup/Sold To roles separate and preserve the returned distributionCenter, which may differ from the submitted center.

Scope / version: United States-origin DHL eCommerce Americas Label API v4.0.0; domestic/international eligibility as documented · Label request account and lodgement context; no billing account number is inferred from a specimen. · DHL eCommerce Americas Label API v4.0.0; official linked file in 2026-09 directory

DHL Label API OpenAPI 3.0.0 specification, API v4.0.0 ↗components.schemas.DomesticLabel.pickup/distributionCenter definitions | DomesticResponse pickup and potentially changed distributionCenter

API / booking data · printed field · operational controlpackageDetail.billingReference1; billingReference2; customLabelText1; customLabelText2

Billing references aggregate invoice/billing data: Reference and Batch are distinct slots. Custom label text supports pick/pack reading and is explicitly excluded from invoices.

What to check: Do not expect an order number printed through customLabelText to reconcile an invoice. billingReference2 is documented as domestic-only even though its field appears in the InternationalLabel schema; retain that limitation rather than assuming property presence implies acceptance.

Scope / version: United States-origin DHL eCommerce Americas Label API v4.0.0; domestic/international eligibility as documented · Reference/invoice versus free-text visibility; current acceptance still governed by domestic/international field conditions. · DHL eCommerce Americas Label API v4.0.0; official linked file in 2026-09 directory

DHL Label API OpenAPI 3.0.0 specification, API v4.0.0 ↗Domestic packageDetail billing references and custom label text | International schema presence versus billingReference2 not-applicable description

API / booking data · operational controlshippingCost.currency; freight; declaredValue; insuredValue; duty; tax

These are distinct monetary roles in the specified currency: transport charges, declared package value, insured value, duty and tax. They are not interchangeable account identifiers.

What to check: Keep every amount with its currency and purpose. A declared or insured value does not prove final charges or coverage; duty/tax inputs do not prove customs release or the charged account. Do not infer payer roles from the inconsistent dutiesPaid/taxesPaid prose without account confirmation.

Scope / version: United States-origin DHL eCommerce Americas Label API v4.0.0; domestic/international eligibility as documented · Label v4.0.0 monetary inputs; domestic/international mandatory/optional conditions differ. · DHL eCommerce Americas Label API v4.0.0; official linked file in 2026-09 directory

DHL Label API OpenAPI 3.0.0 specification, API v4.0.0 ↗shippingCost monetary definitions and differing prepaid-party wording

What to check
  • Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Product ID versus confirmation service
Carrier field reference →

Use the stable product ID to book; product names can change and are unsuitable as unique keys.

Service / product
Market and scope

DHL eCommerce Americas APIs · Product selection and optional service fields

DHL eCommerce Americas references, reviewed 2026-10-05; individual tables carry earlier update dates

Domestic IDs
EXP, MAX and GND; BPM uses BEX/BGN.
International IDs
PLT Direct, PLY Standard, PLX Expedited, PKY Packet.
Confirmation options
DELCON is the usual domestic default; SIGCON is additional-cost on eligible domestic products, not international.
What to check
  • Do not confuse an optional confirmation code, postal endorsement or DG content category with the transport product.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
GM, DHL package ID, IMpb and PIC
Carrier field reference →

Customer, DHL and last-mile identifiers must be retained separately.

Tracking / identityCustomer references
Market and scope

DHL eCommerce Americas v4 · One physical package per label/shipment in this API

DHL eCommerce Americas Label API v4.0.0 and references, reviewed 2026-10-05

packageId
Customer-provided CCN/GM identifier.
dhlPackageId
DHL-generated ID: domestic mail identifier or international TMUID.
trackingId
Last-mile ID; domestic full USPS IMpb, international available after shipping.
deliveryConfirmationNumber
Domestic USPS PIC/tracking portion of IMpb; international last-mile ID.
Detailed fields · 2
API / booking data · printed fieldpackageDetail.packageReference; packageDetail.packageId

packageReference is an optional prefix added to the human-readable Package ID at the bottom of the label, alongside the barcode of the package ID.

What to check: Read the prefix separately from the customer-provided packageId and the DHL/last-mile identifiers. Do not prepend it to a barcode tracking payload or treat custom printed text as a carrier-issued tracking identity.

Scope / version: United States-origin DHL eCommerce Americas Label API v4.0.0; domestic/international eligibility as documented · Label v4.0.0 optional printed prefix, available in the reviewed domestic/international packageDetail schemas. · DHL eCommerce Americas Label API v4.0.0; official linked file in 2026-09 directory

DHL Label API OpenAPI 3.0.0 specification, API v4.0.0 ↗packageDetail.packageId and packageReference printed prefix | InternationalLabel packageDetail packageReference

API / booking data · operational controllabels[].trackingId; GET /shipping/v4/label/{pickup} packageId/dhlPackageId

trackingId returns the latest last-mile identifier if the package is overlabeled. An existing label can be retrieved using either packageId or dhlPackageId within the documented seven-day window.

What to check: Reconcile customer, DHL and latest last-mile identities to the issued shipment. The guide says voided labels cannot be retrieved; a copied old label or failed GET is not sufficient evidence of a live parcel, void reason or delivery status.

Scope / version: United States-origin DHL eCommerce Americas Label API v4.0.0; domestic/international eligibility as documented · Label v4.0.0 retrieval/overlabel behavior; international last-mile ID may not be available until shipped. · DHL eCommerce Americas Label API v4.0.0; official linked file in 2026-09 directory

DHL Label API OpenAPI 3.0.0 specification, API v4.0.0 ↗getExistingLabel: seven-day window, ID options and voided exclusion | DomesticResponse trackingId: latest carrier ID after overlabel

What to check
  • Overlabeling can update the last-mile ID; preserve the original overlabeledDspNumber for domestic reconciliation.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Pickup account, distribution center and manifest
Carrier field reference →

Pickup account, induction facility and manifest are distinct from a package tracking number.

Routing / destination
Market and scope

DHL eCommerce Americas APIs · Label induction and closeout reconciliation

DHL eCommerce Americas references, reviewed 2026-10-05; individual tables carry earlier update dates

distributionCenter
Required by Label/Rating; USATL1 is Mableton GA and USLAX1 Whittier CA.
Rate behavior
Used for domestic origin-zone calculation only when the pickup account is designated dropoff; ignored for international rating.
manifestId / requestId
Manifest ID prints/barcodes on DSM; one requestId can produce multiple manifestIds.
What to check
  • Verify facility and account entitlement; do not decode a facility code as the final customer address or package ID.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Domestic Product ID and weight-band reconciliation
Carrier field reference →

The API lists EXP for Parcel/Parcel Plus Expedited, GND for Parcel/Parcel Plus Ground and MAX for Parcel Expedited Max. Product names can change and are not unique selectors.

Service / product
Market and scope

United States; DHL eCommerce Americas API · Domestic EXP, MAX and GND product selection

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Weight band
A common Product ID can cover different marketing weight bands.
Plus Max limitation
Do not extend the MAX table entry to an unlisted Plus mapping without the accepted booking response.
What to check
  • Preserve the returned Product ID and package weight; do not book by a mutable product-name string.
Official sources (external website) ↗

DPD

European parcel networks; legacy specification plus 2026 local guide10
Documented reference
Parcel number / Code 128
Carrier field reference →

The specification distinguishes parcel identification in the primary Code 128 field from other label zones.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

European parcel networks; legacy specification plus 2026 local guide · The available parcel specification is v2.4 and historical. Its structural explanations are retained, while its numeric service tables are not treated as current universal rules.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Use the parcel number for package reconciliation; do not substitute the full routing barcode string.
Official sources (external website) ↗
DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Documented reference
Service field
Carrier field reference →

The service field identifies the parcel service. The specification separately discusses the service code and destination postcode.

Service / product
Market and scope

European parcel networks; legacy specification plus 2026 local guide · The available parcel specification is v2.4 and historical. Its structural explanations are retained, while its numeric service tables are not treated as current universal rules.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 1
operational controlSERVICEINFO.ServiceFieldInfo

The main service-field text is taken from the routing database’s SERVICEINFO table, ServiceFieldInfo field. The historical rules require relevant service information whenever the label is printed with a service, with additional details for COD, export and department delivery.

What to check: Retrieve the service-field wording from the applicable depot-supplied database. Do not replace it with a marketing product name or reuse a historical numeric service mapping as a current global code list.

Scope / version: Germany-origin DPD customer-printing specification; destination rules vary · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 · 30 June 2015; historical specification freshly retrieved 5 October 2026

DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 ↗Section 4.3, The service field; PDF page 17

What to check
  • Read in the relevant national network and specification version.
Official sources (external website) ↗
DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Documented reference
Routing text zone
Carrier field reference →

Routing text, destination country and postcode support sorting and manual reconstruction.

Routing / destination
Market and scope

European parcel networks; legacy specification plus 2026 local guide · The available parcel specification is v2.4 and historical. Its structural explanations are retained, while its numeric service tables are not treated as current universal rules.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Routing depends on the routing database; a depot code is not a delivery commitment.
Official sources (external website) ↗
DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Documented reference
Aztec secondary code
Carrier field reference →

The documented Aztec zone holds shipment information alongside the primary barcode.

Tracking / identityRouting / destinationCustoms / trade documents
Market and scope

European parcel networks; legacy specification plus 2026 local guide · The available parcel specification is v2.4 and historical. Its structural explanations are retained, while its numeric service tables are not treated as current universal rules.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 1
operational control2DSTD_BarcodeOF; 2DISO_RangInNumber

The historical Aztec rules allow optional content to be cut when the 1,000-character application limit is exceeded, and use 2DSTD_BarcodeOF for the stated overflow cases. In multi-piece shipments, customs data belongs only to the master piece identified by 2DISO_RangInNumber = 001/NNN.

What to check: The secondary code is a structured shipment payload, not a second tracking number. Missing optional content after truncation does not prove the underlying order lacks that data; do not reconstruct or assert a complete payload from the printed symbol alone.

Scope / version: Germany-origin DPD customer-printing specification; destination rules vary · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 · 30 June 2015; historical specification freshly retrieved 5 October 2026

DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 ↗Sections 4.4.1.4–4.4.1.5; PDF pages 21–23

What to check
  • Identify the symbol and expected schema before interpreting a raw scan.
Official sources (external website) ↗
DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Documented reference
Customer-specific information
Carrier field reference →

Customer references are a distinct zone from recipient, parcel details and service information.

Customer references
Market and scope

European parcel networks; legacy specification plus 2026 local guide · The available parcel specification is v2.4 and historical. Its structural explanations are retained, while its numeric service tables are not treated as current universal rules.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Match order references separately from carrier parcel numbers.
Official sources (external website) ↗
DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Verification guidance
Shipper / billing account
Carrier field reference →

Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.

Account / payment
Market and scope

European parcel networks; legacy specification plus 2026 local guide · The available parcel specification is v2.4 and historical. Its structural explanations are retained, while its numeric service tables are not treated as current universal rules.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
Official sources (external website) ↗
DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Official specimen
DPD CLASSIC · official historical sample
Read label interpretation: CLASSIC · label zones →

Actual DPD CLASSIC sample cropped directly with Poppler from PDF page 45, visually verified; DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 / 30.06.2015.

Service / productTracking / identityRouting / destinationAccount / paymentPieces / shipmentCustomer references
Market and scope

Germany domestic; historical CLASSIC example · Actual official DPD CLASSIC label in Parcel Label Specification v2.4 (30 June 2015), PDF page 45, showing a German domestic destination. This historical CLASSIC product-family example does not establish the current Germany-to-Europe cross-border layout or a current service-code table.

45

Printed service marker
D — Service marker on this official CLASSIC sample; no current universal D-to-product mapping is inferred.
Parcel number / check digit
0998 0000 0200 28 · check 9 — Human-readable parcel identifier and its printed check digit. The lower linear barcode carries additional reconstruction data.
Destination routing fields
DE-0180 · 101-DE-81827 — Routing and service/country/postcode reconstruction fields are separate from the parcel number.
Piece count and weight
1 / 1 · 6,90 kg — The sample has one parcel and declares 6.90 kg; compare these fields with the shipment record.
Customer references
Herbstaktion 303 · Order 303-1008675SF — Sender-provided references support order reconciliation and are separate from carrier tracking.
What to check
  • Historical official sample, not a current universal layout. Its visible D service marker is reproduced without a current code-to-service inference. No account field is established. Printed sample values are illustrative.
Official sources (external website) ↗
DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Documented reference
Primary parcel identifier and piece details
Carrier field reference →

The historical specification assigns the primary Code 128 to parcel identification. Piece count and weight occupy a separate parcel-detail area; an order reference is not the tracking identifier.

Tracking / identityPieces / shipment
Market and scope

DPD system; historical 2015 specification · v2.4 Code 128 and parcel-detail zones

DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 / 2015-06-30 (historical structural reference)

Identity grammar
Tracking text: depot component, number-cycle/serial components and check digit
Scope boundary
This describes v2.4 label roles; it does not validate a current customer number cycle
Detailed fields · 2
printed fieldTracking number; Code 128 barcode contents; P (check digit)

The historical label distinguishes its 14-digit parcel identifier from the full 28-character routing barcode. The large tracking-number line adds a separate check character P; the barcode carries the 14-digit identifier alongside destination-postcode, service and country elements.

What to check: Do not submit the entire routing barcode as if it were the parcel identifier, or count the printed check character as an extra shipment. Validate this v2.4 format with the responsible depot before applying it to current labels.

Scope / version: Germany-origin DPD customer-printing specification; destination rules vary · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 · 30 June 2015; historical specification freshly retrieved 5 October 2026

DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 ↗Sections 4.5.2, 4.6.1.1 and 4.6.1.4; PDF pages 26, 28 and 30

printed fieldMPSCOUNT; Weight

The field-content table treats Shipment consists of (MPSCOUNT) as mandatory and printed parcel weight as optional. Weight is printed to two decimal places. Piece count and weight describe the consignment/parcel; neither supplies a tracking identifier.

What to check: Read the unit and per-parcel versus consignment context from the applicable data feed. An absent optional weight on a historical label does not establish a zero-weight parcel.

Scope / version: Germany-origin DPD customer-printing specification; destination rules vary · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 · 30 June 2015; historical specification freshly retrieved 5 October 2026

DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 ↗Section 4.1, Field contents; PDF page 15

What to check
  • Use the carrier-generated parcel number and validate its applicable checksum.
  • For multiple pieces, compare the physical piece against its own label and booking record.
Official sources (external website) ↗
DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Documented reference
Routing text and Aztec shipment payload
Carrier field reference →

The routing zone combines outbound sort, destination text and inbound sort. The separate Aztec symbol carries shipment information; the two zones serve different operational roles.

Tracking / identityRouting / destinationCustomer referencesPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

DPD system; historical 2015 specification · v2.4 routing database and secondary-code design

DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 / 2015-06-30 (historical structural reference)

Routing authority
Country/postcode, product and depot context feed the carrier routing database
Sample limitation
The specification explicitly says sample destination and sort values are illustrative
Detailed fields · 2
operational controlO-sort; D-text; D-sort; DEPOTS.IATALikeCode; ROUTES.GroupingPriority

The routing zone separates outbound sort, destination text and inbound sort. The specified forwarding route uses IATALikeCode from DEPOTS and GroupingPriority from ROUTES; destination country/postcode, product definition and dispatch location are inputs.

What to check: The document expressly says sample destination/sort values are not real. Obtain route values from the applicable routing database instead of reverse-mapping an example to a live depot or transport mode.

Scope / version: Germany-origin DPD customer-printing specification; destination rules vary · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 · 30 June 2015; historical specification freshly retrieved 5 October 2026

DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 ↗Section 4.5.1; PDF pages 25–26

printed fieldLabel origin

Label origin records label-production date/time, routing-database version, origin mark and the software used to create the label. This is print and database provenance, rather than a delivery date or a scan event.

What to check: Use this information to identify the rules/software that generated a specimen. Do not read a production timestamp as evidence of carrier acceptance, departure or delivery.

Scope / version: Germany-origin DPD customer-printing specification; destination rules vary · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 · 30 June 2015; historical specification freshly retrieved 5 October 2026

DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 ↗Section 4.5.6; PDF page 27

What to check
  • Use the applicable current depot-provided routing data.
  • Never copy the sample route strings as a live operational route.
Official sources (external website) ↗
DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Verification guidance
Service text, references and account verification
Carrier field reference →

The specification derives service-field information from SERVICEINFO/ServiceFieldInfo and service text from the routing database. Customer reference text and depot identifiers do not independently establish who pays.

Service / productAccount / paymentCustomer references
Market and scope

DPD system; historical 2015 specification · Manual product display versus customer information

DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 / 2015-06-30 (historical structural reference)

Service namespace
Database-driven service text/mark; not a universal contemporary numeric decoder
Account check
Verify payer and contract entitlement against the booking and agreement
Detailed fields · 2
printed fieldCREF1; CREF2

The specification permits two optional customer-reference fields, each up to 35 characters, in the customer-specific information zone. They link the consignor’s business records to the shipment rather than replacing DPD’s parcel identifier.

What to check: A customer reference is not proof of a billing account, routing instruction or a service code. Any additional customer barcode requires advance agreement with the depot.

Scope / version: Germany-origin DPD customer-printing specification; destination rules vary · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 · 30 June 2015; historical specification freshly retrieved 5 October 2026

DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 ↗Sections 4 and 4.1; PDF pages 13–15

operational controlSERVICE.ServiceText; SERVICE / Service Mark

ServiceText is the manual service-identification text in the routing zone. The separate Service Mark supports manual sorting and is printed inside a box. Both are selected from the SERVICE table and are separate from ServiceFieldInfo in the main service zone.

What to check: Keep these two manual fields distinct from the three-digit service element in Code 128. Use the current local database’s names and mark values; do not infer a universal icon-to-product mapping.

Scope / version: Germany-origin DPD customer-printing specification; destination rules vary · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 · 30 June 2015; historical specification freshly retrieved 5 October 2026

DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 ↗Sections 4.5.3 and 4.5.4; PDF page 27

What to check
  • Cross-check the displayed service with the booked product.
  • Do not infer a billing account from depot digits or a customer order reference.
Official sources (external website) ↗
DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 ↗Historical reference · verify current version

GLS

European core; Italy/Spain guidance and versioned ShipIT examples11
Documented reference
Product name
Carrier field reference →

ShipIT describes product selection and distinguishes international GlobalBusinessParcel and GlobalExpressParcel.

Service / product
Market and scope

European core; Italy/Spain guidance and versioned ShipIT examples · Italy-specific guidance and versioned ShipIT examples do not establish a global mapping for all GLS national service codes.

Historical indexed schema

What to check
  • Check API version, originating GLS entity and shipment destination.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Parcel label
Carrier field reference →

GLS Italy documents carrier application after collection or sender printing through its shipping systems.

Printing / label credentials
Market and scope

European core; Italy/Spain guidance and versioned ShipIT examples · Italy-specific guidance and versioned ShipIT examples do not establish a global mapping for all GLS national service codes.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 1
API / booking data · operational controlPrintingOptions.ReturnLabels.TemplateSet; PrintingOptions.ReturnLabels.LabelFormat; ReturnOptions.ReturnPrintData; ReturnOptions.ReturnRoutingInfo

PrintingOptions selects label handling. The hosted backend requires ReturnLabels rather than local printer options; ReturnPrintData and ReturnRoutingInfo separately control returned label and routing content.

What to check: PrintingOptions is mandatory even for the documented Pick&Ship/Pick&Return requests where labels are not returned. Confirm the host and template; missing routing output is not proof that no route exists, and these controls are not transport service codes.

Scope / version: Historical GLS ShipIT 3.3.20 REST integration; configured originating GLS entity only · Historical ShipIT REST hosted/local printing distinction; no current Czech TypeofPrinter namespace substitution. · GLS ShipIT REST 3.3.20; historical schema, fresh official indexed-body review 2026-10-05

GLS ShipIT REST shipment processing 3.3.20 — historical definitions ↗Printing options: mandatory section, hosted-only ReturnLabels and separate return flags

What to check
  • Use a label from the applicable GLS system; presentation varies by entity.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Parcel reference and handoff
Carrier field reference →

Package identity must stay associated with the actual shipment record.

Tracking / identityPieces / shipmentCustomer references
Market and scope

European core; Italy/Spain guidance and versioned ShipIT examples · Italy-specific guidance and versioned ShipIT examples do not establish a global mapping for all GLS national service codes.

Historical indexed schema

Detailed fields · 3
API / booking data · printed fieldCustomContent.Barcode; CustomContent.BarcodeType

These optional fields add a customer barcode to the label. Barcode content and its requested symbology are separate from GLS parcel identity.

What to check: The historical schema supports EAN_128 or CODE_39 for this block. Do not use the extra customer barcode as TrackID or reconstruct a proprietary sorting payload from it.

Scope / version: Historical GLS ShipIT 3.3.20 REST integration; configured originating GLS entity only · Additional customer content in ShipIT 3.3.20; no mapping to a current national product or specimen. · GLS ShipIT REST 3.3.20; historical schema, fresh official indexed-body review 2026-10-05

GLS ShipIT REST shipment processing 3.3.20 — historical definitions ↗Custom content: optional Barcode/BarcodeType definitions and EAN_128/CODE_39

API / booking data · operational controlShipment.ShipmentUnit[].ShipmentUnitReference; Shipment.ShipmentUnit[].Note1; Shipment.ShipmentUnit[].Note2

A parcel can carry an optional business reference and two separate note lines. The reference is returned with ParcelData and should remain associated with that individual shipment unit.

What to check: Keep parcel-level references separate from shipment references and GLS-issued identifiers. Notes are free text and do not establish a booked service, payer or delivery scan.

Scope / version: Historical GLS ShipIT 3.3.20 REST integration; configured originating GLS entity only · Optional per-parcel references and notes; historical table lists 40 characters for reference and 50 per note. · GLS ShipIT REST 3.3.20; historical schema, fresh official indexed-body review 2026-10-05

GLS ShipIT REST shipment processing 3.3.20 — historical definitions ↗Shipment unit data: optional ShipmentUnitReference and Note1/Note2 | ParcelData: echoed ShipmentUnitReference distinct from TrackID

API / booking data · operational controlShipment.ShipmentUnit[].Weight; Shipment.ShipmentUnit[].Volume

Weight belongs to each shipment unit and is mandatory above zero in this schema. Volume is a distinct optional dimension construct described for network partners.

What to check: Do not turn the decimal field into a universal kilogram or billing rule without the account schema. The shipper defines minimum weight, and Volume availability is limited to the documented network-partner context.

Scope / version: Historical GLS ShipIT 3.3.20 REST integration; configured originating GLS entity only · Historical per-piece mass and network-partner volume input, not current carrier-wide package eligibility. · GLS ShipIT REST 3.3.20; historical schema, fresh official indexed-body review 2026-10-05

GLS ShipIT REST shipment processing 3.3.20 — historical definitions ↗Shipment unit data: mandatory Weight>0; Volume for network partners only

What to check
  • Reconcile every piece when using cross-border partners or replacing labels.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Shipper / billing account
Carrier field reference →

Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.

Account / payment
Market and scope

European core; Italy/Spain guidance and versioned ShipIT examples · Italy-specific guidance and versioned ShipIT examples do not establish a global mapping for all GLS national service codes.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 1
API / booking data · printed fieldShipment.Shipper.ContactID; Shipment.Shipper.AlternativeShipperAddress; CustomContent.HideShipperAddress

ContactID identifies the shipper supplied by GLS. An alternative address can be printed, and HideShipperAddress can remove the displayed shipper address. With the documented return services, shipper data represents the return delivery address.

What to check: Separate account/contact identity, collection location and printed address. Hiding or overriding an address does not identify or change the charged account by itself; preserve the special return-service address role.

Scope / version: Historical GLS ShipIT 3.3.20 REST integration; configured originating GLS entity only · ShipIT 3.3.20 shipper/custom-content fields; return-address interpretation applies only to the listed return workflows. · GLS ShipIT REST 3.3.20; historical schema, fresh official indexed-body review 2026-10-05

GLS ShipIT REST shipment processing 3.3.20 — historical definitions ↗Shipper data: ContactID, alternative printed address and return-service address role | CustomContent.HideShipperAddress boolean

What to check
  • Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
PARCEL / EXPRESS
Carrier field reference →

Versioned ShipIT examples use Product PARCEL or EXPRESS; country and address information participate in selecting the concrete product.

Service / product
Market and scope

European core; Italy/Spain guidance and versioned ShipIT examples · Italy-specific guidance and versioned ShipIT examples do not establish a global mapping for all GLS national service codes.

Historical indexed schema

What to check
  • PARCEL alone is not a universal EuroBusinessParcel label indicator. Resolve the actual service from the shipment response.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
TrackID / ParcelNumber / CustomerID
Carrier field reference →

The sample response separates TrackID, ParcelNumber, CustomerID and ShipmentReference. Shipper ContactID is an input account/contact identifier.

Tracking / identityAccount / payment
Market and scope

European core; Italy/Spain guidance and versioned ShipIT examples · Italy-specific guidance and versioned ShipIT examples do not establish a global mapping for all GLS national service codes.

Historical indexed schema

What to check
  • Keep the namespaces separate; CustomerID and ContactID are not tracking references and do not alone establish the payer.
Official sources (external website) ↗
gls samples ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Documented reference
RoutingInfo
Carrier field reference →

The historical3.4.19SOAP sample includes GeoTour, LoadingArea, DispositionFlag, InboundSortingFlag, FinalLocationCode, HubLocation and LastRoutingDate.

Routing / destination
Market and scope

European core; Italy/Spain guidance and versioned ShipIT examples · Italy-specific guidance and versioned ShipIT examples do not establish a global mapping for all GLS national service codes.

Historical indexed schema

What to check
  • Names and structure vary by schema;3.3.20REST examples use Tour. Values are illustrative and do not establish a current depot dictionary.
Official sources (external website) ↗
gls routing sample ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Official specimen
GLS Germany · YourGLS demo parcel label
Read label interpretation: YourGLS demo label · ShipIT field comparison →

Actual right-hand demo parcel-label panel in the official YourGLS March 2022 customer presentation, PDF page 51; rendered and cropped directly with Poppler, visually verified.

Service / productTracking / identityRouting / destinationAccount / paymentPieces / shipmentCustomer references
Market and scope

Germany; historical YourGLS demo, exact product not established · Official German YourGLS March 2022 demo label. Historical ShipIT 3.3.20 API fields below are a separate schema reference, not a claim that every field is printed.

51

Your GLS Track ID
ZTC39H0P — The short GLS Track ID is printed above the barcode areas. It is distinct from the parcel number shown on the sender copy.
Large sorting / routing fields
6 · DE · 662 / 2023 — These fields support carrier sorting. No depot or tour code mapping is inferred from this historical screenshot.
Consignment count and weight
001/001 · 3.00 KG — The sample count and declared weight are printed on the line above the sender block.
Customer reference
Cust-Ref 123 — This sender-provided reference is separate from the GLS Track ID and routing fields.
Shipper customer identifier
Shipper Cust-ID 0123456789 — The printed demo customer ID identifies a customer role; it does not establish transportation or duties payment.
What to check
  • Historical German YourGLS demo screenshot, not a current universal ShipIT layout. PARCEL/EXPRESS API product codes are not printed here. The visible customer ID is not proof of the billed account. Demo tracking and routing values are illustrative.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Czech label field roles and FDS
Carrier field reference →

GLS Czech guidance explicitly identifies the parcel number/barcode, delivery depot/courier code, addresses and service codes. It gives FDS as FlexDeliveryService.

Service / productTracking / identityRouting / destinationCustomer references
Market and scope

Czech Republic · Current official parcel-label guidance

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Separate fields
COD amount and piece notation such as 1 of 3 are separate label data
Routing role
Numeric depot/courier code identifies delivery operations; it is not a published payer decoder
What to check
  • Read FDS only within the applicable GLS product and market.
  • Match piece count to the shipment; distinguish COD collection from transport charges.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
October 2026 printer-format migration
Carrier field reference →

The Czech guide describes 100×150mm thermal and A4 2×2 output. TypeofPrinter selects rendering format and should not be mistaken for a delivery service code.

Printing / label credentials
Market and scope

Czech Republic · GLS practical print setup guide, two pages

GLS Practical Guide to Print Setup 2026; published 2026-10-01; 2 pages

API format values
ShipItThermoPDF for thermal; A4_2x2 for office printing
Physical requirements
100mm media width; at least 97mm print width; actual-size printing and calibration
Detailed fields · 1
API / booking data · printed field · operational controlTypeofPrinter; ShipItThermoPDF; A4_2x2; Actual size / 100%

The Czech 2026 guide ties TypeofPrinter to physical output: ShipItThermoPDF uses a 100×150 mm thermal roll, while A4_2x2 uses four portrait labels on A4.

What to check: For the thermal format, verify 100 mm media and at least 97 mm print width, set the driver size and recalibrate after roll-size changes. For office sheets use Actual size/100%, disable Fit to page and test for clipping. Do not apply this Czech migration to all GLS countries.

Scope / version: GLS Czech Republic; October 2026 print setup guidance · Printer-format setup, independent of service/product/routing code; guide illustrations are not to scale. · GLS Czech Republic print setup guide 2026; two-page PDF, published 1 October 2026

GLS Czech Republic Practical Guide to Print Setup 2026 ↗Thermal setup: media, print width, calibration and TypeofPrinter=ShipItThermoPDF | Office setup: A4_2x2 and Actual size/100%

What to check
  • Check whether the existing format requires migration.
  • Test for clipping and disable fit-to-page for the prescribed office output.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Account verification and single-label integrity
Carrier field reference →

The current Czech field list does not publish an account-to-payer rule. Contract ownership should be verified in the shipping system while the parcel carries one current transport label.

Account / paymentPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

Czech Republic / Ireland evidence boundaries · Printed operational fields versus booked contract

Current GLS Czech parcel-label guidance; reviewed 2026-10-05

Account evidence
Use booking/customer-contract records; an address or depot code alone is insufficient
Print integrity
Remove old labels and place the current label flat on the largest surface
What to check
  • Resolve account entitlement before treating a printed code as a billing instruction.
  • Check that no older visible barcode competes with the current parcel label.
Official sources (external website) ↗

USPS

United States domestic parcel barcode standards10
Documented reference
IMpb
Carrier field reference →

Intelligent Mail Package Barcode contains package tracking and routing data. It is different from letter-mail IMb.

Tracking / identityPieces / shipmentCustoms / trade documents
Market and scope

United States domestic parcel barcode standards · STC interpretation must use the current published list; the tool does not hard-code an unverified numeric service table.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 2
electronic data · operational controlSSF D1: Container ID 1/2/3; SSF D1: Container Type 1/2/3

These fields associate a piece with a tray, pallet or truck container. A corresponding container-type field must accompany a populated container ID; nesting can propagate container scan events to the contained pieces.

What to check: Keep the container barcode and package tracking number separate. Do not use a container ID as the total number of parcels or duplicate it as every piece tracking identity.

Scope / version: United States SSF nesting and container event association · Publication 199 D1 container relationship fields; operational/electronic hierarchy rather than a universal piece-count label · USPS Publication 199 v35, 2 July 2026; fresh official document read 2026-10-05

USPS Publication 199 v35 · 2 July 2026 ↗§3.3.2 Exhibit 3, Container ID / Container Type rows

electronic dataSSF international: Customer Reference Number / 24-character Mailer Label Barcode Convention; SSF international: Tracking Number / 13-character Customs Barcode; SSF: D3/D4 or expanded G1/G2 customs records

Publication 199 separates the international electronic tracking/reference convention from customs detail records. D3/D4 and G1/G2 carry electronically transmitted customs data, with G1/G2 providing expanded HS-code and description lengths. These fields describe electronic records rather than a universal printed international barcode template.

What to check: Validate the correct SSF version and the referenced export-compliance requirements. Do not imply that every international product includes end-to-end tracking, or parse its label using domestic IMpb field positions. Match the customs detail records to the corresponding D1/D2 mailpiece sequence.

Scope / version: United States outbound SSF customs-data submission · Publication 199 §3.1.3 and §3.3.4; electronic convention only, with further product/onboarding qualification · USPS Publication 199 v35, 2 July 2026; fresh official document read 2026-10-05

USPS Publication 199 v35 · 2 July 2026 ↗§3.1.3 International; §3.3.4 Customs Detail Records 3 and 4 / Global Detail Records 1 and 2

What to check
  • Confirm you are reading a parcel barcode and the applicable Publication 199 schema.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Service Type Code
Carrier field reference →

A three-digit STC identifies the mail class, product and service combination.

Service / product
Market and scope

United States domestic parcel barcode standards · STC interpretation must use the current published list; the tool does not hard-code an unverified numeric service table.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Look up the current official STC list; digit positions vary with the barcode construction.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
MID / serial / check digit
Carrier field reference →

The documented barcode fields include mailer identification, serial number and a Mod 10 check digit.

Tracking / identityAccount / paymentCustomer references
Market and scope

United States domestic parcel barcode standards · STC interpretation must use the current published list; the tool does not hard-code an unverified numeric service table.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 1
printed field · API / booking dataIMpb: Source Identifier

The two-digit Source Identifier is used only with channel AI 94 and identifies a USPS-assigned online/postage-meter/internal-system source. Six- and nine-digit MID usage can have separate assigned source identifiers.

What to check: Read it only after resolving the applicable channel and construct. Do not interpret the source identifier as a recipient, destination depot or payer account; this evidence does not provide a current vendor-code lookup.

Scope / version: United States domestic PC Postage/meter/internal systems · IMpb source field when Channel Application Identifier is 94 · USPS Publication 199 v35, 2 July 2026; fresh official document read 2026-10-05

USPS Publication 199 v35 · 2 July 2026 ↗§4.1 element 5, Source Identifier

What to check
  • Do not present a MID as the recipient or treat a valid check digit as proof of postage payment.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Routing ZIP / application identifiers
Carrier field reference →

Some encoded fields and routing information can be omitted from human-readable text.

Routing / destination
Market and scope

United States domestic parcel barcode standards · STC interpretation must use the current published list; the tool does not hard-code an unverified numeric service table.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • A raw scan can therefore be longer than the number printed underneath.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
IMmb
Carrier field reference →

USPS describes supplemental matrix barcodes containing the same data as IMpb to improve reading resilience.

Printing / label credentials
Market and scope

United States domestic parcel barcode standards · STC interpretation must use the current published list; the tool does not hard-code an unverified numeric service table.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Multiple matrix symbols do not imply multiple parcels.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Shipper / billing account
Carrier field reference →

Mailer ID identifies the mailer or mail service provider. It is not the recipient and is not automatically the postage-payment account.

Account / payment
Market and scope

United States domestic parcel barcode standards · STC interpretation must use the current published list; the tool does not hard-code an unverified numeric service table.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Official specimen
USPS Priority Mail + Adult Signature
Read label interpretation: Priority Mail + Adult Signature · IMpb →

Official USPS illustrative Priority Mail + Adult Signature Required label, cropped from Exhibit 14. The publication expressly describes the depicted barcode label as for illustration only.

Service / productTracking / identityRouting / destinationAccount / paymentPieces / shipmentCustomer references
Market and scope

United States domestic; Priority Mail + Adult Signature illustration · Official USPS Publication 199 v35 (2 July 2026), Exhibit 14. Printed service and identifier fields are distinguished from STC, MID and payment metadata below.

PDF page 82 / printed page 83, Exhibit 14; Publication 199 v35, 2 July 2026

Mail class
USPS PRIORITY MAIL — The banner names the booked mail class.
Package identifier
9268 1912 3456 7812 3456 71 — The sample number belongs to the package barcode.
Destination ZIP+4
22030-1234 — The recipient address supplies destination postcode context.
Extra service
USPS ADULT SIGNATURE — The banner identifies the Adult Signature Required extra service in this illustrative label.
What to check
  • This artwork shows USPS PRIORITY MAIL, USPS ADULT SIGNATURE and a printed sample package identifier. It does not print a standalone STC, MID, postage account, piece count or order reference. The postcode is visible in the recipient address; an AI 420 payload cannot be confirmed from the image alone. Artwork is low resolution in the source PDF and is not a production label.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
IMpb Service Type Code and barcode construct
Carrier field reference →

The three-digit IMpb Service Type Code identifies a mail-class/extra-service combination within the applicable barcode construct; it is distinct from the retail service banner.

Service / product
Market and scope

United States · USPS Publication 199 v35 barcode definitions

USPS Publication 199 v35, 2 July 2026; IMpb portal reviewed 2026-10-05.

Namespace
IMpb STC is a USPS package-barcode field.
Construct
Select a supported commercial or postage-provider barcode construct.
Lookup
Use the current official IMpb STC table for the exact digits.
Detailed fields · 1
electronic dataSSF Detail 1: Service Type Code, key-field position 039–042; SSF Detail 1: Extra Service Code – 1st through 5th Service

The domestic SSF D1 carries both STC and associated extra-service codes; the barcode STC alone does not replace those electronic fields. The international instruction in the same key-field table sets STC to blank spaces.

What to check: Reconcile the visible service, barcode STC and the associated electronic extra-service codes with the official tables. These are SSF key-field definitions; do not copy domestic STC values into every international label or treat fixed-layout positions as variable-length v2.0 offsets.

Scope / version: United States SSF domestic and international distinctions · Publication 199 Exhibit 3 D1 key fields; domestic extra-service reporting and explicit international blank-STC instruction · USPS Publication 199 v35, 2 July 2026; fresh official document read 2026-10-05

USPS Publication 199 v35 · 2 July 2026 ↗§3.3.2 Exhibit 3, Service Type Code and Extra Service Code rows

What to check
  • Resolve the STC with the official table rather than a remembered prefix.
  • Do not substitute letter-mail STIDs or another carrier’s product codes.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Routing ZIP and package tracking identity
Carrier field reference →

Routing can be concatenated with a package barcode or supplied separately. The full scan payload therefore may contain destination data beyond the human-readable package identifier.

Tracking / identityRouting / destinationPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

United States · Domestic IMpb / DMM barcode preparation

USPS Publication 199 v35 and live Domestic Mail Manual §204, reviewed 2026-10-05.

Domestic routing AI
420 introduces the destination routing ZIP in the relevant construct.
Package identity
Use the package identifier specified by the certified construct.
Electronic match
Reconcile the tracking identity and destination with the shipment record.
Detailed fields · 2
printed field · API / booking dataIMpb: Channel Application Identifier; IMpb: Postal Code Application Identifier 420; IMpb: Destination ZIP Code

In the documented domestic IMpb construct, the channel AI 92/93/94 is part of the tracking number. Routing AI 420 and the associated 5- or 9-digit destination ZIP are suppressed from the human-readable tracking representation.

What to check: Retain the channel AI when communicating the package tracking number. Separate a raw routing prefix from package identity using the certified barcode construct; do not apply this domestic grammar to international customs labels.

Scope / version: United States domestic IMpb · Publication 199 domestic barcode element/tracking definitions, dependent on certified construct · USPS Publication 199 v35, 2 July 2026; fresh official document read 2026-10-05

USPS Publication 199 v35 · 2 July 2026 ↗§4.1–4.2, Barcode Element Differences / Tracking Number

printed field · API / booking dataIMpb commercial construct: Function one / FNC1

The commercial sample construct describes Function one as symbology overhead used before an application identifier when concatenating data. It is not displayed as human-readable digits or manually keyed/transmitted as identifier data.

What to check: Preserve the required FNC1 locations in the certified encoded construct. Do not add the literal text FNC1 or a documentation separator to a customer tracking number.

Scope / version: United States commercial domestic package barcodes · Exhibit 5 commercial IMpb field definition; exact placement follows the selected construct · USPS Publication 199 v35, 2 July 2026; fresh official document read 2026-10-05

USPS Publication 199 v35 · 2 July 2026 ↗§4.3.1 Exhibit 5, Overhead / Function one

What to check
  • Do not submit AI 420 plus postcode as if it were a package tracking number.
  • Check whether the selected mail/service case requires a concatenated or separate routing barcode.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Mailer ID and postage payment roles
Carrier field reference →

A Mailer ID participates in package identity, while the applicable electronic postage arrangement establishes the payer and payment method.

Account / payment
Market and scope

United States · Commercial IMpb identification and electronic payment

USPS Publication 199 v35, 2 July 2026.

Mailer identifier
Publication 199 supports six- and nine-digit MIDs in the applicable constructs.
Account role
MID, permit/account configuration and postage settlement have separate purposes.
Evidence
Check the actual booking and electronic payment record for the charged party.
Detailed fields · 2
electronic dataSSF D1: Logistic Manager Mailer ID, key-field position 075–083; SSF D1: Mail Owner Mailer ID, key-field position 084–092

The SSF distinguishes the logistics-manager and mail-owner identities, with scan-extract access tied to the populated, registered MID role. The mail-owner field was called Client Mailer ID in older SSF versions.

What to check: Match each MID to its declared by/for role and Business Customer Gateway registration. Do not collapse the manager MID, owner MID, visible PIC MID and postage payment account into one number.

Scope / version: United States commercial shipping-services electronic records · Publication 199 D1 stakeholder identifiers; document context, not a claim that all roles are printed on a parcel · USPS Publication 199 v35, 2 July 2026; fresh official document read 2026-10-05

USPS Publication 199 v35 · 2 July 2026 ↗§3.3.2 Exhibit 3, Logistic Manager / Mail Owner Mailer ID rows

electronic dataSSF D1: Post Office of Account ZIP Code, key-field position 287–291

This five-digit field identifies the Post Office maintaining the permit account linked to the mailer postage payment account. It serves a different purpose from the delivery ZIP encoded in parcel routing.

What to check: Resolve it against the permit/account record rather than the recipient address. Do not treat this electronic account ZIP as a package destination, MID, serial number or proof that the physical parcel has been accepted.

Scope / version: United States commercial SSF payment context · Publication 199 D1 permit-account location field, not a printed destination routing field · USPS Publication 199 v35, 2 July 2026; fresh official document read 2026-10-05

USPS Publication 199 v35 · 2 July 2026 ↗§3.3.2 Exhibit 3, Post Office of Account ZIP Code

What to check
  • Do not equate the MID or return address with the billing account.
  • Treat an illustrative label as field evidence, not proof of postage payment.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Royal Mail

United Kingdom; account and service context7
Documented reference
Tracked 24 / Tracked 48
Carrier field reference →

Distinct tracked services with options including signature and age verification.

Service / product
Market and scope

United Kingdom; account and service context · Tracked products and print-at-location tokens must be interpreted separately. QR availability varies by product and acceptance location.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Match the booked service and add-ons; the number in the product name is not a standalone guaranteed arrival timestamp.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Labels to Go QR
Carrier field reference →

A confirmation QR is scanned at an eligible location to print the shipping label.

Printing / label credentials
Market and scope

United Kingdom; account and service context · Tracked products and print-at-location tokens must be interpreted separately. QR availability varies by product and acceptance location.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 1
printed field · operational controlConfirmation email: Labels to Go QR; FAQ: Parcelshop / Parcel Locker / Delivery Office eligibility

The current personal Click & Drop FAQ uses the confirmation QR to print a paid label. Parcelshop/Locker restrictions include Tracked 24/48 Age Verification and international items over £270; Delivery Office restrictions additionally exclude Tracked Large Letter and all International services.

What to check: Check the current service and chosen acceptance location before offering QR printing. This £270 condition is a Royal Mail printing-workflow restriction, not a universal UPU CN22/CN23 value threshold or an encoded tracking field.

Scope / version: United Kingdom personal account Click & Drop · Current Labels to Go FAQ, explicitly differentiated acceptance channels · Royal Mail public help/business documentation; reviewed 2026-10-05, no separately stated revision

Labels to Go (QR codes) ↗What is Labels to Go? / Are any shipments ineligible for Labels to Go?

What to check
  • Do not use a print-retrieval QR as if it were the transport barcode; eligibility depends on the service and location.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Return address
Carrier field reference →

The reviewed Labels to Go guidance states the return address cannot be hidden or removed in that workflow.

Routing / destinationCustomer references
Market and scope

United Kingdom; account and service context · Tracked products and print-at-location tokens must be interpreted separately. QR availability varies by product and acceptance location.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 1
printed fieldPrinted Labels to Go label: return address

The current FAQ says the return address cannot be hidden or removed from Labels to Go output; customers wanting a label without it must print from Click & Drop instead. This concerns rendering in that workflow and does not identify the payer.

What to check: Apply this statement to Labels to Go rather than every Royal Mail label channel. Do not decode the sender/return-address block as an API credential, billing customer or customs country-of-origin field.

Scope / version: United Kingdom personal Click & Drop Labels to Go · Return-address rendering restriction in the public Labels to Go FAQ · Royal Mail public help/business documentation; reviewed 2026-10-05, no separately stated revision

Labels to Go (QR codes) ↗Important note: return address

What to check
  • Redact personal details before sharing a label for review.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Shipper / billing account
Carrier field reference →

Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.

Account / payment
Market and scope

United Kingdom; account and service context · Tracked products and print-at-location tokens must be interpreted separately. QR availability varies by product and acceptance location.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Printing QR code versus parcel identity
Carrier field reference →

Royal Mail allows eligible postage bought online to be printed at a Post Office using a QR code. That printing credential should be kept separate from the parcel tracking identifier.

Tracking / identityPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

United Kingdom · Current Post Office printing instructions

Current Special Delivery public page; reviewed 2026-10-05

Eligible printing
1st/2nd Class including Signed For; Special Delivery by 1pm; Tracked parcel formats including signature
Operational sequence
Purchase → print physical label → hand parcel over through the booked channel
What to check
  • Check the label format and printing location eligibility.
  • Use the actual item tracking reference for tracking rather than assuming the QR payload is its number.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Customs label and electronic pre-advice
Carrier field reference →

International Tracked requires a customs declaration on the package and complete customs data. Click & Drop generates the label and sends customs data ahead of the parcel.

Customs / trade documents
Market and scope

United Kingdom → international goods destinations · International Tracked online-postage process

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Two evidence channels
Physical declaration and electronic data support the international movement
Format scope
The current page links CN23 and distinguishes printed-papers eligibility
Detailed fields · 2
electronic data · printed fieldElectronic pre-advice: Importer tax code; Pro-Shipping: item level detail; Printed label: small IOSS logo

The IOSS FAQ places the applicable customer/marketplace number in Importer tax code electronic pre-advice and requires the correct number for each item. The FAQ describes a small label logo but says electronic pre-advice is the identification channel used by Royal Mail and most postal authorities.

What to check: Match the correct marketplace/own/third-party tax-scheme number to the actual order. Do not treat the IOSS logo as proof that the correct electronic number was transmitted, or as a carrier tracking number, API credential or postage-payment account.

Scope / version: United Kingdom → EU goods, Royal Mail IOSS-enabled workflow · Royal Mail IOSS public FAQ; field placement/identification only, subject to actual product and tax-scheme eligibility · Royal Mail public help/business documentation; reviewed 2026-10-05, no separately stated revision

Import One Stop Shop (IOSS) FAQs │ Royal Mail Group Ltd ↗Which field does the customer provide the IOSS number in?; How do I add my IOSS number with Pro-Shipping?; label identification answer

printed field · electronic dataIOSS workflow: CN22/23 documents; Electronic customs pre-advice: required/mandatory fields

For the non-personal-correspondence IOSS context, the FAQ still requires both electronic customs data and documents. A printed declaration or IOSS logo therefore does not independently prove the associated electronic submission is complete.

What to check: Reconcile contents, values, parties and the item reference across the physical declaration and electronic data. Keep this Royal Mail IOSS workflow scope separate from domestic correspondence and other operators’ paperless arrangements.

Scope / version: United Kingdom → EU Royal Mail IOSS non-personal correspondence · FAQ documentation/pre-advice requirement; not a global statement that every postal workflow always uses both · Royal Mail public help/business documentation; reviewed 2026-10-05, no separately stated revision

Import One Stop Shop (IOSS) FAQs │ Royal Mail Group Ltd ↗Do I need to be electronic customs data compliant? / Do I still need to provide CN22/23 documents?

What to check
  • Validate contents, value and destination rules before printing.
  • Check both the electronic submission and the affixed declaration; one does not prove the other succeeded.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Product banner, tracking and contract account
Carrier field reference →

A public product name establishes the advertised service family. These pages do not provide a universal decoder for every business API service code, contract account or payer role.

Service / productTracking / identityAccount / payment
Market and scope

United Kingdom public pages versus business contracts · Verification boundary for service and payer decoding

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Service check
Compare the visible service name with the booking product and optional signature/age controls
Account check
Verify the payer using the purchase or business-contract record
What to check
  • Do not apply public non-contract eligibility to every business account.
  • Do not use a signature, recipient address or tracking reference as independent proof of who paid.
Official sources (external website) ↗

SF Express

China electronic waybill specification; international services separate11
Documented reference
proName / proCode
Carrier field reference →

The electronic waybill guide distinguishes printed product name and time/service code fields.

Service / product
Market and scope

China electronic waybill specification; international services separate · The Chinese domestic template does not establish international product mappings. Legacy codes and dynamic response fields require current SF confirmation.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Use the actual API response; the guide itself marks certain legacy T-code display logic for discontinuation.
Official sources (external website) ↗
SF domestic Fengmi electronic-waybill print rules ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Documented reference
Mother / child waybill
Carrier field reference →

For multiple pieces, a child label prints the child barcode plus the mother reference and piece count.

Tracking / identityPieces / shipment
Market and scope

China electronic waybill specification; international services separate · The Chinese domestic template does not establish international product mappings. Legacy codes and dynamic response fields require current SF confirmation.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • The barcode and QR k5 must refer to the child package where required.
Official sources (external website) ↗
SF domestic Fengmi electronic-waybill print rules ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Documented reference
destRouteLabel
Carrier field reference →

Destination transfer-center and outlet routing text; the guide defines a city-code fallback when routing text is absent.

Routing / destination
Market and scope

China electronic waybill specification; international services separate · The Chinese domestic template does not establish international product mappings. Legacy codes and dynamic response fields require current SF confirmation.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 1
printed fielddestRouteLabel

The domestic guide prints the destination transfer-facility plus outlet routing label from destRouteLabel. If that response value is absent or empty, it specifies the destination city code as fallback; the printed destination zone must not be blank.

What to check: This is a template instruction, not a public code-to-city dictionary. Preserve the returned routing text and confirm the active template; do not infer a live route from a historical image.

Scope / version: China Mainland domestic electronic-waybill templates · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · SF domestic Fengmi template guide · undated/legacy print rules with explicit retirement notices; freshly retrieved 5 October 2026

SF domestic Fengmi electronic-waybill print rules ↗Domestic Fengmi template tables, item 4 (目的地), including 100×210

What to check
  • Treat it as routing, not as the product name or promised lead time.
Official sources (external website) ↗
SF domestic Fengmi electronic-waybill print rules ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Documented reference
QR k1–k7
Carrier field reference →

The documented QR schema includes destination transfer center k1, outlet k2, area k3, time/service k4, waybill k5, A/B/blank k6 and check code k7.

Routing / destinationCustomer references
Market and scope

China electronic waybill specification; international services separate · The Chinese domestic template does not establish international product mappings. Legacy codes and dynamic response fields require current SF confirmation.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Interpret only the documented template; do not copy a mother QR onto a child carton.
Official sources (external website) ↗
SF domestic Fengmi electronic-waybill print rules ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Documented reference
COD / POD
Carrier field reference →

This SF guide uses COD for cash on delivery and POD for signed-document return.

Service / productAccount / payment
Market and scope

China electronic waybill specification; international services separate · The Chinese domestic template does not establish international product mappings. Legacy codes and dynamic response fields require current SF confirmation.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • POD in this template does not mean the universal proof-of-delivery status used in other contexts.
Official sources (external website) ↗
SF domestic Fengmi electronic-waybill print rules ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Documented reference
printIcon / waybillIconList
Carrier field reference →

Icons are derived from the response and printed in the specified priority order.

Service / productPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

China electronic waybill specification; international services separate · The Chinese domestic template does not establish international product mappings. Legacy codes and dynamic response fields require current SF confirmation.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 1
printed fieldprintIcon; waybillIconList; newIcon; abFlag

Handling graphics are read from printIcon, waybillIconList or newIcon and printed in the guide’s stated priority order from right to left. The separate A/B graphic takes abFlag; a missing/empty abFlag leaves its area empty.

What to check: Field names and rendering order are documented, but a complete current icon dictionary is not. Do not assign an account, payer, destination or service promise to an unexplained graphic.

Scope / version: China Mainland domestic electronic-waybill templates · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · SF domestic Fengmi template guide · undated/legacy print rules with explicit retirement notices; freshly retrieved 5 October 2026

SF domestic Fengmi electronic-waybill print rules ↗Domestic template tables, items 9 (图标区域) and 10 (A标)

What to check
  • Do not invent icon meanings when the applicable response and dictionary are unavailable.
Official sources (external website) ↗
SF domestic Fengmi electronic-waybill print rules ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Verification guidance
Shipper / billing account
Carrier field reference →

The documented label fields do not establish a general method to derive a monthly billing account from the waybill number.

Account / payment
Market and scope

China electronic waybill specification; international services separate · The Chinese domestic template does not establish international product mappings. Legacy codes and dynamic response fields require current SF confirmation.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 1
printed field付款方式; 运费信息; 件数; 重量 (100×210 下半联)

The 100×210 lower-copy table includes payment method from order information, freight/additional information from the order and actual charges, and piece count/weight from actual information. These belong to the stub copy rather than every main-label layout.

What to check: Payment method or an amount does not by itself establish a billing-account identifier. Retain the copy/template context and avoid adding these lower-copy fields to an image where they are absent.

Scope / version: China Mainland domestic electronic-waybill templates · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · SF domestic Fengmi template guide · undated/legacy print rules with explicit retirement notices; freshly retrieved 5 October 2026

SF domestic Fengmi electronic-waybill print rules ↗100×210 template, lower-copy table items 3–5

What to check
  • Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
Official sources (external website) ↗
SF domestic Fengmi electronic-waybill print rules ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Official specimen
SF domestic · original 100×150 template
Read label interpretation: Domestic child waybill · QR k5 →

Original official SF 100×150 mm domestic electronic-waybill template, copied without alteration from https://open.sf-express.com/img/100x150.ed0bcc42.png; numbered diagram visually verified.

Service / productTracking / identityRouting / destinationAccount / paymentPieces / shipmentCustomer references
Market and scope

China Mainland domestic; historical electronic-waybill template · Original SF 100 × 150 mm China Mainland domestic electronic-waybill template from the official waybill print guide, dated 20 May 2020 and visibly marked 标快. It is a historical domestic Standard product-family example, not a current issued label or a template for international Standard or domestic Express. Numbered fields are illustrative returned-data print areas; no current API product enum or routing table is inferred.

Official specimen image

Printed service banner
标快 — The banner uses returned proCode. The separate product-name area uses proName.
Child waybill / linear barcode
子:SF1 010 874 393 776 — The child number is printed below the linear barcode; each child carton needs its own identity.
Destination route
755W-BA-001234567 — The guide identifies this area as destRouteLabel. This printed template value is illustrative.
Child / mother and piece count
1 / 2 · 子 / 母 — The template shows piece count, child and mother numbers. On a child label, QR k5 must identify the child.
What to check
  • Official annotated domestic template, not an issued shipment. Service text, route, child/mother numbers and QR are sample values. No billing-account field is established by this image.
Official sources (external website) ↗
SF domestic Fengmi electronic-waybill print rules ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Documented reference
proCode, proName and COD/POD
Carrier field reference →

Printed service fields and payment/return-document markers have separate meanings.

Service / productAccount / payment
Market and scope

SF domestic Fengmi templates · Printed product/timeliness and collection markers

SF InternalWaybillGuide domestic Fengmi print rules, same-day seed snapshot 2026-10-05; undated and contains retirement notices

proCode / proName
Timeliness display versus product name.
Legacy notice
The guide lists T1/T4/T6/T8/T77/T68/T36 and warns they will cease use.
COD / POD
COD is goods-money collection; POD in this guide means signed-document return.
Payment information
The 100×210 detachable stub prints payment method/actual fees from order data.
Detailed fields · 1
printed fieldCOD; POD; 代收金额

The guide uses COD for collection of the goods payment and POD for signed-document return. Where COD applies, its mark is printed at the top of the waybill and the collection amount is printed in the remarks area.

What to check: Do not read POD here as a freight-payment method or read a COD goods amount as the transport charge. The guide does not establish a payer account number from these marks.

Scope / version: China Mainland domestic electronic-waybill templates · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · SF domestic Fengmi template guide · undated/legacy print rules with explicit retirement notices; freshly retrieved 5 October 2026

SF domestic Fengmi electronic-waybill print rules ↗Domestic template tables, item 11 (代收货款标记/自取)

What to check
  • Use the current cloud-print response; do not map these domestic legacy codes to international marketing products or treat POD as proof already delivered.
Official sources (external website) ↗
SF domestic Fengmi electronic-waybill print rules ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Documented reference
Mother/child waybill and piece barcode
Carrier field reference →

Single-piece labels carry the waybill; child pieces need their own barcode plus mother-waybill linkage and count.

Tracking / identityPieces / shipment
Market and scope

SF domestic Fengmi templates · Single-piece and multiple-piece labels

SF InternalWaybillGuide domestic Fengmi print rules, same-day seed snapshot 2026-10-05; undated and contains retirement notices

Child label
Print child number, mother number and piece count; barcode belongs to the child.
QR linkage
k5 must be replaced with the child waybill on a child label.
Symbology
Code128Auto/Code128; guide minimum main barcode is 66 × 13 mm.
Detailed fields · 1
operational controltwoDimensionCode; QR member k5

The guide identifies k5 as the waybill number in its documented sorting QR format. For an external customer printing a child parcel in a mother/child shipment, k5 must be replaced with the child waybill number.

What to check: This rule describes the reviewed legacy sorting QR only. It does not establish the content of current privacy/security QR codes or permission to recover masked personal data; no k7 checksum algorithm is supplied.

Scope / version: China Mainland domestic electronic-waybill templates · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · SF domestic Fengmi template guide · undated/legacy print rules with explicit retirement notices; freshly retrieved 5 October 2026

SF domestic Fengmi electronic-waybill print rules ↗Domestic template tables, item 6 (二维码), important mother/child note

What to check
  • Match barcode and human-readable number for each physical piece; never duplicate the mother barcode on all children.
Official sources (external website) ↗
SF domestic Fengmi electronic-waybill print rules ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Documented reference
Destination routing, QR fields and masked contacts
Carrier field reference →

Destination sort codes are separate from the waybill identifier and recipient address.

Routing / destinationCustomer references
Market and scope

SF domestic Fengmi templates · Operational sort routing and contact print rules

SF InternalWaybillGuide domestic Fengmi print rules, same-day seed snapshot 2026-10-05; undated and contains retirement notices

destRouteLabel
Destination hub plus outlet code, up to 17 characters; fallback is destination city code.
QR map
k1 hub, k2 outlet/city fallback, k3 unit area, k4 timeliness, k5 waybill, k6 A/B/blank, k7 check code.
Privacy
Personal telephone numbers require masking in the guide; name masking is recommended/configurable.
Detailed fields · 3
printed fieldcodingMapping

The inbound mapping code is taken from codingMapping. The shared 76×130/100×150/100×180 table leaves the zone empty when no value is returned; the separate 100×210 table instead says it must be printed, must not be empty, and is placed at the lower left.

What to check: Apply the rule for the selected template rather than generalizing one size’s fallback to all sizes. The guide does not provide a public geographic expansion for mapping-code values.

Scope / version: China Mainland domestic electronic-waybill templates · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · SF domestic Fengmi template guide · undated/legacy print rules with explicit retirement notices; freshly retrieved 5 October 2026

SF domestic Fengmi electronic-waybill print rules ↗First domestic template table item 5 (进港信息); 100×210 upper-copy item 5

printed fieldcodingMappingout

The optional outbound mapping zone uses codingMappingout. It is a separate print-rule field from the inbound codingMapping and the principal destination destRouteLabel.

What to check: Do not collapse these three field names into one routing identifier. No operational lookup table or method for expanding codingMappingout values is supplied by this guide.

Scope / version: China Mainland domestic electronic-waybill templates · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · SF domestic Fengmi template guide · undated/legacy print rules with explicit retirement notices; freshly retrieved 5 October 2026

SF domestic Fengmi electronic-waybill print rules ↗Domestic template tables, item 15 (出港映射码)

printed fielddestAddrKeyWord

In the shared smaller-template table, the destination address is followed by a bracketed AOI keyword returned as destAddrKeyWord. When it is empty, the guide says to omit both the brackets and the AOI name.

What to check: Treat the keyword as an additional address display aid, not a replacement for the complete recipient address or a publicly decodable facility code. This detail is not stated in the separate 100×210 address row.

Scope / version: China Mainland domestic electronic-waybill templates · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · SF domestic Fengmi template guide · undated/legacy print rules with explicit retirement notices; freshly retrieved 5 October 2026

SF domestic Fengmi electronic-waybill print rules ↗76×130/100×150/100×180 template table, item 7 (收方信息)

What to check
  • Read returned routing fields; do not invent depot geography or a payer account from masked contact data.
Official sources (external website) ↗
SF domestic Fengmi electronic-waybill print rules ↗Historical reference · verify current version

Aramex

International and domestic express; historical Shipping API manual8
Documented reference
ProductGroup / ProductType
Carrier field reference →

The manual separates product group from product type, with group examples EXP and DOM.

Service / product
Market and scope

International and domestic express; historical Shipping API manual · The downloadable manual is historical. Product enumerations must be revalidated with current account documentation before operational use.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Use the account-specific current product dictionary; historical examples are not universal label rules.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
PaymentType
Carrier field reference →

Shipment payment type is distinct from product and customs information.

Account / payment
Market and scope

International and domestic express; historical Shipping API manual · The downloadable manual is historical. Product enumerations must be revalidated with current account documentation before operational use.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Confirm who pays transport and separately who pays import duties.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Airway bill / label
Carrier field reference →

A printing label can be requested after shipment creation using the airway bill number.

Tracking / identityPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

International and domestic express; historical Shipping API manual · The downloadable manual is historical. Product enumerations must be revalidated with current account documentation before operational use.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 2
API / booking data · printed fieldLabel Info: Report ID; Report Type (Table 23)

The guide identifies Report ID as the label/report template selector and Report Type as URL versus a streamed RPT file, with URL as the stated default.

What to check: The table lists template 9201 in this historical manual. Treat it as a template ID, not a transport service code; confirm current account templates and output type before printing. A URL/report type does not prove acceptance.

Scope / version: Historical Aramex Shipping Services API manual revision 2 (2013); account/market revalidation required · Exact manual element labels; not asserted as a modern JSON request path or current universal template. · Manual revision 2 effective 1 January 2013; official PDF published 20 May 2013

Your Guide to Embedding Aramex Shipping Services API — historical revision 2 ↗§4.11 Table 23 Label Info: Report ID and Report Type · printed page 39

API / booking data · operational controlShipment.ShippingDateTime; Shipment.DueDate; Shipment.PickupLocation (Table 15)

The manual separates the date Aramex receives the shipment for dispatch from the optionally specified consignee delivery date. PickupLocation is a location description, such as a reception desk.

What to check: Read dates and location in their request/booking context. A DueDate supplied by the customer is not proof of a booked guarantee or completed delivery, and a pickup-location string is not a proprietary depot/routing code.

Scope / version: Historical Aramex Shipping Services API manual revision 2 (2013); account/market revalidation required · Historical Shipment input dates/location; no public tracking event is inferred from these request fields. · Manual revision 2 effective 1 January 2013; official PDF published 20 May 2013

Your Guide to Embedding Aramex Shipping Services API — historical revision 2 ↗§4.3 Table 15 ShippingDateTime, DueDate and PickupLocation · printed page 32

What to check
  • Reprinting an existing label does not itself create a new transport movement.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
References / pieces
Carrier field reference →

Shipment references and package details must be reconciled with the airway bill.

Pieces / shipmentCustomer references
Market and scope

International and domestic express; historical Shipping API manual · The downloadable manual is historical. Product enumerations must be revalidated with current account documentation before operational use.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 2
API / booking data · operational controlShipment Details.NumberOfPieces; Shipment Details.ActualWeight; Weight.Value/Unit (Tables 19/25)

NumberOfPieces counts physical shipment pieces separately from items. ActualWeight uses a Weight value/unit object; the manual also describes comparing dimensional charging weight against actual weight.

What to check: The historical table states pieces>0 and maximum 100, not a current all-product allowance. Because the guide mixes actual and charging-weight descriptions, verify the current WSDL/account interpretation before treating this field as a pure scale reading; KG/LB must stay attached.

Scope / version: Historical Aramex Shipping Services API manual revision 2 (2013); account/market revalidation required · Historical piece-count/weight fields; no current universal weight cap, divisor or billable-weight formula is inferred. · Manual revision 2 effective 1 January 2013; official PDF published 20 May 2013

Your Guide to Embedding Aramex Shipping Services API — historical revision 2 ↗§4.7 Table 19 pieces and ActualWeight comparison wording · printed page 36 | §4.13 Table 25 Weight.Value and Unit KG/LB · printed page 40

API / booking data · operational controlShipment Details.Dimensions; Dimensions.Length/Width/Height/Unit (Tables 19/24)

Dimensions is an optional measurement block, but supplying any dimension makes the remaining values necessary. Unit is separate and the reviewed table lists CM or M.

What to check: Keep all length, width, height and unit values together. These fields contribute to chargeable-weight assessment; do not use the manual’s historical numeric maxima or format as a current product size allowance or assume centimetres when Unit is absent.

Scope / version: Historical Aramex Shipping Services API manual revision 2 (2013); account/market revalidation required · Conditional completeness in the 2013 guide; exact manual labels, not an invented current JSON payload. · Manual revision 2 effective 1 January 2013; official PDF published 20 May 2013

Your Guide to Embedding Aramex Shipping Services API — historical revision 2 ↗§4.7 Dimensions conditional completeness · printed page 36 | §4.12 Table 24 dimensions and CM/M units · printed page 39

What to check
  • Do not use a customer reference as a substitute for the assigned shipment identifier.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Shipper / billing account
Carrier field reference →

The manual separates client account credentials/details from shipment PaymentType and shipment references.

Account / payment
Market and scope

International and domestic express; historical Shipping API manual · The downloadable manual is historical. Product enumerations must be revalidated with current account documentation before operational use.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
ProductGroup, ProductType and commercial meaning
Carrier field reference →

EXP/DOM identify product groups; a separate product type expresses document/parcel and handling distinctions.

Service / product
Market and scope

Archived Shipping Services SOAP manual · Legacy integration code interpretation

Aramex Shipping Services API Manual, archived 2013 schema; not a current service entitlement list

Legacy international types
PDX document/non-dutiable; PPX parcel/dutiable; PLX letter under 0.5 kg.
EPX warning
The manual describes Economy as e-commerce activity; its name alone is not a slower-transit commitment.
Domestic example
OND is documented for DOM in the manual.
What to check
  • Confirm current code entitlement and label print template with Aramex; these are historical schema definitions, not global 2026 promises.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
AWB versus shipment/transaction references
Carrier field reference →

Carrier shipment ID, customer shipment reference and request echo are different identifiers.

Tracking / identityCustomer references
Market and scope

Archived Shipping Services SOAP manual · Shipment creation response and reconciliation

Aramex Shipping Services API Manual, archived 2013 schema; not a current service entitlement list

Returned ID
The create-shipment response returns the Aramex shipment/AWB ID.
ShipmentReference1–3
Customer business details attached to shipment input.
TransactionReference1–5
Optional request details echoed for transaction reconciliation.
Pickup GUID
Link to an existing pickup, distinct from shipment tracking.
Detailed fields · 1
API / booking data · operational controlShipment: Foreign HAWB (Table 15)

Foreign HAWB is the user’s existing AWB reference when supplied. The historical table requires a unique value for each shipment.

What to check: Preserve it as a foreign/customer namespace and reconcile it to the Aramex-issued shipment ID. Do not present it as an Aramex-generated tracking number or replace per-shipment uniqueness with a shared order prefix.

Scope / version: Historical Aramex Shipping Services API manual revision 2 (2013); account/market revalidation required · Conditional foreign-AWB input; uniqueness is stated only for a filled field in the reviewed manual. · Manual revision 2 effective 1 January 2013; official PDF published 20 May 2013

Your Guide to Embedding Aramex Shipping Services API — historical revision 2 ↗§4.3 Table 15 Foreign HAWB conditional uniqueness · printed page 32

What to check
  • Track with the returned AWB; verify which references the selected label template actually prints.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Account credentials versus shipment payment
Carrier field reference →

API account credentials and the shipment freight payer serve different roles.

Account / payment
Market and scope

Archived Shipping Services SOAP manual · Client identity and freight-payer input

Aramex Shipping Services API Manual, archived 2013 schema; not a current service entitlement list

Client identity
AccountNumber, AccountEntity, AccountCountryCode and AccountPin belong to API client/account context.
PaymentType
P shipper prepaid; C consignee collect; 3 third-party payer with valid third-party account.
Collect options
ASCC needs shipper account; ARCC needs consignee account.
Detailed fields · 1
API / booking data · operational controlShipment Details: Cash on Delivery; Collect Amount; Money.Currency Code/Value (Tables 19/26)

Cash on Delivery describes receiver-collected cash for the package, whereas Collect Amount describes transportation charges collected from the consignee under PaymentType C with PaymentOptions ARCC. Each monetary amount has its own value/currency.

What to check: Retain each amount’s purpose and condition; COD payment is not proof of freight payment. The 2013 Money table states USD for COD, which requires current account/market revalidation and must not become a global present-day COD rule.

Scope / version: Historical Aramex Shipping Services API manual revision 2 (2013); account/market revalidation required · Historical payment amounts and conditional collect workflow, not current payment/service eligibility. · Manual revision 2 effective 1 January 2013; official PDF published 20 May 2013

Your Guide to Embedding Aramex Shipping Services API — historical revision 2 ↗§4.7 Table 19 Cash on Delivery purpose · printed page 37 | §4.7 Collect Amount conditional on C/ARCC · printed page 37 | §4.14 Table 26 Money value/currency and historical USD COD wording · printed page 40

What to check
  • Validate present account entitlement; do not expose PIN/credentials or infer account/payment solely from the printed AWB.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Yamato Transport

Japan domestic waybill preparation7
Documented reference
Waybill type
Carrier field reference →

Yamato provides waybill preparation guidance, including writing in English and obtaining the appropriate blank form.

Service / productPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

Japan domestic waybill preparation · This is a form-preparation reference. No undocumented Japanese sorting-center code decoder is supplied.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 1
printed field · operational controlcarbon paper; double line

The manual form transfers writing through 5–7 carbon-copy sheets. Corrections use a double strike-through; correction tape cannot update the underlying copies.

What to check: Inspect every copy after writing or correcting. Use a fresh form when there is insufficient space; multiple receipt sheets do not count physical parcels.

Scope / version: Japan domestic; Yamato manual carbon-copy waybills · Manual form completion and correction controls; not an electronic-label copy count. · Public domestic waybill-completion guide; no numbered edition stated; reviewed 2026-10-05

Preparing Waybills | Yamato Transport ↗How to Fill Out a Waybill; If a Mistake is Made · official web lines 101–106, 125–129

What to check
  • Choose the form for the actual service and payment arrangement.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Recipient / sender / contents
Carrier field reference →

Address and contents belong to the transport instruction; a requested delivery field is separate from the package reference.

Service / productRouting / destinationCustomer references
Market and scope

Japan domestic waybill preparation · This is a form-preparation reference. No undocumented Japanese sorting-center code decoder is supplied.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 2
printed fieldParcel contents; ワレモノ; なまもの

Contents require a concrete description. ワレモノ marks fragile goods and なまもの marks perishables; they are handling instructions rather than numeric service identifiers.

What to check: Check the declared goods and handling marks together. A handling mark alone does not identify the booked transport product.

Scope / version: Japan domestic; Yamato manual carbon-copy waybills · Common domestic completion guide: contents and special handling. · Public domestic waybill-completion guide; no numbered edition stated; reviewed 2026-10-05

Preparing Waybills | Yamato Transport ↗Domestic completion §3; Cases requiring special caution · official web lines 160–183

printed field · operational controlDesired delivery date; Desired delivery time zone

Optional requested delivery dates use MM/DD; the desired time window is circled. These request fields are separate from travel reservation and return dispatch dates.

What to check: Verify the request against the eligible booked product; writing a preference does not itself establish a delivery guarantee.

Scope / version: Japan domestic; Yamato manual carbon-copy waybills · General domestic desired-date/time fields; no time-window code dictionary supplied. · Public domestic waybill-completion guide; no numbered edition stated; reviewed 2026-10-05

Preparing Waybills | Yamato Transport ↗Domestic completion §4 · official web lines 185–195

What to check
  • Confirm postcode, phone, contents and requested timing against the accepted shipment.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Shipper / billing account
Carrier field reference →

Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.

Account / payment
Market and scope

Japan domestic waybill preparation · This is a form-preparation reference. No undocumented Japanese sorting-center code decoder is supplied.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Service-specific waybills and cold-chain marks
Carrier field reference →

Yamato uses different waybill types and marks for different products; the physical form and selected marks must agree with the booking.

Service / productPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

Japan · Official waybill-completion instructions

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Special forms
Compact and TA-Q-BIN Time Service require their own waybills.
Cool selection
冷蔵 selects chilled; 冷凍 selects frozen on the regular form.
Contents
Detailed descriptions and fragile/perishable marks support handling.
Detailed fields · 1
printed field冷蔵; 冷凍

冷蔵 selects chilled handling and 冷凍 selects frozen handling. The Cool TA-Q-BIN choice is made on the regular TA-Q-BIN form.

What to check: Match the circled cold-chain choice with the accepted Cool booking. Do not infer a temperature reading or an undocumented numeric product code.

Scope / version: Japan domestic; Yamato manual carbon-copy waybills · Cool TA-Q-BIN selector on the regular domestic waybill. · Public domestic waybill-completion guide; no numbered edition stated; reviewed 2026-10-05

Preparing Waybills | Yamato Transport ↗When Sending Frozen or Chilled Items · official web lines 281–293

What to check
  • Compare the product and selected marks before affixing.
  • Blank-form availability at a counter does not prove that counter accepts the service.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Waybill identity, address routing and payment context
Carrier field reference →

Read the carrier’s printed waybill number separately from destination postcode, contact fields and payment context.

Tracking / identityRouting / destinationAccount / payment
Market and scope

Japan · Domestic label interpretation

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Routing evidence
Recipient postcode, address and building/room details guide delivery.
Tracking check
Match the printed waybill identifier with the carrier tracking response.
Account boundary
Public completion instructions do not publish a universal numeric account/routing decoder.
Detailed fields · 1
printed field · operational controlPostal code of Sales Office; Telephone number of receiver; Address of Sales Office / Specify pickup at Sales Office

For office collection, the destination uses the office postcode and address; the name is followed by Pickup. The contact number remains the receiver’s reachable number.

What to check: Validate the named office and receiver contact separately. An office address is a delivery instruction, not proof of an encoded depot-account segment.

Scope / version: Japan domestic; Yamato manual carbon-copy waybills · Sales Office pickup addressing instructions; no internal route token is decoded. · Public domestic waybill-completion guide; no numbered edition stated; reviewed 2026-10-05

Preparing Waybills | Yamato Transport ↗How to Specify Pickup at Sales Office · official web lines 838–854

What to check
  • Use the printed field titles and booked shipment record.
  • Do not infer a billing account or depot from an undocumented number segment.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Freight collect and multiple-parcel forms
Carrier field reference →

In the reviewed Yamato waybill guide, Cash on Delivery means the recipient pays TA-Q-BIN freight. The multiple-parcel form has separate product and payment restrictions.

Account / paymentPieces / shipmentPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

Japan · Yamato English Cash on Delivery terminology

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Payment meaning
Freight is paid by the recipient; the service requires a compatible special waybill.
Multiple parcels
The discount/form is for eligible prepaid regular TA-Q-BIN to the same destination.
Exclusions
Compact, Cool, international and several special-purpose products are excluded.
Detailed fields · 2
printed field · operational controlprimary waybill; secondary waybill; Parcel name; Handling details

One primary form covers up to five eligible prepaid TA-Q-BIN parcels. Three or more require supplementary forms; their copies carry the corresponding parcel descriptions and handling.

What to check: Use the two-parcel primary-only rule and the three-to-five-parcel supplementary instructions. This paperwork relationship does not establish a master/child tracking-number syntax.

Scope / version: Japan domestic; Yamato manual carbon-copy waybills · Same-destination eligible prepaid TA-Q-BIN multiple-parcel forms; excluded special products remain excluded. · Public domestic waybill-completion guide; no numbered edition stated; reviewed 2026-10-05

Preparing Waybills | Yamato Transport ↗How to Write Waybills for Multiple Parcels · official web lines 740–801; eligibility lines 77–80

printed field · operational controlCash on Delivery waybill

Here Yamato’s English Cash on Delivery means the recipient pays shipping charges. The guide requires compatible collect forms and lists separate TA-Q-BIN and Compact forms.

What to check: Reconcile the freight payer separately from any merchandise collection or customer account. Do not translate this wording into a goods-COD instruction.

Scope / version: Japan domestic; Yamato manual carbon-copy waybills · English waybill-guide freight-collect terminology; service-specific forms, not a universal billing identifier. · Public domestic waybill-completion guide; no numbered edition stated; reviewed 2026-10-05

Preparing Waybills | Yamato Transport ↗For Cash on Delivery; Cash on Delivery Waybills and Available Services · official web lines 83–89, 806–828

What to check
  • Confirm whether a transaction collects shipping charges or merchandise value.
  • Do not use one article identity to represent unrelated parcels.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Special Time Service and travel waybill fields
Carrier field reference →

Yamato requires a special Time Service waybill. Airport and round-trip preparation adds flight, airport/facility and travel-date information; these describe the delivery arrangement rather than a tracking-code decoder.

Service / productCustomer references
Market and scope

Japan domestic · Yamato domestic Time/Airport/Round Trip preparation

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Time form
Special waybill; written like the regular TA-Q-BIN form.
Airport fields
Airport location/name and flight-related information are separate from the recipient/parcel identifier.
Round trip
Outbound and return arrangements need the relevant travel form.
Detailed fields · 2
printed fieldDeparture flight information; Flight date; Service (空港)

Airport preparation records terminal, flight and departure details, plus the flight date; 空港 is circled for the service. These specify passenger collection arrangements.

What to check: Check passenger, terminal, flight date and departure time together. A passenger flight reference does not establish the parcel’s physical transport mode.

Scope / version: Japan domestic; Yamato manual carbon-copy waybills · Airport TA-Q-BIN regular-waybill preparation; not a carrier routing-barcode dictionary. · Public domestic waybill-completion guide; no numbered edition stated; reviewed 2026-10-05

Preparing Waybills | Yamato Transport ↗When Sending to Airports, regular waybill · official web lines 298–350

printed field · operational controlScheduled return shipping date; Signature; Desired delivery date; Desired delivery time zone

The hotel round-trip instructions put return dispatch on the first sheet, the sender-name signature on the fifth, and optional return delivery preferences on the sixth.

What to check: Keep outbound reservation, return dispatch and return delivery preference distinct. Verify the signature on its designated receipt; sheet numbers are not parcel numbers.

Scope / version: Japan domestic; Yamato manual carbon-copy waybills · Round Trip TA-Q-BIN accommodation example: outbound invoice, destination receipt and sender receipt. · Public domestic waybill-completion guide; no numbered edition stated; reviewed 2026-10-05

Preparing Waybills | Yamato Transport ↗When Sending to Accommodation · official web lines 436–498; retained snapshot lines 369–427 (return fields 404–427)

What to check
  • Select the actual product’s form and preserve its tracking identifier.
  • Do not read an airport name as evidence of a parcel’s physical air transport.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Australia Post

Australia Shipping & Tracking label metadata12
Documented reference
Article ID / consignment ID
Carrier field reference →

The metadata distinguishes the individual article identifier from consignment data.

Tracking / identityPieces / shipment
Market and scope

Australia Shipping & Tracking label metadata · Use the current metadata schema. Older Authority to Leave numeric-code examples are not hard-coded into this tool.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Match each parcel/article to the booking rather than treating the consignment as a reusable label.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
2D DataMatrix
Carrier field reference →

The metadata page identifies DataMatrix as the main barcode used for automated sorting, tracking and delivery.

Tracking / identityRouting / destination
Market and scope

Australia Shipping & Tracking label metadata · Use the current metadata schema. Older Authority to Leave numeric-code examples are not hard-coded into this tool.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Distinguish matrix payload from the human-readable article reference.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Linear barcode / GTIN
Carrier field reference →

The documented linear encoding contains a GTIN section followed by the article ID.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

Australia Shipping & Tracking label metadata · Use the current metadata schema. Older Authority to Leave numeric-code examples are not hard-coded into this tool.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Do not submit the full combined scan as the article ID without interpreting the metadata.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Create labels
Carrier field reference →

The API produces labels for the shipment items.

Pieces / shipmentPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

Australia Shipping & Tracking label metadata · Use the current metadata schema. Older Authority to Leave numeric-code examples are not hard-coded into this tool.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 2
API / booking data · printed field · operational controlCreate Labels: branded=TRUE/FALSE; Parcel Post / Express Post printed service name

The layouts guide uses branded=TRUE for plain paper and FALSE for pre-printed stationery. Parcel Post/Express Post must remain clearly identified for streaming. Red/yellow colour coding is recommended; monochrome Express labels require the stated yellow mini-label/tape supplement.

What to check: Confirm both the booked service text and the stationery/branding setting. Colour alone is not a unique product code and does not decode a payer, tracking number or API product_id.

Scope / version: Australia domestic Parcel Post and Express Post · Australia Post label-layout branding/stationery instructions; does not apply these print flags to every StarTrack or international product · Australia Post Shipping and Tracking public developer documentation; reviewed 2026-10-05, no fixed edition stated

Labels - API resources - Shipping and Tracking ↗Australia Post label layouts

printed field · API / booking dataLabel Layouts: A4-4pp / A4-3pp / A4-1pp / A6-1pp; International labels: A5 CN23 / A6 CN23 / A5 CN22

The layout name describes page size and labels per page, not the shipment piece total. Public international examples additionally distinguish CN22 and CN23 form layouts. International Commercial samples use selected last-mile courier layouts and are explicitly non-exhaustive.

What to check: Match the layout to the returned label and selected product/stock. Do not treat 4pp as four parcels or assume an International Commercial last-mile layout is the standard AP international template.

Scope / version: Australia Post/StarTrack print resources; AP outbound examples · Public layout catalogue, with distinct domestic, international and International Commercial examples · Australia Post Shipping and Tracking public developer documentation; reviewed 2026-10-05, no fixed edition stated

Labels - API resources - Shipping and Tracking ↗Label Layouts table; International labels; International Commercial labels

What to check
  • Reconcile item count and returned label output; a rendered label is not evidence of lodgement.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Shipper / billing account
Carrier field reference →

Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.

Account / payment
Market and scope

Australia Shipping & Tracking label metadata · Use the current metadata schema. Older Authority to Leave numeric-code examples are not hard-coded into this tool.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
StarTrack routing_barcode
Carrier field reference →

The shared metadata guide defines StarTrack SSS9999DDD: label/service code, four-digit receiver postcode and nearest depot or primary port. Australia Post lists this field as not applicable.

Routing / destination
Market and scope

Australia Shipping & Tracking label metadata · Use the current metadata schema. Older Authority to Leave numeric-code examples are not hard-coded into this tool.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Interpret only a StarTrack label. nearest_depot, primary_port and secondary_port are network routing fields rather than a generic Australia Post service map.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Official specimen
Australia Post Parcel Post
Read label interpretation: Parcel Post · article and metadata →

Unaltered official Australia Post developer-documentation Parcel Post specimen image with fictional/sample address text.

Service / productTracking / identityRouting / destinationAccount / paymentPieces / shipmentCustomer references
Market and scope

Australia domestic; Parcel Post illustration · Official Australia Post developer Parcel Post sample image (244 × 347 pixels). Full article digits cannot be reliably transcribed; structured metadata is explained below.

Australia Post label layouts / Parcel Post Label image

Domestic service
Parcel Post — The red banner identifies the domestic service family.
Article barcode
Vertical barcode — The individual article barcode runs down the right edge.
Destination postcode
VIC 3000 — The recipient state and postcode guide destination routing.
Declared dead weight
1.25 kg — Dead weight is printed as a separate parcel characteristic; it is not a service or account code.
Delivery instruction
Leave parcel at reception — The printed instruction is operational delivery context and does not identify the service product.
What to check
  • The original official sample is only 244 x 347 pixels. A vertical article barcode, postage-paid 2D symbol and recipient postcode are visible; the full article digits are not reliably legible at this resolution. Do not claim the 2D postage symbol proves an observed complete generate_label_metadata DataMatrix payload. No clearly printed billing account, consignment ID, piece count or customer reference is visible.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Official specimen
StarTrack Premium / PRM test label
Read label interpretation: StarTrack Premium / PRM · routing string →

Unaltered official StarTrack A6 Premium/PRM developer sample bearing the repeated TEST LABEL - DO NOT USE watermark.

Service / productTracking / identityRouting / destinationAccount / paymentPieces / shipmentCustomer references
Market and scope

Australia domestic; Melbourne → Strawberry Hills NSW test label (2018) · Official StarTrack A6 PRM/Premium test label (2018) and Australia Post developer metadata guide; EXP is a separate documented comparison.

StarTrack labels / A6-1pp Standard Thermal layout image

Premium label code
PRM — This exact specimen is Premium; its label code is PRM.
Article identifier
111Z50000073PRM00001 — The bottom barcode identifies the individual sample article.
Routing barcode
PRM2012SYD — PRM + postcode 2012 + primary port SYD.
Consignment identifier
111Z50000073 — CONNOTE names the consignment shared by its articles.
QR manifest backup
2D QR symbol — The QR carries shipment data as a manifest backup.
Authority-to-leave barcode
C200000506 — A separate barcode is explicitly titled AUTHORITY TO LEAVE. Keep this printed operational field separate from the article and routing barcodes.
What to check
  • The specimen is PRM/Premium, not EXP/Road Express. PRM2012SYD is a routing barcode and 111Z50000073PRM00001 is the article ID. The printed ITEM line reads ITEM 1 OF with no reliably legible total, so a total piece count must not be invented. No payer account is visibly printed. The 2018 test label is a historical sample layout, not evidence of a live booking or a current port map.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Australia Post article, consignment and GS1 payload
Carrier field reference →

Article identity belongs to one physical item; consignment identity belongs to the shipment. The documented Australia Post DataMatrix payload combines several GS1 fields.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

Australia · Domestic Australia Post generate_label_metadata

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Item versus shipment
article_id is unique within its consignment; consignment_id has a different scope.
Full payload
GTIN, article identifier, destination postcode and label-generation date/time are documented.
Linear versus 2D
The linear barcode contains GTIN/article content, not every field of the full DataMatrix.
Detailed fields · 2
API / booking data · printed fieldlabel_metadata.barcode_id; Australia Post: 2D DataMatrix / linear barcode

For domestic Australia Post metadata, barcode_id is the complete GS1 string containing GTIN, article identity, destination postcode and generation date/time. The linear barcode uses the GTIN portion followed by article identity rather than all the DataMatrix fields.

What to check: Use the returned string and the approved symbology rather than inventing component concatenation. The pipe shown in the documentation represents FNC1; it is not a literal tracking character. Do not apply this Australia Post payload grammar to StarTrack article_id.

Scope / version: Australia domestic Australia Post metadata · generate_label_metadata response for Australia Post domestic products; no international or StarTrack GS1 inference · Australia Post Shipping and Tracking public developer documentation; reviewed 2026-10-05, no fixed edition stated

Generate Label Metadata - API resources - Shipping and Tracking ↗Response Block Attributes: barcode_id; AP response example

API / booking dataitems[].tracking_details.consignment_id; items[].tracking_details.article_id; generate_label_metadata

Metadata mode supports merchant-supplied consignment/article identities or API allocation when tracking_details is omitted. The automatic option is specifically unavailable for merchants using SSCC numbers.

What to check: Check the chosen allocation approach consistently across items and requests. Keep merchant SSCC allocation requirements separate from a carrier-returned article tracking identity; this source does not supply a universal SSCC-to-payer decoder.

Scope / version: Australia domestic Australia Post / StarTrack metadata workflow · Tracking Details allocation in metadata mode; domestic availability only · Australia Post Shipping and Tracking public developer documentation; reviewed 2026-10-05, no fixed edition stated

Generate Label Metadata - API resources - Shipping and Tracking ↗Tracking Details allocation

What to check
  • Use returned metadata instead of concatenating undocumented components.
  • The documentation’s pipe separators stand for FNC1, not literal printed barcode characters.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
StarTrack EXP / PRM routing namespaces
Carrier field reference →

StarTrack uses a distinct article barcode and an SSS9999DDD routing barcode: service label code, four-digit receiver postcode and depot/port suffix.

Routing / destinationCustomer references
Market and scope

Australia · StarTrack domestic barcode metadata

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

EXP suffix
Nearest depot in the Express/Road context.
PRM suffix
Primary port in the Premium context.
Separate identities
Article barcode value is article_id; consignment_id and QR manifest backup have other roles.
Detailed fields · 2
API / booking data · printed field · operational controllabel_metadata.primary_port; label_metadata.secondary_port; label_metadata.nearest_depot

StarTrack Premium metadata exposes primary_port and secondary_port as Premium-network streaming codes. nearest_depot is the Express-network field printed on Road/EXP labels; the routing_barcode suffix uses primary port for PRM/equivalent products and nearest depot for EXP/equivalent products.

What to check: Read the actual returned primary/secondary port values rather than assigning a current depot dictionary from a historical sample. Do not convert the port/depot string into an article tracking number or an Australia Post routing field.

Scope / version: Australia StarTrack domestic networks · Public metadata table identifies Premium and Express/Road field roles; not a universal current routing lookup · Australia Post Shipping and Tracking public developer documentation; reviewed 2026-10-05, no fixed edition stated

Generate Label Metadata - API resources - Shipping and Tracking ↗Response Block Attributes: nearest_depot / primary_port / secondary_port; PRM response block

API / booking data · printed field · operational controllabel_metadata.qr_2d_barcode

The StarTrack qr_2d_barcode carries key-value data as a backup of electronic manifest data, separate from barcode_id/article_id and routing_barcode. The table marks the equivalent field not applicable for Australia Post.

What to check: Use the returned QR payload; do not infer a fixed positional parser from one example string. Distinguish a manifest-backup QR from an item tracking barcode and from a print-retrieval QR used by other carriers.

Scope / version: Australia StarTrack domestic metadata · StarTrack QR field only; domestic generate-label-metadata feature, not AP DataMatrix or international template · Australia Post Shipping and Tracking public developer documentation; reviewed 2026-10-05, no fixed edition stated

Generate Label Metadata - API resources - Shipping and Tracking ↗Response Block Attributes: qr_2d_barcode

What to check
  • Read the actual returned route and booked product together.
  • Do not use the routing string as article tracking or reuse an Australia Post GS1 interpretation.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Merchant location, payer and label-generation controls
Carrier field reference →

Merchant-location/despatch context helps identify a consignment but does not itself establish the payer. Metadata-only mode also changes how the label must be created.

Account / paymentPieces / shipmentCustomer references
Market and scope

Australia · Australia Post/StarTrack domestic API metadata mode

Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.

Account interpretation
Confirm billing in the actual shipment/account record; do not infer it from MLID or despatch context.
Metadata mode
generate_label_metadata=true returns fields for the merchant’s own label.
Generation consequence
Create Label/Get Label flow is unavailable in that mode; switching the flag off permits API label generation.
Detailed fields · 2
API / booking data · printed fieldlabel_metadata.consignment_id; MLID / Despatch ID preceding human-readable consignment_id

The metadata table says the consignment ID is displayed with merchant-location or despatch context, while article_id identifies an article within the consignment. Its illustrative responses include alphanumeric returned values, so the text description should not be used as an arbitrary digits-only parser.

What to check: Retain the exact returned identifiers and prefix context. Do not equate MLID/despatch identity with the charged account or use a printed consignment prefix as an API credential.

Scope / version: Australia domestic metadata · Human-readable consignment context for AP and StarTrack; the returned examples establish no universal numeric length grammar · Australia Post Shipping and Tracking public developer documentation; reviewed 2026-10-05, no fixed edition stated

Generate Label Metadata - API resources - Shipping and Tracking ↗Response Block Attributes: consignment_id / article_id; response examples

API / booking data · operational controlCreate Shipment metadata mode: items[]; Multiple Shipments or Items in a request

The metadata-mode guide caps the request at 250 items and requires consistent metadata/tracking_details combinations across relevant items or shipments. This is a request constraint, not the number of pieces printed on any one specimen.

What to check: Count request items separately from a consignment total and label pages. For updates/consolidation, reconcile returned metadata for newly added items or shipments rather than assuming every old item is repeated.

Scope / version: Australia domestic AP / StarTrack metadata API · Multiple Shipments or Items; StarTrack consolidation/update response behavior · Australia Post Shipping and Tracking public developer documentation; reviewed 2026-10-05, no fixed edition stated

Generate Label Metadata - API resources - Shipping and Tracking ↗Multiple Shipments or Items in a request; Consolidation - Startrack

What to check
  • Keep the flag consistent across relevant items/shipments and consolidation.
  • Reconcile every article and the account used for booking.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
International tracking and customs identifier scope
Carrier field reference →

The reviewed comparison includes tracking for Courier, Express and Standard but states no tracking for Economy. A customs declaration is required across the parcel portfolio.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

Australia outbound; public parcel comparison · Courier, Express, Standard and Economy labels

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Identity boundary
A CN23/customs reference does not establish a tracked delivery product.
Proof of delivery
Signature is included for Courier/Express and optional for Standard, under destination conditions.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked product and destination event coverage before promising end-to-end visibility.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Canada Post

Canada; approved shipping label standards8
Documented reference
Approved label / service identifier
Carrier field reference →

Canada Post requires labels meeting its current specifications and approval requirements.

Service / productPieces / shipmentPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

Canada; approved shipping label standards · Detailed current custom-label specifications can require Canada Post approval/access. Public placement guidance cannot decode proprietary routing fields.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 3
API / booking data · printed fieldshipment.create-qr-code; shipment.create-public-key; response links: publicLabel / publicKeyInfo

The optional create-qr-code/public-key flow returns access to a public label with an expiry date; the QR image is base64-encoded. The documented request option applies only to 8.5×11 paper encoded as PDF.

What to check: Check the document format and link expiry before offering a print workflow. Do not treat the public-label QR, public key or URL as the parcel tracking PIN, a billing customer number or a universal 4×6/ZPL capability.

Scope / version: Canada Contract Shipping XML REST v8 · Public-label access options in Create Shipment; 8.5×11 PDF scope only · Canada Post Contract Shipping XML REST v8 documentation; reviewed 2026-10-05, no separate revision date stated

Canada Post Developer Program – Contract Shipping Web Service ↗Request Elements: create-qr-code / create-public-key

API / booking datashipment.delivery-spec.parcel-characteristics.weight; shipment.delivery-spec.parcel-characteristics.dimensions.length/width/height

In XML v8, package weight is in kilograms and dimensions are centimetres; all dimension children are required when dimensions is present. These request values support rating and do not prove that the same measurements are visibly printed or that a charge was settled.

What to check: Keep actual weight and dimensional/rating inputs distinct from piece count and customs article quantities. Check the API family/version and units; do not reuse current JSON camelCase paths as if they were XML v8 element names.

Scope / version: Canada Contract Shipping XML REST v8 · Parcel-characteristics request fields; API-only measurement evidence, not a specimen observation · Canada Post Contract Shipping XML REST v8 documentation; reviewed 2026-10-05, no separate revision date stated

Canada Post Developer Program – Contract Shipping Web Service ↗Request Elements: parcel-characteristics / weight / dimensions / length / width / height

API / booking data · printed fieldshipment.delivery-spec.preferences.show-packing-instructions; shipment.delivery-spec.preferences.show-postage-rate; shipment.delivery-spec.preferences.show-insured-value

These boolean preferences control whether packing instructions, postage rate and insured value are rendered. The postage-rate field is required for U.S./international shipments; insured-value preference is conditionally required for insured U.S./international shipments.

What to check: Read the rendered value in its own role; insured value, customs value and postage rate are different amounts. Absence of a printed rate or insured amount does not establish that no shipping charge or coverage exists.

Scope / version: Canada Contract Shipping XML REST v8; geography-dependent print preferences · Create Shipment preference fields, not universal compulsory visible values · Canada Post Contract Shipping XML REST v8 documentation; reviewed 2026-10-05, no separate revision date stated

Canada Post Developer Program – Contract Shipping Web Service ↗Request Elements: preferences / show-packing-instructions / show-postage-rate / show-insured-value

What to check
  • Use the chosen service and current approved output rather than reproducing an arbitrary label template.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Tracking barcode
Carrier field reference →

Label placement must leave the barcode readable and avoid wrapping it around an edge.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

Canada; approved shipping label standards · Detailed current custom-label specifications can require Canada Post approval/access. Public placement guidance cannot decode proprietary routing fields.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Keep the barcode flat and clear; verify the human-readable tracking number.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
No Manifest Required
Carrier field reference →

The documentation identifies this wording for certain Electronic Shipping Tools parcels.

Printing / label credentials
Market and scope

Canada; approved shipping label standards · Detailed current custom-label specifications can require Canada Post approval/access. Public placement guidance cannot decode proprietary routing fields.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • It relates to a specific documentation workflow, not universal exemption from customs or other shipment records.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Shipper / billing account
Carrier field reference →

Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.

Account / payment
Market and scope

Canada; approved shipping label standards · Detailed current custom-label specifications can require Canada Post approval/access. Public placement guidance cannot decode proprietary routing fields.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Service namespace and printed destination context
Carrier field reference →

DOM.*, USA.* and INT.* distinguish service geographies. Option codes and recipient postcodes serve different purposes from the base product code.

Service / productCustomer references
Market and scope

Canada · Current JSON service catalog plus Contract Shipping XML v8

Canada Post current JSON portal and Contract Shipping XML REST v8, reviewed 2026-10-05.

Service examples
DOM.XP: domestic Xpresspost; USA.XP: Xpresspost USA; INT.XP: Xpresspost International.
Destination handling
D2PO can substitute the Post Office address on the printed label.
References
customer-ref-1/2 are customer-defined references, not tracking identifiers.
Detailed fields · 1
API / booking data · printed fieldshipment.delivery-spec.references.customer-ref-1; shipment.delivery-spec.references.customer-ref-2; shipment.delivery-spec.references.cost-centre

XML v8 customer-ref-1/2 are user-defined values, each up to 35 characters, shown on the shipping label and in Track/APT where subscribed. cost-centre is a separate up-to-30-character customer value appearing on invoice and invoice email.

What to check: Keep references separate from tracking-pin and carrier shipment-id. Do not claim cost-centre is necessarily printed on the physical label or that a reference appearing in Track becomes a carrier-issued identity.

Scope / version: Canada-origin Contract Shipping XML REST v8 · User-assigned reference field visibility in Create Shipment, distinct from current JSON path names · Canada Post Contract Shipping XML REST v8 documentation; reviewed 2026-10-05, no separate revision date stated

Canada Post Developer Program – Contract Shipping Web Service ↗Request Elements: references / cost-centre / customer-ref-1 / customer-ref-2

What to check
  • Read the booked product, options and printed destination together.
  • Do not treat a reference or postal code as the tracking PIN.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Tracking PIN, shipment ID and label artifact
Carrier field reference →

The tracking PIN identifies the parcel for tracking; shipment-id addresses the API shipment resource, and artifact links retrieve label documents.

Tracking / identityCustomer referencesPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

Canada · Contract Shipping XML REST v8 identifier roles

Contract Shipping XML REST v8; current portal workflow reviewed 2026-10-05.

Parcel tracking
tracking-pin is returned for the shipment; a return shipment has return-tracking-pin.
API resource
shipment-id is a separate logical identifier used by shipment calls.
Batch role
group-id gathers several shipments for one manifest.
Detailed fields · 4
API / booking datashipment.customer-request-id

customer-request-id is a unique, user-defined request identifier of up to 35 characters. The XML documentation allows it to recover shipment details/label through Get Shipments without preserving the initial Create Shipment response.

What to check: Maintain its uniqueness in the account workflow. Do not print or submit it as the carrier tracking PIN unless a separate documented output explicitly gives that role.

Scope / version: Canada Contract Shipping XML REST v8 · Request/resource-recovery context; not observed parcel identity · Canada Post Contract Shipping XML REST v8 documentation; reviewed 2026-10-05, no separate revision date stated

Canada Post Developer Program – Contract Shipping Web Service ↗Request Elements: customer-request-id

API / booking data · operational controlshipment.group-id; shipment.transmit-shipment

group-id groups several shipments for a manifest and is conditionally required unless transmit-shipment is supplied. Domestic, U.S. and international shipments still receive separate manifests even when the same group-id is used.

What to check: Do not create a distinct group for every individual shipment just to mimic piece identity. Keep group-id, manifest, shipment-id and tracking-pin separate; confirm the applicable transmit workflow.

Scope / version: Canada Contract Shipping manifest workflow · XML v8 manifest grouping across domestic, U.S. and international shipments · Canada Post Contract Shipping XML REST v8 documentation; reviewed 2026-10-05, no separate revision date stated

Canada Post Developer Program – Contract Shipping Web Service ↗Request Elements: group-id / transmit-shipment

API / booking data · printed fieldCreate Shipment links[rel=label].href / media-type; Get Artifact: Accept application/pdf or application/zpl; shipment.print-preferences.output-format / encoding

Get Artifact follows the link returned by the API and yields binary PDF data or ZPL II commands rather than a new XML shipment object. Create Shipment distinguishes 8.5×11 plain paper from 4×6 thermal; ZPL requires 4×6 thermal output.

What to check: Use the returned link and media type rather than constructing an artifact endpoint from a tracking number. Confirm printer/output compatibility; a document artifact or page is not an additional physical parcel.

Scope / version: Canada Contract Shipping XML REST v8 · Returned label artifact and printing preferences, with XML request format distinctions · Canada Post Contract Shipping XML REST v8 documentation; reviewed 2026-10-05, no separate revision date stated

Canada Post Developer Program – Shipping Web Service ↗ · Canada Post Developer Program – Contract Shipping Web Service ↗Get Artifact: endpoint, HTTP Headers and Response Details | Request Elements: print-preferences / output-format / encoding

API / booking data · printed field · operational controlCreate Shipment: return-spec; Create Shipment response: tracking-pin / return-tracking-pin; Current JSON portal: domestic shipping label with a return label

The public current portal describes outbound and domestic return-label links returned in the same response, with the return label billed when affixed and processed in the mail stream. The XML response schema distinguishes tracking-pin from return-tracking-pin.

What to check: Retain separate outbound/return identifiers and directions. Printing or receiving the unused return document does not itself establish return movement or the billing trigger; no claim is made for every international return workflow.

Scope / version: Canada domestic return-label workflow; XML response identifier distinction · Current portal domestic shipping-with-return use case, with separately labelled XML v8 response fields · Canada Post current JSON developer portal; reviewed 2026-10-05

Ship parcels | Canada Post Developer Portal ↗ · Canada Post Developer Program – Contract Shipping Web Service ↗Use cases, Example 3: Print a domestic shipping label with a return label | Response Elements: tracking-pin / return-tracking-pin

What to check
  • Keep tracking, resource IDs, group IDs and customer references in separate fields.
  • Do not print one tracking PIN across separate physical parcels.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Mailed-by, MOBO and authorized payer roles
Carrier field reference →

The sender’s customer number, mailed-on-behalf-of customer, contract number and authorized payer represent distinct account roles.

Account / payment
Market and scope

Canada · Canada Post commercial account and MOBO setup

MOBO Contract Shipping REST documentation and current API portal, reviewed 2026-10-05.

Mailed-by / MOBO
MOBO identifies the customer on whose behalf shipping is performed.
Authorized payer
MOBO customer information returns allowed payer numbers and payment methods.
Contract
Commercial contract/agreement number is not the tracking PIN.
Detailed fields · 1
API / booking data · electronic datashipment.settlement-info.paid-by-customer; shipment.settlement-info.contract-id; shipment.settlement-info.intended-method-of-payment; HTTP Authorization: Basic userid:password

paid-by-customer is the billed customer, defaulting to mailed-on-behalf-of if omitted; contract-id supplies Account-method contract discounts. The HTTP Basic userid/password authenticates the API call and is not a printed billing identifier. Actual settlement can occur in the later Transmit Shipments workflow.

What to check: Reconcile mailed-by, MOBO, charged customer, agreement and actual settlement separately. Do not recover an API password from label/account fields or equate the authentication identity with proof that the sender address paid postage.

Scope / version: Canada Contract Shipping XML REST v8 · Create Shipment account/settlement elements and HTTP authentication header · Canada Post Contract Shipping XML REST v8 documentation; reviewed 2026-10-05, no separate revision date stated

Canada Post Developer Program – Contract Shipping Web Service ↗HTTP Headers; Request Elements: settlement-info / paid-by-customer / contract-id / intended-method-of-payment

What to check
  • Verify the authorized payer and method before charging shipping.
  • A label’s sender address or printed reference does not prove who paid.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Tracked Packet versus Small Packet identity
Carrier field reference →

The comparison supplies tracking/delivery confirmation for Tracked Packet products and excludes it for Small Packet. A customs or mailing reference alone does not convert an untracked product into a tracked one.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

Canada outbound; public international comparison · U.S. and international tracking scope

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Product selection
Reconcile the full outbound service name with the mailing receipt.
Tracked Packet International
Its separate page limits lightweight parcels to under 2 kg and selected countries.
What to check
  • Retain customs references separately from the carrier tracking PIN and verify actual destination support.
Official sources (external website) ↗

PostNL

Netherlands and destination-specific business products7
Documented reference
Product code
Carrier field reference →

PostNL publishes product codes for import-file/service selection.

Service / product
Market and scope

Netherlands and destination-specific business products · Destination and API version matter. Avoid treating an old import table as a permanent universal service map.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Use the code for the relevant destination and delivery option; a product code is distinct from the parcel barcode.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Barcode Type / Range
Carrier field reference →

The Barcode API uses the appropriate barcode type and customer-configured range to allocate an identifier.

Tracking / identityAccount / payment
Market and scope

Netherlands and destination-specific business products · Destination and API version matter. Avoid treating an old import table as a permanent universal service map.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Do not infer service only from a 3S prefix; use the product and barcode requirements together.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Allocated identifier
Carrier field reference →

The returned barcode can be supplied to generate the shipping label.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

Netherlands and destination-specific business products · Destination and API version matter. Avoid treating an old import table as a permanent universal service map.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Allocation alone does not prove physical acceptance or delivery.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Shipper / billing account
Carrier field reference →

Barcode Range can be the configured customer code. The documentation distinguishes customer-specific ranges and generic international S10 barcodes without a customer component.

Account / payment
Market and scope

Netherlands and destination-specific business products · Destination and API version matter. Avoid treating an old import table as a permanent universal service map.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Barcode API and automatic-label prefixes
Carrier field reference →

The March 2026 update publishes different prefixes for separate generation paths. A prefix must be read alongside the API and booked product rather than as a universal service enum.

Service / productTracking / identityPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

Netherlands → international; PostNL v2/v4 · 2026 international barcode-generation paths

PostNL changelog notice 2026-03-10

Barcode API → automatic label
UE → UL/UM; LA → LW; RI → RF; ROW C-family → CW
Version boundary
Automatic generation supports v2/v4; separate international Barcode API generation is not supported in v4
Detailed fields · 1
API / booking dataProductCodeDelivery = 4910

The legacy Shipping guideline identifies 4910 as the ProductCodeDelivery value for the integrated Easy Return Service. It selects a booked return product in this API namespace, not a tracking-number prefix or label-output format.

What to check: Keep the code tied to the documented Easy Return integration; do not transfer it to Shipment V4 or a different carrier’s namespace without independent schema evidence.

Scope / version: PostNL Send & Track integration; destination/product applicability stated per facet · Easy Return Service in the legacy Shipping API · PostNL Send & Track legacy Shipping/Barcode guidelines · reviewed 5 October 2026; not Shipment V4 schema

PostNL Shipping webservice guidelines ↗Shipping guidelines → Easy Return Service (ERS)

What to check
  • Record the API version and generation path before decoding.
  • Use the current shipment-reference tracking method where required for automatically generated ROW barcodes.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Piece barcodes, shipment reference and partner IDs
Carrier field reference →

The Shipping API gives each multi-collo parcel its own unique barcode. It separately identifies extra return and downpartner barcodes, so one shipment reference cannot substitute for every physical piece ID.

Tracking / identityRouting / destinationPieces / shipmentCustomer referencesPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

PostNL Shipping API supported lanes · Multi-collo and non-EU Combilabel rules

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Multi-collo lanes
NL domestic, BE domestic and NL↔BE are explicitly described; the EU product family, Mail packages and returns are excluded in these guidelines
Exceptions
Product 4945 downpartner and specified extra barcodes require their documented handling
Detailed fields · 5
API / booking dataGroupCount; GroupSequence; MainBarcode; GroupType = 03

For the stated Netherlands/Belgium multi-collo flows, GroupCount supplies the shipment’s parcel count, GroupSequence supplies this parcel’s position and MainBarcode links the shipment. GroupType 03 denotes Multicollo, while every parcel still requires its own unique barcode.

What to check: Do not print the main barcode as all parcels’ only identity. Ordinary multi-collo requests are per parcel, whereas Extra@Home/Cargo confirmation is a joint request; this page excludes EU, Mail packages and returns from multi-collo.

Scope / version: PostNL Send & Track integration; destination/product applicability stated per facet · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · PostNL Send & Track legacy Shipping/Barcode guidelines · reviewed 5 October 2026; not Shipment V4 schema

PostNL Shipping webservice guidelines ↗Shipping guidelines → Multiple shipments → Multi-collo

API / booking dataAddressType 04; AddressType 08; AddressType 09

The legacy address-role table distinguishes collection address 04, return address 08 and the delivery address for pickup at a PostNL location 09. For label-in-the-box returns, AddressType 08 must use an Antwoordnummer rather than an ordinary address.

What to check: Preserve each address role when reading a label or integration request. A pickup delivery location, a collection address and a return destination are different roles and should not be copied into one routing field.

Scope / version: PostNL Send & Track integration; destination/product applicability stated per facet · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · PostNL Send & Track legacy Shipping/Barcode guidelines · reviewed 5 October 2026; not Shipment V4 schema

PostNL Shipping webservice guidelines ↗Shipping guidelines → Address type; Shipment type

API / booking dataStreetHouseNrExt; Street; HouseNr; HouseNrExt

StreetHouseNrExt can carry combined street, house number and extension when they cannot be mapped separately. Either it or Street must be provided; the service splits the combined value and uses the resulting components.

What to check: Keep the documented order. Incorrect input can cause all content to fall into Street; address validation does not add missing Street/City information, which is printed only if supplied.

Scope / version: PostNL Send & Track integration; destination/product applicability stated per facet · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · PostNL Send & Track legacy Shipping/Barcode guidelines · reviewed 5 October 2026; not Shipment V4 schema

PostNL Shipping webservice guidelines ↗Shipping guidelines → Street, HouseNr and HouseNrExt; Address type

API / booking dataBarcode; label-in-the-box return barcode; productcode 4945 downpartner barcode

The Shipping guidelines allow automatic creation when the principal Barcode is omitted, but explicitly exclude additional label-in-the-box return barcodes, multi-collo barcodes, product 4945 Parcels non-EU downpartner barcodes and International Mail & Packet barcodes.

What to check: Do not assume that an automatically generated main barcode supplies all return, partner or piece identifiers. Preserve the barcode’s generation path and explicitly obtain the additional identifiers required by the applicable request.

Scope / version: PostNL Send & Track integration; destination/product applicability stated per facet · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · PostNL Send & Track legacy Shipping/Barcode guidelines · reviewed 5 October 2026; not Shipment V4 schema

PostNL Shipping webservice guidelines ↗Shipping guidelines → Specifications → Barcodes

API / booking dataPrinterType; GraphicFile|PDF|MergeA / MergeB / MergeC / MergeD; MergedLabels

PrinterType selects label-output format. MergeA–D choose the first label’s position on an A4 sheet, and the merged document appears in MergedLabels. These are print/output controls rather than delivery-product or barcode codes.

What to check: MergeA–D is excluded for non-10×15 labels, combilabels and COD products; the guide allows up to four labels per request. Preserve the generated label scale instead of stretching it to fill the sheet.

Scope / version: PostNL Send & Track integration; destination/product applicability stated per facet · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · PostNL Send & Track legacy Shipping/Barcode guidelines · reviewed 5 October 2026; not Shipment V4 schema

PostNL Shipping webservice guidelines ↗Shipping guidelines → Printertypes; Multiple label printing

What to check
  • Reconcile one label and unique barcode per physical parcel.
  • Check current product/version rules before using the older automatic-barcode exceptions.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Customer barcode range versus billing identity
Carrier field reference →

Barcode API documentation defines Type, Range and Serie. A configured customer range is an identifier allocation mechanism; it does not itself establish the payer of a particular shipment.

Tracking / identityAccount / payment
Market and scope

PostNL Barcode API; current-generation caveats · Configured customer components and international generic syntax

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

3S namespace
The configured customer Range may contain 1–4 letters
International boundary
Generic S10 syntax uses NL and a generic serial range; 2026 automatic generation has separate prefixes
Detailed fields · 1
API / booking dataType; Range; Serie

The Barcode API defines Range as a customer code configured by PostNL. For 3S it uses 1–4 letters; some international generic S10 products instead set Range to NL and have no customer component in their barcode syntax.

What to check: Use the assigned Type/Range/Serie for the specific product and generation path. Do not infer a universal payer account from a 3S segment or from NL in a generic S10 barcode.

Scope / version: PostNL Send & Track integration; destination/product applicability stated per facet · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · PostNL Send & Track legacy Shipping/Barcode guidelines · reviewed 5 October 2026; not Shipment V4 schema

PostNL Barcode webservice guidelines ↗Barcode guidelines → Specifications barcodes → Range

What to check
  • Verify CustomerCode/CustomerNumber and payer against the booking contract.
  • Do not treat an S10 country suffix or generic prefix as a sender-account decoder.
Official sources (external website) ↗

La Poste / Colissimo

France; SLS and Geolabel documentation7
Documented reference
Parcel number + key
Carrier field reference →

SLS documents parcel identity with its key separately from the service label and routing elements.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

France; SLS and Geolabel documentation · Geolabel is a label format. Its presence does not by itself identify a time guarantee or signature entitlement.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Reconcile the parcel identity before interpreting sort instructions.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Service / routing zones
Carrier field reference →

The documented layout names the service label, manual sort code, delivery-tour ID, destination sort ID and origin-site sort ID.

Service / productRouting / destination
Market and scope

France; SLS and Geolabel documentation · Geolabel is a label format. Its presence does not by itself identify a time guarantee or signature entitlement.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • A tour or sort ID is an operational field, not a consumer product or ETA.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Geolabel matrix
Carrier field reference →

La Poste describes a standardized 2D label format carrying parcel and routing data for interoperability within the group.

Routing / destinationCustomer references
Market and scope

France; SLS and Geolabel documentation · Geolabel is a label format. Its presence does not by itself identify a time guarantee or signature entitlement.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Identify the template; do not assume all matrix codes are print-at-location QR tokens.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Shipper / billing account
Carrier field reference →

Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.

Account / payment
Market and scope

France; SLS and Geolabel documentation · Geolabel is a label format. Its presence does not by itself identify a time guarantee or signature entitlement.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Request productCode versus parcel-number prefix
Carrier field reference →

SLS explicitly separates productCode in a request from the first two characters returned in a parcel number. The mapping depends on the destination network and contract history.

Service / productTracking / identity
Market and scope

France / overseas / international · SLS product table and compatibility notes

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Examples
France DOM→6A, DOS→6C; international DOM→CA, DOS→CB/EY/CF
Legacy boundary
COLD/COL and COLI are historical; new international signature customers should use DOS
Detailed fields · 1
API / booking dataletter.service.returnTypeChoice; Return to the sender as priority parcel; Do not return to the sender

For the specified international offers, returnTypeChoice controls the action after non-delivery: value 2 prints the priority-paid return instruction, while 3 prints the instruction not to return. The document directs integrators to getProductInter for destination-compatible choices.

What to check: This is a non-delivery instruction, not a reverse-shipment product code or the outputFormat.returnType label-sharing control. Apply the enterprise/grand-public and destination rules separately; do not infer that a return label has been purchased.

Scope / version: France-origin Colissimo SLS; national/international applicability stated per facet · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · Colissimo SLS live technical documentation · reviewed 5 October 2026; feature-specific v3.0/v3.1 limits preserved

Colissimo SLS official technical documentation ↗Balise returnTypeChoice; Grand-Public Type de choix; getProductInter

What to check
  • Read the destination and API request before applying a prefix mapping.
  • Do not treat a response prefix as the literal request productCode.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Geolabel routing, parcel and reference zones
Carrier field reference →

The technical guide separates parcel identity, customer-reference content and Colissimo-generated routing. It lists manual-sort, delivery-tour and origin/destination sort identifiers in the routing block.

Tracking / identityRouting / destinationPieces / shipmentCustomer references
Market and scope

Colissimo SLS-supported label layouts · SLS label-block description

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Two barcode roles
Customer barcode can render a reference or parcel number; routing barcode serves a separate operational role
Pieces
Grouping position and weight are separate from service and route information
Detailed fields · 4
printed fieldNuméro de colis + clé; Code de tri manuel; Identifiant de tournée; ID du tri de destination; ID de tri du site d’origine; Code barre routing

The Geolabel description separates parcel number plus key, service wording, manual-sort code, round identifier, destination-sort ID, origin-site sort ID and routing barcode. Colissimo generates this routing block, while address/reference data originate in the shipment request.

What to check: Preserve each role without equating a round ID, site ID or routing barcode with the customer’s tracking number. The page gives no public route-ID-to-geography lookup table.

Scope / version: France-origin Colissimo SLS; national/international applicability stated per facet · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · Colissimo SLS live technical documentation · reviewed 5 October 2026; feature-specific v3.0/v3.1 limits preserved

Colissimo SLS official technical documentation ↗Format des étiquettes → Partie étiquette → Information routing

printed fieldCustomer barcode = 1 / 2; Code barres client

The customizable Geolabel zone distinguishes a customer-reference barcode (Customer barcode = 1) from a barcode of the parcel number (= 2). The separate customer-barcode feature covers national product codes except return offer 8R, with PDF or thermal 10×15/10×12 output.

What to check: Read a secondary barcode’s configured role before treating it as tracking. The guide recommends at most 17 alphanumeric or 25 numeric characters for customer references, and testing the maximum length to preserve the quiet zone.

Scope / version: France-origin Colissimo SLS; national/international applicability stated per facet · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · Colissimo SLS live technical documentation · reviewed 5 October 2026; feature-specific v3.0/v3.1 limits preserved

Colissimo SLS official technical documentation ↗Partie étiquette → Zone personalisable; Personnalisation des étiquettes → Code barres client

API / booking dataletter.service.mailboxPicking; letter.service.mailboxPickingDate

For the applicable Colissimo France return-mailbox workflow, mailboxPicking and mailboxPickingDate relate to collection from the re-sender’s mailbox. When the collection date is selected, it appears on the right-hand portion of the A4 transport document.

What to check: Do not confuse the mailbox collection date with a recipient delivery date, or assume the A4 right-hand block exists on every thermal label. Check address eligibility and book the pickup through the documented workflow.

Scope / version: France-origin Colissimo SLS; national/international applicability stated per facet · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · Colissimo SLS live technical documentation · reviewed 5 October 2026; feature-specific v3.0/v3.1 limits preserved

Colissimo SLS official technical documentation ↗Letter > service; Partie droite de l’étiquette → Modèle pour un dépôt demande d’emport en boîte aux lettres (date choisie)

printed fieldPosition du colis dans le groupage; Poids; letter.parcel.weight

The parcel-detail block uses shipment-provided piece position within the group and weight, separate from the carrier-generated routing block. The input table specifies a 30.00 kg maximum or the collection point’s lower permitted maximum.

What to check: Do not replace the piece position with the parcel number or assume every pickup channel shares the same weight ceiling. Weight shown as input is not proof of an assessed billing weight.

Scope / version: France-origin Colissimo SLS; national/international applicability stated per facet · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · Colissimo SLS live technical documentation · reviewed 5 October 2026; feature-specific v3.0/v3.1 limits preserved

Colissimo SLS official technical documentation ↗Partie étiquette → détail du colis; Letter > Parcel

What to check
  • Match the parcel number to the returned booking response.
  • Preserve carrier-generated route data; do not derive it from a postcode alone.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Printed account, API authentication and full data
Carrier field reference →

The guide lists an account number in the sender block and states that transmitted data may be truncated on print. Current schemas mark legacy contractNumber/password authentication obsolete in favour of apiKey.

Account / paymentPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

Colissimo SLS integration · Current authentication and print-data caveats

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Account distinction
A printed sender account, API credential and payer arrangement are different evidence items
Print boundary
The system retains full transmitted data even when a layout truncates it
Detailed fields · 3
API / booking datacustomizationFields.customizationFields[]: type, x, y, taille, value

The advanced customization object accepts TEXT or BARCODE128 fields, up to 50 per label. x/y use inches, with origin at the upper-left below the Colissimo/customer separator; taille controls text size or barcode height.

What to check: Do not interpret a customer-added Code 128 as carrier routing or tracking by its symbology alone. Keep custom content inside the designated area and check the selected printer language/template; customization was introduced for SLS v3.0.

Scope / version: France-origin Colissimo SLS; national/international applicability stated per facet · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · Colissimo SLS live technical documentation · reviewed 5 October 2026; feature-specific v3.0/v3.1 limits preserved

Colissimo SLS official technical documentation ↗Personnalisation avancée des étiquettes; November 2025 changelog; JSON example

API / booking dataapikey (header); fields / field / key=ACCOUNT_NUMBER / value; N° compte (print)

In delegated marketplace/logistics use, the header carries the caller’s Web Service key while the fields block identifies the Colissimo account for which postage is being purchased using ACCOUNT_NUMBER. The printed sender block separately lists N° compte.

What to check: Authentication identity, delegated franking account and visible sender account must be verified separately. Do not treat a client reference, sender address or the API key as a printed payer-account number; do not expose credentials in labels.

Scope / version: France-origin Colissimo SLS; national/international applicability stated per facet · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · Colissimo SLS live technical documentation · reviewed 5 October 2026; feature-specific v3.0/v3.1 limits preserved

Colissimo SLS official technical documentation ↗Authentification API → Cas spécifique d’une délégation; Partie étiquette → Bloc Expéditeur

API / booking dataletter.parcel.hazmatFlag; letter.parcel.hazmatCategory; letter.parcel.hazmatPrintLogo

The contractual flux sous dérogation feature, specifically SLS v3.1, separates dangerous-goods declaration, category and the switch for printing the dangerous-goods logo. The sample sends hazmatFlag = 1, hazmatCategory = B and hazmatPrintLogo = true.

What to check: B is only a documented sample value here; no category expansion is established by this excerpt. A logo’s presence/absence is not a complete compliance or acceptance decision. The feature requires the relevant contract option and active version.

Scope / version: France-origin Colissimo SLS; national/international applicability stated per facet · Template/API scope; no independently established current product binding · Colissimo SLS live technical documentation · reviewed 5 October 2026; feature-specific v3.0/v3.1 limits preserved

Colissimo SLS official technical documentation ↗Les options d’envoi → Flux sous dérogation; XML example; October 2025 changelog

What to check
  • Verify payer role from the account/booking contract; do not expose the API key on the label.
  • Compare truncated text with the full shipment response before flagging a data discrepancy.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Evri

United Kingdom public packaging and label guidance6
Documented reference
Print-at-ParcelShop QR
Carrier field reference →

Evri guidance describes receiving a QR for the ParcelShop print workflow.

Printing / label credentials
Market and scope

United Kingdom public packaging and label guidance · Public guidance reviewed does not define a complete internal depot/round-code dictionary. Such fields remain unverified.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Use the QR to obtain the shipping label at the eligible location.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Transport label
Carrier field reference →

The shipping label must be attached clearly to the prepared parcel.

Tracking / identityRouting / destinationPieces / shipment
Market and scope

United Kingdom public packaging and label guidance · Public guidance reviewed does not define a complete internal depot/round-code dictionary. Such fields remain unverified.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 2
operational control · printed fieldWeight; Check the delivery labels; weight of the packaging

The UK consumer guide advises estimating the full parcel weight including packaging, and says an original delivery label should carry weight information when an item has already been delivered.

What to check: Weigh the newly packed parcel rather than copying the contents-only specification or assuming an old label still describes the return packaging. This is public guidance, not an exact Evri API field name or proof of a particular sample label.

Scope / version: Evri UK public consumer parcel-size/weight guide · Operational weighing guidance and possible printed weight information; no business-contract schema or field-position mapping. · Live UK consumer guide reviewed 5 October 2026; no published technical schema edition

Evri Parcel size and weight guide ↗Weighing your parcel: Check online / Check the delivery labels

operational controlInternational Parcels: Volumetric Weight = length × width × height (cm) ÷ 5000

For the international workflow described on this public guide, Evri compares actual and volumetric weight and uses the higher value for pricing. The stated dimensional formula uses centimetres divided by 5000.

What to check: Record actual weight separately from dimensional pricing weight and keep centimetres with the dimensions. Confirm the booking channel; this international guide does not establish a divisor for every contract or domestic service.

Scope / version: Evri international consumer parcels covered by the UK public guide · International public pricing-weight guidance only; not a printed tracking field or an all-market tariff definition. · Live UK consumer guide reviewed 5 October 2026; no published technical schema edition

Evri Parcel size and weight guide ↗International Parcels: Volumetric Weight

What to check
  • Remove or obscure old labels and avoid folds that obstruct scanning.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Shipper / billing account
Carrier field reference →

Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.

Account / payment
Market and scope

United Kingdom public packaging and label guidance · Public guidance reviewed does not define a complete internal depot/round-code dictionary. Such fields remain unverified.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Parcel tracking code versus calling-card number
Carrier field reference →

Evri assigns each parcel a 16-character tracking code. Its tracker also accepts an 8-digit calling-card number left after an attempted delivery; these are different identifiers.

Tracking / identityCustomer references
Market and scope

United Kingdom · Current Evri parcel tracker instructions

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Return tracking
Use the return parcel’s 16-character code; retain the number under the printed return label
Lookup context
Some recipient functions require the tracking number and delivery postcode
Detailed fields · 1
operational controlRetailer name; order details; email address; ParcelShop receipt number / 16-digit tracking number

Starting this retailer return requires retailer selection, order details and an email address. Its tracking fallback accepts a ParcelShop receipt number or the parcel tracking number; the order reference is not declared to be the transport barcode.

What to check: Keep retailer/order metadata separate from the return parcel identity and receipt. Check the return method offered for that retailer and parcel size; do not equate a receipt number with an eight-digit calling-card number.

Scope / version: Evri UK retailer-return workflow · Retailer-dependent public returns journey and its stated tracking alternatives; no assumed merchant-account or internal routing mapping. · Live UK retailer-return workflow reviewed 5 October 2026; retailer-specific methods

Evri Return a parcel ↗Returning your parcel / Easy ways to return / How can I track my return?

What to check
  • Use the specific outbound or return parcel code, as appropriate.
  • Do not turn the calling-card number into a service, routing or account decoder.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Print QR credential and physical parcel barcode
Carrier field reference →

The online-booking QR code retrieves a physical label at the printing device. Locker instructions then require scanning the printed barcode or entering its 16-digit number to open the parcel door.

Tracking / identityPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

United Kingdom · Current Print in ParcelShop/Locker instructions

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Sequence
Book/pay → QR/code → print label → apply label → scan parcel barcode
Device scope
The page states the Print in ParcelShop process excludes Postable parcels
What to check
  • Keep the printing credential distinct from the printed parcel identifier.
  • Check the selected location supports the required printing and drop-off process.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Booking payment and unpublished route/account fields
Carrier field reference →

Evri’s public pages describe payment before printing and published tracking identifiers. They do not expose a universal algorithm for proprietary route strings or printed retailer-account fields.

Routing / destinationAccount / paymentCustomer references
Market and scope

United Kingdom · Consumer booking and label verification

Official public documentation reviewed 2026-10-05; no separately stated revision

Payer evidence
Check the purchased order, retailer return arrangement or contracting account
Route evidence
Validate routing through the carrier-generated label and booking response
Detailed fields · 1
operational control16-digit tracking number + delivery postcode; available delivery options; household signature

The public diversion workflow pairs the parcel tracking number with the delivery postcode. Offered safe-place/neighbour choices depend on the sender-selected service; household-signature selection prevents diversion in this guide.

What to check: Use the postcode as destination verification in this lookup workflow. It is not a published internal route-token decoder or payer account, and the visible tracking identity does not by itself promise a diversion option.

Scope / version: Evri UK recipient parcel-diversion workflow · Public tracking-page diversion FAQ; not a business API routing schema or an international delivery-option matrix. · Live UK consumer tracking FAQ reviewed 5 October 2026; no published API edition

Evri Track a parcel ↗Frequently asked questions: How do I divert my parcel?

What to check
  • Do not infer payer from a recipient postcode, calling card or QR printing code.
  • Request current technical specifications before decoding undocumented route/account tokens.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Swiss Post

Switzerland; Barcode web service7
Documented reference
Basic / additional services
Carrier field reference →

Barcode web-service documentation distinguishes service groups, additional services and label formats.

Service / product
Market and scope

Switzerland; Barcode web service · Domestic parcel references, international postal identifiers and letter barcodes have different schemas.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Resolve the base service and add-on combination using the applicable service group.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Consignment barcode
Carrier field reference →

A consignment barcode is generated with the label; address and value-added-service details have their own fields.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

Switzerland; Barcode web service · Domestic parcel references, international postal identifiers and letter barcodes have different schemas.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

What to check
  • Match it to the shipment record; do not infer the service from a barcode length alone.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Label layout
Carrier field reference →

Available formats depend on domestic/international and parcel/letter service groups.

Tracking / identityCustomer referencesPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

Switzerland; Barcode web service · Domestic parcel references, international postal identifiers and letter barcodes have different schemas.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 4
API / booking data · printed fieldGenerateLabel/Envelope/LabelDefinition/{PrintPreview,ImageFileType,ImageResolution,PrintAddresses}

PrintPreview controls SPECIMEN lettering on a generated label. ImageFileType and ImageResolution select the returned image format and DPI; PrintAddresses separately selects which party addresses appear.

What to check: Read the output settings before interpreting a label image. A preview with SPECIMEN text is a test rendering; PDF page count or image resolution does not establish parcel count.

Scope / version: Swiss Post Barcode web service; service-group and delivery-instruction conditions in the September 2023 manual · SOAP Barcode web service GenerateLabel request described in this manual; not a Digital Commerce JSON API schema or a claim that every value is printed. · Barcode web service manual valid from September 2023, replacing April 2021; official page retrieved 5 October 2026

Swiss Post Barcode web service manual ↗§5.3.1 GenerateLabel request: LabelDefinition table

API / booking data · operational controlGenerateLabel … Item/Recipient/{FloorNo,MailboxNo}

FloorNo and MailboxNo are recipient access details transferred as data. The manual explicitly says these two values are not printed on address labels.

What to check: Keep a distinction between data sent and characters visible on the label. Do not annotate an unobserved floor or mailbox number as a printed routing or tracking token.

Scope / version: Swiss Post Barcode web service; service-group and delivery-instruction conditions in the September 2023 manual · SOAP Barcode web service GenerateLabel request described in this manual; not a Digital Commerce JSON API schema or a claim that every value is printed. · Barcode web service manual valid from September 2023, replacing April 2021; official page retrieved 5 October 2026

Swiss Post Barcode web service manual ↗§5.3.1 GenerateLabel request: Recipient FloorNo/MailboxNo rows

API / booking data · printed fieldGenerateLabel … LabelAddress/LabelLine; Recipient/{ZIP,City}

LabelAddress allows a custom order or abbreviation of the recipient address. It supplies two to five LabelLine values of up to 35 characters, while postcode and locality are taken from Recipient.

What to check: Validate both the visible custom lines and the underlying Recipient postcode/locality. A shortened displayed address is not proof that the structured destination fields were omitted.

Scope / version: Swiss Post Barcode web service; service-group and delivery-instruction conditions in the September 2023 manual · SOAP Barcode web service GenerateLabel request described in this manual; not a Digital Commerce JSON API schema or a claim that every value is printed. · Barcode web service manual valid from September 2023, replacing April 2021; official page retrieved 5 October 2026

Swiss Post Barcode web service manual ↗§5.3.1 GenerateLabel request: LabelAddress/LabelLine rows

API / booking data · printed field · operational controlGenerateLabel … Item/ReturnInfo/{ReturnNote,Instruction ForReturns,ReturnService,CustomerID ReturnAddress} (manual table spelling)

ReturnNote requests printed text; Instruction ForReturns requests a printed DmC. ReturnService is a return-service value, while the eight-digit CustomerID ReturnAddress identifies a return address through its AMP key.

What to check: Resolve the return address key within the documented return configuration. Do not treat the AMP key as parcel tracking, a customer login, or a printed payer account; the manual does not supply a DmC payload decoder here.

Scope / version: Swiss Post Barcode web service; service-group and delivery-instruction conditions in the September 2023 manual · SOAP Barcode web service GenerateLabel request described in this manual; not a Digital Commerce JSON API schema or a claim that every value is printed. ReturnInfo fields only; the displayed table splits some XML names typographically. · Barcode web service manual valid from September 2023, replacing April 2021; official page retrieved 5 October 2026

Swiss Post Barcode web service manual ↗§5.3.1 GenerateLabel request: ReturnInfo table

What to check
  • Read the layout for the actual product instead of assuming one Swiss Post template.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Shipper / billing account
Carrier field reference →

Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.

Account / payment
Market and scope

Switzerland; Barcode web service · Domestic parcel references, international postal identifiers and letter barcodes have different schemas.

Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05

Detailed fields · 1
API / booking data · operational controlGenerateLabel … AdditionalINFOS/AdditionalData/Type: NN_BETRAG, NN_ESR_REFNR, NN_QR_IBAN, NN_QR_REFNR

These BLN keys describe cash-on-delivery proceeds: the amount, the credit account and a structured payment reference. Account types 1/2 require the COD amount; type 3 QR-IBAN/ISR additionally requires the 27-digit QR reference.

What to check: Keep the COD beneficiary and structured payment reference separate from the postage payer and technical credentials. Validate amount decimal points and the type-3 QR reference; a payment QR reference is not a ParcelShop print QR or parcel barcode.

Scope / version: Swiss Post Parcels and Swiss-Express BLN cash-on-delivery workflow in the September 2023 Barcode manual · Only the BLN credit-note account types and AdditionalINFOS keys documented in §5.3.1.1; no universal account-on-label format is established. · Barcode web service manual valid from September 2023, replacing April 2021; official page retrieved 5 October 2026

Swiss Post Barcode web service manual ↗§5.3.1 AdditionalINFOS table; §5.3.1.1 Posting BLN, transaction types and additional keys

What to check
  • Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DLC base services, extras and delivery instructions
Carrier field reference →

Swiss Post service selections combine a base service with permitted extras and instructions.

Service / productPieces / shipment
Market and scope

Switzerland · Domestic Parcels, Express and Solutions namespace

Barcode web-service manual effective September 2023 plus Digital Commerce API; fresh review 2026-10-05.

Base codes
ECO: Economy; PRI: Priority; SEM: Moon.
Add-ons
SI: Signature; SA: Saturday delivery; FRA: Fragile.
Instructions
ZAW codes control delivery behavior; they are not parcel identities.
Detailed fields · 2
API / booking data · operational controlGenerateLabel … Item/Dimensions/Weight

The documented Weight input is an integer weight in grams, limited to five digits, for the Parcels, Express and Solutions service groups.

What to check: Keep the source unit with the number: convert kilograms before supplying this field. Confirm the service group; this definition is not an international or letter-product weight schema.

Scope / version: Swiss Post Barcode web service; service-group and delivery-instruction conditions in the September 2023 manual · SOAP Barcode web service GenerateLabel request described in this manual; not a Digital Commerce JSON API schema or a claim that every value is printed. The Weight row explicitly limits these service groups. · Barcode web service manual valid from September 2023, replacing April 2021; official page retrieved 5 October 2026

Swiss Post Barcode web service manual ↗§5.3.1 GenerateLabel request: Dimensions/Weight row

API / booking data · operational controlGenerateLabel … Item/Attributes/{ParcelNo,ParcelTotal}; delivery instruction 3218

ParcelNo is the parcel number within ParcelTotal. Both fields belong to delivery instruction 3218, rather than a universal piece-count convention for all Swiss Post labels.

What to check: Use these inputs only with the documented 3218 instruction and validate the sequence against the total. Do not substitute ItemID, a returned barcode or a label-image index for these fields.

Scope / version: Swiss Post Barcode web service; service-group and delivery-instruction conditions in the September 2023 manual · SOAP Barcode web service GenerateLabel request described in this manual; not a Digital Commerce JSON API schema or a claim that every value is printed. ParcelNo/ParcelTotal are explicitly conditional on instruction 3218. · Barcode web service manual valid from September 2023, replacing April 2021; official page retrieved 5 October 2026

Swiss Post Barcode web service manual ↗§5.3.1 Attributes table; §6 error E2007 and warning W2007

What to check
  • Validate combinations for the service group.
  • PRI in domestic parcels must not be read using an international-letter namespace.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Parcel identcode and customer reference
Carrier field reference →

The domestic parcel identcode has 18 digits, combining postal identification, franking-license context and an item number.

Tracking / identityAccount / paymentCustomer references
Market and scope

Switzerland · Domestic parcel barcode identifiers

Barcode web-service manual and Digital Commerce API, reviewed 2026-10-05.

Carrier identity
Example structure: 99.34.123456.12345678.
Item scope
The last eight digits are the item number.
Customer reference
ItemID is customer-assigned and echoed separately.
What to check
  • Use the returned identcode for carrier tracking.
  • Preserve the item-number uniqueness rule for the actual service/API.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Franking license and label-generation control
Carrier field reference →

FrankingLicense authorizes the service context; it is separate from a tracking number or customer-supplied reference.

Account / paymentPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

Switzerland · Swiss Post barcode/API integration

Digital Commerce API label-generation rules and Barcode web-service manual, reviewed 2026-10-05.

License role
Mandatory franking license; service entitlement is license-dependent.
Generation
If no ItemNumber is supplied, the API generates one and the identcode.
Input restriction
External callers cannot set IdentCode; it is ignored with a warning.
Detailed fields · 1
API / booking data · operational controlBarcode technical user name/password; GenerateLabel/Envelope/FileInfos/FrankingLicense

A technical user account with username/password controls access to the Barcode service. FrankingLicense is a separate label-generation input; the manual also describes its role in generating an identcode with an item number.

What to check: Keep credentials out of visible label explanations. Match the configured franking licence to the relevant generation request, and do not identify it as a login password or infer a payer solely from a displayed sender address.

Scope / version: Swiss Post Barcode web service; service-group and delivery-instruction conditions in the September 2023 manual · Barcode service activation/access and GenerateLabel validation in this manual; not OAuth credentials of a different Swiss Post API. · Barcode web service manual valid from September 2023, replacing April 2021; official page retrieved 5 October 2026

Swiss Post Barcode web service manual ↗§3.1.1–3.1.2 access data; §5.3.1 FileInfos and footnote 2 validation

What to check
  • Confirm the license and requested service combination.
  • Do not infer the final payer solely from a visible license segment.
Official sources (external website) ↗

OnTrac

United States covered e-commerce lanes; Express early-access status4
Verification guidance
Booked product versus printed service marker
Carrier field reference →

Match the visible service name against the accepted booking. The reviewed public product pages do not establish a universal printed service-code table.

Service / product
Market and scope

United States; reviewed OnTrac public pages · Ground, Ground Essentials and Express label review

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Known product names
Ground, Ground Essentials and Express are distinct named products.
Unknown format
No API enum or printed short-code mapping is asserted.
What to check
  • Request the shipper’s current authorized label/API specification when a short service marker is present.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Tracking number and label-created state
Carrier field reference →

OnTrac lists C, D, 1LS, LS, LX and BN tracking prefixes. Its FAQ distinguishes label creation from OnTrac receiving the package.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

United States; OnTrac support and FAQ · Public tracking identity

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Identity
Use the carrier tracking number, not the retailer order number.
Status
Label-created status can mean OnTrac has not received the parcel.
Limit
Prefixes alone do not reveal a product, account or route; no check-digit or fixed-length rule is supplied.
What to check
  • Enter the complete identifier in official tracking and check acceptance scans before inferring physical possession.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Destination and routing verification
Carrier field reference →

Check the destination address and ZIP against the booking and service coverage. No public route-code decoding table was established in the reviewed references.

Routing / destination
Market and scope

United States; public OnTrac references · Unpublished facility or sort markers

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Observed limitation
Tracking prefixes are not documented routing codes.
Authoritative check
Confirm unexplained depot or sort markers with the current shipper integration specification.
What to check
  • Do not translate a facility marker into a transit path or customs clearance claim.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Account and billing verification
Carrier field reference →

A tracking identifier does not establish the retailer’s shipping account or payer. Reconcile any account-like printed field against the authorized booking and invoice.

Account / payment
Market and scope

United States; retailer shipping relationship · Account information on a label or shipment record

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Public-document boundary
The reviewed public pages provide no account-field format or payment-role code table.
Security
Use authorized records; do not guess an account from a tracking prefix.
What to check
  • Confirm the contracted shipper account and applicable charges with the retailer’s shipping contact.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Purolator

Canada domestic courier; selected origin/destination commitments4
Verification guidance
Printed product and automated shipping selection
Carrier field reference →

Read the full product name including 9AM, 10:30AM or 12PM and reconcile it with the automated booking. The public catalog does not supply a universal printed service-code mapping.

Service / product
Market and scope

Canada; Purolator domestic service catalog · Express and Ground booking/label reconciliation

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Product distinction
Ordinary Ground has different guarantee terms from timed Ground variants.
Unknown code format
No E-Ship API ServiceID values or proprietary label marker translations are asserted.
What to check
  • Use the authorized shipping-system result and current terms for the chosen product.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Tracking PIN and shipment documents
Carrier field reference →

Purolator calls its tracking identifier the PIN. E-Ship Online uses the Tracking Number/PIN to retrieve and reprint shipment documents.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

Canada; Purolator E-Ship Online · Public tracking and label reprint workflow

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Tracking
Enter the PIN in Purolator’s tracking module.
Document workflow
Reprint Shipment Documents selects the relevant tracking PIN.
Limit
No fixed length, check digit or routing derivation is established by these pages.
What to check
  • Match the PIN on the physical parcel to the intended shipment record before reprinting or relabeling.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Postal destination and routing verification
Carrier field reference →

Validate the address and postal-code lane against the accepted shipment. The reviewed public references do not establish a facility or sort-code decoding table.

Routing / destination
Market and scope

Canada; public Purolator service references · Facility or sort codes on a courier label

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Service scope
Timed service eligibility depends on origin/destination geography.
Code boundary
A tracking PIN is not documented as a route-code namespace.
What to check
  • Obtain the current authorized label specification for unexplained routing fields; do not infer airport movement from Express branding.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Shipping account and authorized third-party use
Carrier field reference →

E-Ship Online provides account-based estimates and authorized third-party shipping on an account. These account functions are separate from the tracking PIN.

Account / payment
Market and scope

Canada; Purolator E-Ship Online · Account-based shipping and billing verification

Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.

Documented role
Third-party shipping can trigger notification when another party ships on the account.
Unknown printed format
The reviewed pages do not define a complete printed account field or universal payer-role code table.
What to check
  • Reconcile account-like fields and the billed party with authorized shipment/invoice records; do not treat the PIN as an account credential.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Chronopost

France-origin4
Verification guidance
Chronopost service name and code namespace
Carrier field reference →

Recognize Chrono10, Chrono13 or Chrono Relais 13 as booked offer names. The reviewed public workflow does not publish a universal numeric service-code decoder.

Service / productPieces / shipment
Market and scope

France-origin; mainland France and Monaco where specified · e-Chrono offer names; unidentified printed/API codes

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Service evidence
Match the printed wording to the booking confirmation.
Unknown mapping
Obtain the label-template/API version before mapping an unexplained numeric token.
Detailed fields · 2
operational controlProduit (Standard); TYPC – code produit (Chronoship Station avancé)

This import application lists preference defaults Chrono 13=1, Chrono 10=2, Chrono Express=17, Chrono Classic=44 and Chrono Relais=86. A blank product uses the screen default, and the guide describes substituting Chrono Express when a national product is entered for a non-FR destination.

What to check: Read these numbers only in the stated legacy import format and account preferences. Do not publish them as current universal Chronopost API enums, infer a service from a tracking prefix, or bind a current product to this historical template without independent evidence.

Scope / version: France Chronopost legacy CSV/TXT bulk-import application described in the official undated guide · Historical import-format namespace only; the guide contains 2013/2015 examples and gives no current SOAP/REST API version. · Undated legacy CSV/TXT import guide, with 2013/2015 examples; Jina metadata reports 24 October 2024, which is not a stated technical revision

Chronopost Guide expedition: import de fichiers ↗Annex 1 Standard, §3 Produit; Annex 4 Chronoship Station avancé, §3 TYPC

operational controlPoids (Standard); Poids en gramme (Chronoship Office); POID – Poids de chaque colis en kg (Station avancé)

The import guide uses kilograms for Standard Poids and advanced POID, but grams for Chronoship Office Poids en gramme, whose row states a 30000 g maximum. These channel-specific inputs cannot be copied unchanged between formats.

What to check: Identify the selected import format before interpreting the number and decimal representation. Do not apply the Office limit or unit to a current API, another format, or a particular printed specimen.

Scope / version: France Chronopost legacy CSV/TXT bulk-import application described in the official undated guide · Historical import-format namespace only; the guide contains 2013/2015 examples and gives no current SOAP/REST API version. The Office row and Standard/advanced rows use distinct units. · Undated legacy CSV/TXT import guide, with 2013/2015 examples; Jina metadata reports 24 October 2024, which is not a stated technical revision

Chronopost Guide expedition: import de fichiers ↗Annex 1 Standard §3 Poids; Annex 2 Office §3 Poids en gramme; Annex 4 avancé §3 POID

What to check
  • Do not transplant a DPD or another Geopost-brand service enum into a Chronopost label.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Chronopost parcel number format
Carrier field reference →

The recipient FAQ describes a 13-character parcel number: two letters, nine digits and two letters. It separately notes 15-character numbers for parcels coming from abroad.

Tracking / identityPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

France-origin; mainland France and Monaco where specified · Recipient FAQ; domestic and foreign-origin numbers

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Entry
Enter the issued parcel number without spaces in carrier tracking.
Limit
The FAQ does not decode the two-letter prefix into a delivery commitment.
Detailed fields · 1
operational control · printed fielde-label return QR code received by email; generated return label; référence de votre envoi

In the eligible Pickup e-label return journey, the emailed QR code is presented to generate the return label and hand over the parcel. The FAQ separately directs tracking through the shipment reference, so it does not equate the print QR with the parcel tracking identity.

What to check: Keep the emailed printing credential and the generated transport label separate. Confirm an eligible Pickup location and merchant return instructions; the adjacent Shop2Shop return workflow is separately described and is not proof that every Shop2Shop return uses this QR journey.

Scope / version: France Chronopost recipient returns through eligible Pickup e-label points · Current recipient-return FAQ, e-label Pickup subsection only; no QR payload specification or all-channel tracking format is published here. · Live France recipient-return FAQ reviewed 5 October 2026; eligible e-label Pickup return workflow

Chronopost Comment retourner un colis avec Chronopost ? ↗Recipient return FAQ: Relais Pickup e-label; separate Shop2Shop and return tracking subsections

What to check
  • Read the complete issued identifier; format recognition alone does not prove a shipment exists.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Chronopost routing-token verification
Carrier field reference →

Use the destination address, chosen Pickup destination and the carrier-generated label to verify routing. No depot/tour token dictionary was established in these public pages.

Routing / destination
Market and scope

France-origin; mainland France and Monaco where specified · Sorting marks on a label whose template is not identified

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Known destination
Booking selects the destination and offer.
Unknown token
Ask for the precise label specification or carrier explanation of the sorting field.
Detailed fields · 1
operational controlIdentifiant Relais (Standard); Référence de l’envoi (Office); REF1 (Station avancé); CDPD/ADR1/ADR2/VILD

For Chrono Relais in this import guide, Standard Identifiant Relais is the required five-character destination relay-point code. Office uses Référence de l’envoi for that code; advanced Station requires it in REF1. The tables say ordinary destination address/postcode/locality fields are not used for these Relais entries.

What to check: Check the import format and the chosen relay point together. A REF1 value can be destination selection in this workflow, not a free merchant reference; do not decode it as a hub route, parcel barcode or payer account.

Scope / version: France Chronopost legacy CSV/TXT bulk-import application described in the official undated guide · Historical import-format namespace only; the guide contains 2013/2015 examples and gives no current SOAP/REST API version. Chrono Relais destination-selection fields only; not a current Pickup routing dictionary. · Undated legacy CSV/TXT import guide, with 2013/2015 examples; Jina metadata reports 24 October 2024, which is not a stated technical revision

Chronopost Guide expedition: import de fichiers ↗Annex 1 Standard §3 Identifiant Relais/address fields; Annex 2 Office reference; Annex 4 avancé REF1/CDPD/address rows

What to check
  • Do not derive an aircraft, hub or delivery route from a short token without carrier documentation.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Chronopost online account and payment
Carrier field reference →

e-Chrono requires an online account and accepts online payment. That account login is not enough to identify a printed billing-account field or freight payer on an arbitrary label.

Account / payment
Market and scope

France-origin; mainland France and Monaco where specified · e-Chrono retail/online workflow; printed account token unknown

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Workflow
Sign in or create an account, choose the offer, then pay by card or PayPal.
Verification
Use the invoice or contractual shipping-account record to resolve an unexplained account token.
Detailed fields · 1
operational controlContrat / Sous compte (Standard); CPTE / SITE (Chronoship Station avancé)

These import fields represent the Chronopost contract/account and subaccount, with maximum lengths eight and three respectively. Blank inputs fall back to the values configured in the application preferences.

What to check: Separate contract/subaccount from website login, API password, merchant order reference and payment card. The guide says its test contract numbers are fictitious; never reuse example values or infer that all account inputs are printed on the generated label.

Scope / version: France Chronopost legacy CSV/TXT bulk-import application described in the official undated guide · Historical import-format namespace only; the guide contains 2013/2015 examples and gives no current SOAP/REST API version. Numeric length limits from these import tables only, not a universal account-number format. · Undated legacy CSV/TXT import guide, with 2013/2015 examples; Jina metadata reports 24 October 2024, which is not a stated technical revision

Chronopost Guide expedition: import de fichiers ↗Annex 1 Standard, §3 Contrat/Sous compte; Annex 4 avancé, §3 CPTE/SITE; test-data notes

What to check
  • Keep sender identity, portal login and contractual payer roles separate.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Mondial Relay

France consumer offers; contract-enabled European API5
Documented reference
Mondial Relay collection and delivery product codes
Carrier field reference →

DeliveryMode.mode and CollectionMode.mode are separate fields. For example, 24R denotes Point Relais delivery; CCC denotes merchant collection.

Service / product
Market and scope

France website offers and contract-enabled European Dual Carrier API · Dual Carrier request schema v2.7

Dual Carrier technical document v2.7, February 2023; API VersionAPI example 1.0; reviewed 5 October 2026

Distinction
Do not read a collection mode as the destination delivery product.
Scope
Other codes and combinations remain subject to the documented version and contract.
What to check
  • Do not map 24L to a contemporary Locker offer merely because both are pickup deliveries.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Mondial Relay shipment number and carrier barcodes
Carrier field reference →

The response distinguishes ShipmentNumber from Barcodes. Each carrier barcode has CarrierCode, value and displayedValue, so the full barcode payload should not be treated as the shipment number.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

France website offers and contract-enabled European Dual Carrier API · Dual Carrier response; carrier-specific barcode entities

Dual Carrier technical document v2.7, February 2023; API VersionAPI example 1.0; reviewed 5 October 2026

Identifiers
Keep the shipment identity and carrier barcode value in separate fields.
Reference
OrderNo and CustomerNo are merchant free-data references, not authentication credentials.
What to check
  • Use the returned identifier appropriate to the carrier tracking interface; no universal digit-splitting rule is asserted.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Mondial Relay carrier-specific routing arguments
Carrier field reference →

Routing arguments identify the carrier and whether its role is collection or delivery. Ordered key/value lines contain the carrier-provided routing content.

Routing / destination
Market and scope

France website offers and contract-enabled European Dual Carrier API · Dual Carrier response routingArguments

Dual Carrier technical document v2.7, February 2023; API VersionAPI example 1.0; reviewed 5 October 2026

Roles
CarrierCode MR denotes Mondial Relay in this document; partner roles are explicitly separate.
Generation
Preserve the routing content produced by the API and approved label template.
What to check
  • Do not reuse a sample agency or tour value as a live destination mapping.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Mondial Relay CustomerId versus customer reference
Carrier field reference →

Context CustomerId identifies the merchant for authentication, together with Login and Password. Shipment CustomerNo is free-data customer reference, which has a different purpose.

Account / payment
Market and scope

France website offers and contract-enabled European Dual Carrier API · Dual Carrier authentication context and shipment free data

Dual Carrier technical document v2.7, February 2023; API VersionAPI example 1.0; reviewed 5 October 2026

Account
CustomerId belongs to access configuration.
Printed interpretation
A customer reference on the label does not establish who paid postage; confirm the merchant contract/invoice.
What to check
  • Keep credentials private; do not expose a production Login or Password in examples.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Mondial Relay parcel count and single-use labels
Carrier field reference →

The API parcelCount must match the parcel entities and permitted mode. The consumer CGV makes each label single-use for one parcel.

Pieces / shipment
Market and scope

France website offers and contract-enabled European Dual Carrier API · Dual Carrier parcelCount plus French consumer-label rules

Dual Carrier v2.7 February 2023; France CGV 21 October 2025

Mode limitation
Multi-parcel eligibility is stated only for compatible modes in the specification.
Consumer label
A copied label must not identify a second parcel.
What to check
  • A Locker compartment containing several parcels is not a shared parcel identity.
Official sources (external website) ↗

bpost

Belgium-origin6
Official specimen
bpost bpack · franking-machine label (2026)
Read label interpretation: bpost bpack · franking-machine label (2026) →

Official bpost franking-machine bpack specimen, cropped from the January 2026 Masspost guide. The figure is rendered without adding carrier marks or inventing label data.

Service / productTracking / identityRouting / destinationAccount / paymentCustomer references
Market and scope

Belgium bpack franking-machine example; destination not established · Belgium bpack parcel prepared via a franking machine. Masspost January 2026, section 4, printed page 21 / PDF page 25. Not a modern Shipping Manager product-specific layout.

PDF page 25 / printed page 21 · Masspost January 2026, section 4, §2.3.3

Parcel marking
Paquet - Pakket / P — Parcel wording does not identify an exact contracted product.
bpack barcode
323299902616489000563030 — Read the sample parcel identifier beneath the barcode.
Destination address
Blank panel — Complete the recipient address in this panel.
Postage franking
Zone a — Affix the franking impression here; no account number is shown.
Sender block
Expéditeur / Afzender — The sender block supplies origin and return context.
What to check
  • This franking-machine label is separate from Shipping Manager output. The destination panel and postage area are blank. No exact contracted service, internal routing token, account number, piece count or accepted shipment status is established.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
bpost product code versus option markers
Carrier field reference →

Shipping Manager labels include operational product and symbolic codes. SAT and SUN are qualified weekend-option markings, rather than interchangeable base-product names.

Service / productPieces / shipmentCustomer referencesCustoms / trade documents
Market and scope

Belgium-origin consumer/SME and bpack contractual channels · Shipping Manager label content; Masspost 2026 options

Masspost 2026, section 4, January 2026; Shipping Manager v2 September 2025 where cited

Namespace
Product and option fields serve different purposes.
Verification
Use the booked formula and accepted electronic data to interpret the option.
Detailed fields · 4
operational controlWeight (Shipping Manager shipment field)

This application defines Weight in kilograms. The manual says it need not be entered for Belgian shipments but is obligatory for shipments abroad.

What to check: Keep kilograms with the value and preserve the domestic/international distinction. An optional application field is not proof of a zero-weight parcel or a universal exemption from measuring/billing weight.

Scope / version: bpost Shipping Manager application as documented in V.2 September 2025 · Shipping Manager UI field and requiredness, rather than every bpost integration schema or printed weight location. · Shipping Manager user manual V.2, September 2025

bpost Shipping Manager user manual ↗Printed PDF page 10 Weight; printed page 13, §2.11 When is weight obligatory?

operational controlParcel value; Content description; Shipment type

Parcel value is the commercial value of the contents in euros. International shipment content description is obligatory, and Shipment type distinguishes document, gift, commercial sample and other.

What to check: Do not replace commercial contents value with postage, declared insurance cover or invoice total that includes freight. Retain the content description and selected type for this international shipment entry workflow.

Scope / version: bpost Shipping Manager application as documented in V.2 September 2025 · Shipping Manager international shipment fields in this manual; no automatic CN22/CN23 threshold or tax assessment is inferred. · Shipping Manager user manual V.2, September 2025

bpost Shipping Manager user manual ↗Printed PDF page 10, Label creation: Content description / Parcel value / Shipment type

operational controlParcel Return Instructions

The Shipping Manager field selects handling when delivery cannot be completed: return to sender or destruction. It is an undeliverable instruction, rather than the purchase of an Easy Retour customer-return product.

What to check: Inspect the selected instruction in the applicable shipment workflow before describing the return outcome. Do not infer this selection from a return address, an EASY service mark or a tracking number.

Scope / version: bpost Shipping Manager application as documented in V.2 September 2025 · Undeliverable parcel handling field shown in this Shipping Manager manual; not an Easy Retour label schema or universal destruction entitlement. · Shipping Manager user manual V.2, September 2025

bpost Shipping Manager user manual ↗Printed PDF page 10, Label creation: Parcel Return Instructions

printed field · operational controlEVP; valid electronic notification (e.g. LCI file)

The January 2026 Masspost Evening Delivery option requires EVP at the top-left of the label and a scannable barcode for bpack 24h PRO. It also requires valid electronic notification and the specified Antwerp X handover conditions.

What to check: Check the contracted option and notification before assigning evening delivery from the EVP mark. The guide requires Antwerp X handover by 11 a.m. on delivery day or the stated preceding-working-day alternative, plus Account Manager arrangements for the described evening/Sunday use.

Scope / version: Belgium bpost bpack 24h PRO Masspost Evening Delivery option, January 2026 · Masspost §6(c) contracted option and handover process only; EVP is an option marker, not a parcel identifier or a guarantee independent of these conditions. · Masspost January 2026, Section 4, official file v03

bpost Masspost 2026 section 4: Parcels ↗Section 4 printed page 36, §6(c) Evening Delivery

What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
bpost domestic and international P-barcode families
Carrier field reference →

The guide specifies a unique domestic P barcode beginning 3232. It separately lists international families CD, CE, EE, 3298 and 3299.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

Belgium-origin consumer/SME and bpack contractual channels · Masspost 2026 national/international parcel label rules

Masspost 2026, section 4, January 2026; Shipping Manager v2 September 2025 where cited

Tracking
Use the unique full parcel barcode; labels may not be copied for another parcel.
Scope
A family prefix is insufficient to determine every product, option or delivery commitment.
What to check
  • Do not decode a contract or delivery route from undocumented portions of the number.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
bpost routing and pre-sort verification
Carrier field reference →

bpost requires correctly positioned address/barcode fields. Some options use pre-sort codes and carrier-approved templates; the public guide does not give a universal route-code dictionary.

Routing / destination
Market and scope

Belgium-origin consumer/SME and bpack contractual channels · Masspost 2026 label layout and Sunday option requirements

Masspost 2026, section 4, January 2026; Shipping Manager v2 September 2025 where cited

Known requirement
Sunday labels require prior bpost validation of the specific template.
Unknown decoder
Resolve depot/pre-sort tokens against the current carrier technical label specification.
Detailed fields · 2
operational controlbpack 24/7 user number

In the bpack 24/7 parcel-machine workflow documented here, a six-figure receiver user number identifies the registered recipient and includes preferred-machine and notification preferences.

What to check: Identify the receiver registration context before using the number. Do not call it a sender billing account, parcel barcode or current all-channel mybpost customer-ID format.

Scope / version: bpost Shipping Manager application as documented in V.2 September 2025 · Only the named bpack 24/7 receiver-registration workflow in the September 2025 manual; no current universal locker API namespace is asserted. · Shipping Manager user manual V.2, September 2025

bpost Shipping Manager user manual ↗Printed PDF page 14, §2.15 What does the bpack 24/7 user number refer to?

printed field · operational controlA20A / B10B label sorting codes; Zone A / Zone C; Manu / Meca A / Meca C / International identification sheet

The Masspost pre-sort instructions distinguish a parcel-label sorting code from the pallet/container zone and identification sheet. For example A20A covers postcodes 2000–2499 and B10B 1000–1299; a first letter A/B goes to Zone A, with other letters to Zone C in this rule.

What to check: Apply this table only to the documented qualifying Masspost/Brussel X pre-sort flow. Match label code, destination postcode, size/weight category and container sheet; a container category is not a tracking identifier or a universal depot-code dictionary.

Scope / version: Belgium bpost Masspost deposits at Brussel X or (Hyper) Masspost centers, January 2026 · §4 pre-sort requirement for more than 400 parcels/day (100000/year equivalent) and its geographic/mechanical grouping; no general all-channel routing rule. · Masspost January 2026, Section 4, official file v03

bpost Masspost 2026 section 4: Parcels ↗Section 4 printed pages 32–34, §4 Delivering parcels: pre-sort table and container identification sheets

What to check
  • Preserve carrier-generated sorting data; do not infer a physical transport mode from a label token.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
bpost contract number, cost centre and reference
Carrier field reference →

The international guide requires the bpack contract number. Shipping Manager’s cost centre divides the account invoice; its changeable reference is an internal/order reference used alongside the barcode.

Account / paymentCustomer references
Market and scope

Belgium-origin consumer/SME and bpack contractual channels · International front-of-parcel rules; Shipping Manager fields

Masspost 2026, section 4, January 2026; Shipping Manager v2 September 2025 where cited

Account role
Contract identification and invoice allocation are separate from parcel tracking.
Reference role
A merchant reference is not the carrier contract number.
Detailed fields · 1
operational control · printed fieldReference; Free message

Shipping Manager generates an editable Reference, which can contain a merchant order/internal reference and support lookup alongside the barcode. A Free message of up to 50 characters is printed; the Reference is printed only when no Free message is defined.

What to check: Check both fields when matching the booking to the paper label. An absent printed Reference can be caused by the Free message setting; neither value replaces the parcel barcode or the invoicing Cost centre.

Scope / version: bpost Shipping Manager application as documented in V.2 September 2025 · Shipping Manager reference/free-message behavior in this manual; not a universal layout for every bpost API or franking machine. · Shipping Manager user manual V.2, September 2025

bpost Shipping Manager user manual ↗Printed PDF page 13, §2.8 Reference / §2.9 Free message; label creation page 10

What to check
  • Do not confuse a receiver’s locker registration identifier with the sender’s billing contract.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
bpost EASY return-product code
Carrier field reference →

The September 2025 Shipping Manager manual identifies EASY as the CSV product code for bpack Easy Retour labels to Belgium.

Service / product
Market and scope

Belgium-origin consumer/SME and bpack contractual channels · Shipping Manager CSV import; Belgian Easy Retour only

Shipping Manager v2, September 2025, section 2.2, page 11

Exact namespace
CSV import product code; not a universal printed service-code position.
Linking
Reusing the merchant reference can link return items to the initial items in this application.
What to check
  • Do not apply EASY to World Easy Return without its own specification.
Official sources (external website) ↗

Correos

Spain-origin4
Verification guidance
Correos product code version check
Carrier field reference →

The June 2019 Mi Oficina guide maps S0132 to Paq Estándar home delivery in its product-code field. This historical import enum is not established as a current universal printed-label decoder.

Service / product
Market and scope

Spain-origin; product-specific Andorra/mainland Portugal coverage · Current product names versus historical Mi Oficina file import

Mi Oficina single-file format, June 2019; current Standard page reviewed 5 October 2026

Historical namespace
File-import field 3; June 2019 document.
Current check
Match today’s booking product and current integration version before relying on a legacy enum.
What to check
  • Do not treat a historical enum as a current route-independent guarantee.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Correos parcel identifier versus merchant reference
Carrier field reference →

The current product pages provide shipment tracking, while the old import guide separately defines customer/internal shipment references. No single current barcode-length decoder was established in this review.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

Spain-origin; product-specific Andorra/mainland Portugal coverage · Current tracked products; historical Mi Oficina reference fields

Current product pages reviewed 5 October 2026; reference-field evidence June 2019

Tracking
Use the carrier-issued parcel identifier in official tracking.
Reference
An order/customer reference from the sender must not be substituted without verifying the interface.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Correos destination and routing verification
Carrier field reference →

Verify the booked delivery method and destination against the carrier-generated label. The reviewed pages do not establish a public depot, route or sorting-barcode dictionary.

Routing / destination
Market and scope

Spain-origin; product-specific Andorra/mainland Portugal coverage · Home, office, Citypaq and letterbox delivery selections

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Destination
A Citypaq/office selection is different from ordinary home or letterbox delivery.
Unknown field
Obtain the current technical specification for an unexplained routing code.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Correos customer, contract and payment roles
Carrier field reference →

The historical import schema separates customer/contract information from customer reference data. Current retail pages allow postage purchase by card, PayPal or at a Correos office.

Account / payment
Market and scope

Spain-origin; product-specific Andorra/mainland Portugal coverage · Retail postage purchase versus June 2019 contractual import

Current retail pages reviewed 5 October 2026; contractual field definitions June 2019

Account
A printed customer token cannot establish the freight payer without the booked channel and invoice.
Payment
COD/Reembolso concerns goods payment; postage purchase is a different transaction.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗

SEUR

Spain-origin; business/consumer channels4
Verification guidance
SEUR service name and API-code verification
Carrier field reference →

Recognize the booked SEUR 24, 10 or 13:30 product first. The public integration overview confirms label printing and shipment documentation but does not provide a complete service-code enum.

Service / product
Market and scope

Spain-origin; consumer and business channels kept separate · SEUR named products; public integration overview

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Namespace
Obtain the relevant SEUR integration/template version for numeric codes.
Qualification
The printed service name must be checked against the business or consumer offer actually purchased.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
SEUR shipment tracking identity verification
Carrier field reference →

miSEUR provides shipment tracking and status notifications. This public content does not establish a universal tracking-number length or check-digit algorithm.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

Spain-origin; consumer and business channels kept separate · miSEUR tracking and shipment operations

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Identifier
Use the exact issued shipment identifier in official tracking.
Limit
Keep order/reference and shipment/piece identity separate until the actual integration schema confirms their roles.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
SEUR routing versus address lookup
Carrier field reference →

The integration overview offers delivery-address queries for postcodes, towns and provinces. Those address lookups are not a documented decoder for depot/tour tokens on a label.

Routing / destination
Market and scope

Spain-origin; consumer and business channels kept separate · SEUR integration services and miSEUR delivery changes

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Known interface
Confirm the destination and accepted delivery changes.
Unknown code
Ask SEUR for the current routing/label specification before interpreting a short sorting code.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
SEUR portal account versus freight payer
Carrier field reference →

SEUR distinguishes miSEUR registered-user tools from the SEUR Pro business platform. Public login information does not identify the payer role of an unexplained printed account token.

Account / payment
Market and scope

Spain-origin; consumer and business channels kept separate · miSEUR consumer account and SEUR Pro business access

Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revision

Account check
Confirm the shipping contract and invoice account.
Reference check
Do not treat a store/order reference or recipient login as a freight-billing account.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗

DHL Parcel Germany

Germany-origin Post & Parcel / DHL Paket5
Documented reference
DHL Parcel DE product and contract procedure
Carrier field reference →

The API sends the base product in product and validates it against the contract procedure in billingNumber. Additional services have separate eligibility and combination rules.

Service / product
Market and scope

Germany-origin DHL Paket / Post & Parcel Germany; separate from DHL Express · Parcel DE Shipping API v2 /orders

DHL Parcel DE Shipping API v2 documentation and current changelog; reviewed 5 October 2026

Service role
A base product is different from an optional service such as IdentCheck.
Namespace
Use the current official enum/schema; no MyDHL Express product-code mapping is implied.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Parcel DE shipment number
Carrier field reference →

The API response includes DHL-generated printed fields such as shipment number and routing code. The documentation records clearer printed naming of the tracking barcode as Sendungsnummer / Shipment Identifier.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

Germany-origin DHL Paket / Post & Parcel Germany; separate from DHL Express · Parcel DE Shipping API-generated label and response

DHL Parcel DE Shipping API v2 documentation and current changelog; reviewed 5 October 2026

Identity
Keep the issued shipment number separate from merchant reference and billingNumber.
Return
A returned return-shipment number identifies a separate return movement; do not substitute the outbound identifier.
What to check
  • Do not infer a universal numeric split or account number from the shipment barcode.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Parcel DE generated routing code
Carrier field reference →

The carrier supplies routing data in the response. Its FAQ says an address-validation warning may be reflected by a label routing code ending in six or more zeroes.

Routing / destination
Market and scope

Germany-origin DHL Paket / Post & Parcel Germany; separate from DHL Express · Parcel DE Shipping API address validation FAQ

DHL Parcel DE Shipping API v2 documentation and current changelog; reviewed 5 October 2026

Validation
mustEncode=true requests the documented address-encoding safeguard.
Limit
The documented warning indicator is not a depot/tour codebook; preserve the carrier-generated route.
What to check
  • Review warnings before use; an address accepted with warning can still incur correction charges.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Parcel DE EKP and billingNumber
Carrier field reference →

The ten-digit EKP identifies the DHL business customer. The 14-character billing number combines EKP, contract procedure and contract participation; it is not a parcel-tracking number.

Account / payment
Market and scope

Germany-origin DHL Paket / Post & Parcel Germany; separate from DHL Express · German contractual shipping account; API v2

DHL Parcel DE Shipping API v2 documentation and current changelog; reviewed 5 October 2026

Participation
A two-character numeric or alphanumeric participation can subdivide locations or commercial conditions.
Permission
The portal user profile governs which billing numbers the user can use.
What to check
  • Preserve leading characters and contract-specific configuration; do not publish live credentials.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
DHL Kleinpaket compact label format
Carrier field reference →

The API allows 100 × 70 mm labels only for Kleinpaket and Warenpost International. On this smaller format, some address information is constrained or omitted according to documented rules.

Service / product
Market and scope

Germany-origin DHL Paket / Post & Parcel Germany; separate from DHL Express · Parcel DE Shipping API v2; product-specific 100 × 70 mm format

DHL Parcel DE Shipping API v2 documentation and current changelog; reviewed 5 October 2026

Printing
The normal formats and 203-dpi thermal-print specification remain separate.
Eligibility
Do not use a compact format for an unsupported product or scale a carrier label.
What to check
  • Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Official sources (external website) ↗

中国邮政/EMS (China Post/EMS)

China Mainland domestic; China-origin international postal services4
Verification guidance
EMS product name and service namespace
Carrier field reference →

Keep 国内特快专递, 国内标准快递, 即日专递, 国际EMS, e特快 and e邮宝 separate. Public product descriptions establish the names but do not provide a complete printed-service or API-code dictionary.

Service / product
Market and scope

China Mainland domestic; China-origin international postal services · Domestic and cross-border EMS/product selection

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Product evidence
The actual booked product and domestic/international flow establish the service.
Unknown mapping
Prefix, short code or template mark must be checked against the approved product/label specification.
What to check
  • Do not decode every China Post number as EMS.
  • Do not transfer an international product code to a domestic label.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
邮件号/邮件条码(Mail number and barcode)
Carrier field reference →

EMS help uses the mail number and mail barcode to identify an item. It warns that no tracking result can mean an unhanded parcel, delayed recording after collection, or an incorrect number.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

China Mainland domestic; China-origin international postal services · EMS tracking and electronic-invoice customer-help workflows

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Printed identifier
Read the full 邮件号 and its barcode together.
Event caveat
Collection and the tracking-system update are separate moments.
Evidence limit
This help does not define a universal domestic/international number length or checksum.
Detailed fields · 1
operational control邮件号; 邮件条码; 身份验证

The official invoice workflow accepts a mail number or a scanned mail barcode, then requires identity verification before invoice application. The shipment reference and verification step have different roles.

What to check: Match the mail reference to the intended item and complete the authorized invoice workflow. A readable barcode alone does not prove who paid freight or give unrestricted account access.

Scope / version: China Post/EMS China public WeChat invoicing workflow · 11183 FAQ: 电子发票申请开票 and 扫码开票; not a universal barcode-format specification. · Public 11183 online FAQ; no numbered edition stated; retrieved 2026-10-05

11183 online customer-service FAQ | China Post/EMS ↗怎么开发票 answer · retained lines 159–162

What to check
  • Query the complete identifier on the official channel.
  • A valid-looking label or absent first scan does not prove carrier acceptance.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Product-dependent sorting and routing fields
Carrier field reference →

China Post’s official processing report confirms that products have different sorting-code rules. The report does not publish the code table, so a prominent sorting string should be treated as a carrier-controlled routing field.

Routing / destination
Market and scope

China Mainland domestic; China-origin international postal services · Internal product sorting; addresses and public route inquiry

Hefei operational report 2023-06-02; historical routing context, no public code table; reviewed 2026-10-05.

Documented context
The 2023 Hefei report describes adjusting printing to different product sorting rules and changing dispatch relationships.
Unknown mapping
No public hub, delivery-office or route decoder is established here.
Address check
Reconcile the delivery address with the booking; use official inquiry for operating coverage.
What to check
  • Do not interpret a sorting field as a customer account or tracking identifier.
  • Obtain the current carrier template/version before mapping code segments to locations.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Contracted-customer account and printed billing fields
Carrier field reference →

International EMS offers online printing through its contracted-customer portal. That establishes a customer-system workflow, but does not make a printed number a public customer-account decoder.

Account / payment
Market and scope

China Mainland domestic; China-origin international postal services · EMS contracted-customer online printing

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Portal role
Customer access supports online shipment/label preparation.
Unknown printed field
Billing agreement, sending-office/customer reference and portal login identity require the account-specific template definition.
What to check
  • Verify the payer and contract record in the authorized booking system.
  • Do not equate a recipient phone number, mail number or portal username with the billed account.
Official sources (external website) ↗

京东物流 (JD Logistics)

China Mainland; Hong Kong/Macao subject to the booked service4
Verification guidance
Product name, fresh-goods mark and API namespace
Carrier field reference →

Read the current booked product name separately from handling marks. 生鲜特快 explicitly uses a fresh-goods sticker and special delivery handling, while the public open-platform catalogue does not expose a complete printed-product code dictionary.

Service / product
Market and scope

China Mainland; Hong Kong/Macao subject to the booked service · JD express product/handling selection

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Known handling
Fresh-goods sticker and no-locker handling are documented for 生鲜特快.
Unknown code map
An API numeric enum or short printed mark requires its own approved specification/version.
What to check
  • Match 京东特快, 京东标快 or 生鲜特快 against the booking.
  • Do not identify the full product solely from the fresh-goods sticker.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Tracking identifier and order-flow reference
Carrier field reference →

JD publishes separate standard-tracking and cloud-label-printing capabilities. Read the carrier shipment identifier from the generated label, then reconcile it with the B2C/C2B/C2C order that created it.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

China Mainland; Hong Kong/Macao subject to the booked service · JD express/standard tracking and label-printing capabilities

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Public capabilities
Standard logistics tracking and cloud printing appear as different platform services.
Verification boundary
The public catalogue does not publish one universal tracking-number prefix, length or relationship to a merchant order number.
What to check
  • Preserve the full carrier identifier returned by the approved shipping response.
  • A merchant order reference or label-printing task identifier needs separate treatment.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Address quality and internal sort/routing marks
Carrier field reference →

The open platform lists address-quality checking, but the reviewed public catalogue does not give a hub or sorting-code table. Reconcile routing marks with the approved label output and destination address.

Routing / destination
Market and scope

China Mainland; Hong Kong/Macao subject to the booked service · JD public address-check capability; private sorting namespace unverified

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Public evidence
Address quality detection is a named platform capability.
Unknown decoder
Depot, sort and delivery-route segments cannot be assigned a public meaning from this catalogue alone.
What to check
  • Keep address/postcode, internal routing and shipment identifiers separate.
  • Confirm any printed route segment against the carrier’s current template and response.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Platform access, merchant agreement and billing account
Carrier field reference →

The platform provides a console and multiple business solutions. Console access or solution membership does not by itself establish the meaning of a printed customer or payer field.

Account / payment
Market and scope

China Mainland; Hong Kong/Macao subject to the booked service · JD open-platform integration; printed account mapping unverified

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Integration context
Cloud printing, logistics finance and express/freight are separate capabilities.
Unknown mapping
Confirm which approved merchant/contract/billing field populates the specific printed label.
What to check
  • Verify payer and merchant contract in the authorized shipment request.
  • Do not infer an account from a tracking prefix, sender phone or order-flow code.
Official sources (external website) ↗

极兔速递 (J&T Express China)

J&T Express China Mainland; China-origin international product separate4
Verification guidance
兔优达 dedicated label and product-code boundary
Carrier field reference →

J&T’s China page documents a pink waterproof VIP waybill for 兔优达. This is a service-handling cue, while the printed/API product-code dictionary remains unverified in the reviewed public material.

Service / product
Market and scope

J&T Express China Mainland; China-origin international product separate · China 兔优达 label; other product namespaces unverified

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Visible cue
Pink waterproof VIP label for 兔优达.
Booking UI
The online form separately selects the product and payment method.
Namespace boundary
A website URL parameter such as type=TYD is not proof of a printed service-code standard.
What to check
  • Confirm the product in the booking and printed title together.
  • Do not decode a different J&T market’s product name from this Chinese form.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
运单号(Waybill number) and tracking
Carrier field reference →

The China homepage asks for a waybill number and provides a separate international query entry. Use the complete carrier-issued number and the correct domestic or international channel.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

J&T Express China Mainland; China-origin international product separate · J&T China public waybill query

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Public identifier
运单号 is the tracking input on the China site.
Unknown format
No universal number length, prefix or checksum is established by the reviewed public pages.
What to check
  • Compare the human-readable number with the barcode before querying.
  • Keep online order, payment and customer-reference identifiers separate from the waybill number.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Recipient address, privacy masking and routing
Carrier field reference →

The booking form separates province/city/district and detailed recipient address, and offers privacy masking of recipient name and phone on the label. A masked phone or any prominent internal string is not a publicly verified route decoder.

Routing / destinationPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

J&T Express China Mainland; China-origin international product separate · China online booking and label privacy; internal route fields unverified

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Documented address data
Province, city, district and detailed address are separate booking inputs.
Privacy label
Recipient name and phone can be concealed.
Unknown route table
No public mapping of depot, sorting or delivery-route marks was verified.
Detailed fields · 1
electronic data · printed field隐私面单

Enabling the privacy-label control conceals the recipient’s name and telephone on the waybill. The published explanation identifies those recipient fields, not a reversibly decodable public QR payload.

What to check: Compare the chosen privacy setting with authorized booking data. The public page does not specify a masking algorithm or expose hidden contact information.

Scope / version: China Mainland; J&T Express public domestic booking form · Public booking page at ?type=TYD with a visible product selector; the URL alone does not establish the selected product. · Public China domestic booking form at ?type=TYD; no API or print-template version stated; retrieved 2026-10-05

Domestic online shipping form | J&T Express China ↗在线寄件 privacy-label control · retained lines 112–120

What to check
  • Compare the approved booking address with the label’s permitted display.
  • Do not treat a privacy token as an account or route code.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Enterprise integration and printed account role
Carrier field reference →

The China open platform requires user registration, enterprise verification, integration testing and production release. Its public introduction does not map a label field to a billed customer account.

Account / payment
Market and scope

J&T Express China Mainland; China-origin international product separate · J&T China open-platform onboarding

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Account roles
Platform access and enterprise onboarding are documented workflow steps.
Unknown printed mapping
Customer, settlement and API credential fields must be checked in the authorized contract/template.
Detailed fields · 1
electronic data · operational control支付方式; 寄付现结; 到付现结

The public shipment form offers sender-settled and recipient-settled freight choices named 寄付现结 and 到付现结. These are booking settlement selections, not published merchant-account formats.

What to check: Verify the selected freight payer in the accepted booking. Do not equate either choice with merchandise COD, a credit contract, or an undocumented printed account number.

Scope / version: China Mainland; J&T Express public domestic booking form · Public domestic booking settlement control; no versioned API enum or printed field mapping is published by this form. · Public China domestic booking form at ?type=TYD; no API or print-template version stated; retrieved 2026-10-05

Domestic online shipping form | J&T Express China ↗在线寄件 payment control · retained lines 98–100

What to check
  • Confirm the billed contract and payer from the approved shipment request.
  • Do not publish API signing credentials or infer the payer from a masked phone.
Official sources (external website) ↗

中通快递 (ZTO Express)

China Mainland domestic express4
Verification guidance
Product name and yellow dedicated-label cue
Carrier field reference →

Both 中通好快 and 中通飞快 use yellow labels. 飞快 adds waterproof-label and aviation-channel descriptions, so colour alone is an ambiguous service cue.

Service / product
Market and scope

China Mainland domestic express · Current 好快 and 飞快 product pages

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Shared appearance
Yellow is documented for both products.
Differentiation
Use the printed product title and booked service rather than colour only.
Unknown code dictionary
A numeric API enum or internal short mark still needs the current approved specification.
What to check
  • Match 普件, 好快 or 飞快 to the order and label.
  • Do not reuse an older 标快/普通件 product table without a version check.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Waybill tracking and merchant order references
Carrier field reference →

ZTO’s merchant platform provides a waybill dashboard and tracking-state monitoring. Keep the carrier waybill identifier separate from the merchant/platform order that produced the shipment.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

China Mainland domestic express · ZTO 快递管家 shipment dashboard

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Public workflow
A waybill dashboard follows collection, transfer and delivery states.
Unknown format
The reviewed platform introduction does not publish a universal number-length or prefix rule.
What to check
  • Query the full carrier number and reconcile it to the approved label response.
  • A synchronized e-commerce order number is not a substitute for the carrier number.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Transfer and delivery routing marks
Carrier field reference →

The merchant platform distinguishes collection, transfer and delivery monitoring and allows address-change/return work orders. It does not publish the private code table for printed depot or delivery-route marks.

Routing / destination
Market and scope

China Mainland domestic express · ZTO operational events; internal route-table decoding unverified

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Operational context
Collection, transfer and delivery are distinct tracking stages.
Unknown routing
A large sorting string needs the current carrier-produced template and destination response for interpretation.
What to check
  • Reconcile the delivery address and route marks after an approved address change.
  • Do not use a route field as the tracking or payer identifier.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Merchant account, label balance and reconciliation
Carrier field reference →

快递管家 supports service activation, label printing, label-balance recharge and financial reconciliation. These are customer-system roles, not a published decoder for a printed account number.

Account / payment
Market and scope

China Mainland domestic express · ZTO 快递管家 merchant operations

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Documented operations
Product activation, printing, reconciliation and label recharge.
Separate identities
E-commerce authorization, merchant login, label balance and billed customer are not automatically the same field.
What to check
  • Verify the authorized merchant, sending outlet and settlement arrangement in the shipping system.
  • Do not infer the billed account from a waybill prefix or privacy token.
Official sources (external website) ↗

圆通速递 (YTO Express)

China Mainland domestic express4
Verification guidance
圆准达 product mark and label namespace
Carrier field reference →

The official catalogue explicitly gives 圆准达 a dedicated waybill. That establishes a product-specific label cue; it does not publish a complete numeric/short-code dictionary for all YTO products.

Service / product
Market and scope

China Mainland domestic express · YTO domestic product catalogue; dedicated 圆准达 label

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Documented label cue
Dedicated 圆准达 waybill, associated with priority transfer and pre-delivery contact.
Unknown code map
Short marks and API enums need the approved current carrier template/specification.
What to check
  • Match the label product to the order before applying a delivery promise.
  • Do not infer 承诺达特快 or standard-service commitments from an unlabeled code.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Tracking query and event subscription
Carrier field reference →

YTO’s open platform publishes logistics-trajectory query and proactive push capabilities. The complete carrier-issued identifier should connect the physical label with its electronic event record.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

China Mainland domestic express · YTO open-platform tracking capabilities

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Public capability
Trajectory query and active push are separate platform functions.
Unknown identifier grammar
The introduction does not define a universal waybill-number length, prefix or checksum.
What to check
  • Compare the label number, barcode and approved shipping response.
  • Do not equate the merchant order or callback reference with the waybill identifier without the API field definition.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Routing marks and approved address changes
Carrier field reference →

The catalogue allows return/address-change requests before delivery, and the open platform exposes work-order and interception functions. A changed address needs reconciliation with the carrier’s current routing output.

Routing / destination
Market and scope

China Mainland domestic express · YTO label printing and interception/address-change workflows

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Documented changes
Return/address change before delivery; interception work orders are platform capabilities.
Unknown sort table
Public pages reviewed here do not publish depot or route-segment code mappings.
What to check
  • Use the authorized change response before reprinting or reinterpreting route marks.
  • Keep routing fields, postcode and tracking number in their separate namespaces.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Customer account, freight collect and goods COD
Carrier field reference →

YTO separates freight collect 到付 from merchandise COD 代收货款. Its customer manager supports batch printing and platform integration, but public introductions do not map a printed number to a billed customer.

Account / payment
Market and scope

China Mainland domestic express · YTO customer-manager/open-platform and domestic payment services

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Freight collect
Recipient pays the shipping charge under the customer agreement.
Goods COD
Collection of merchandise payment, with agreed remittance cycles.
Unknown account mapping
Payer, merchant access and label-printing authorization require the approved contract/template.
What to check
  • Read the payment role before interpreting any amount on the label.
  • Confirm customer and payer fields in the authorized booking; do not infer them from a tracking prefix.
Official sources (external website) ↗

日本郵便 (Japan Post)

Japan domestic; Japan-origin EMS separate8
Official specimen
Japan Post Ski Yu-Pack · one-way form
Read label interpretation: Japan Post Ski Yu-Pack · one-way form →

Official Japan Post instructional one-way Ski Yu-Pack image, converted losslessly from GIF to PNG. Existing numbered annotations belong to the official source.

Service / productTracking / identityRouting / destinationAccount / paymentCustomer references
Market and scope

Japan domestic; dedicated Ski Yu-Pack one-way instructional form · Japan domestic Ski Yu-Pack dedicated one-way form, from the official filling example reviewed 5 October 2026. Not an EMS or general Yu-Pack template.

Official Ski Yu-Pack filling guide · one-way figure; reviewed 5 October 2026

Ski service
スキー — Circle Ski on the dedicated form.
Inquiry barcode
お問い合わせ番号 — Identify the inquiry barcode; this is an instructional specimen.
Recipient / resort
お届け先 — Read the destination address and contact block.
Client / sender
ご依頼主 — Read sender details; this is not a billing account.
Date of use
ご使用日 — Enter the date when the ski gear will be used.
Contents
品名 — State the ski gear being sent.
What to check
  • The official picture contains masked illustrative addresses and an inquiry barcode. It does not document a decoded barcode payload, internal route token, billing account, parcel count or live tracking status. The dedicated Ski Yu-Pack layout cannot establish the printed format of ordinary Yu-Pack, EMS or another product.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Official specimen
Japan Post Ski Yu-Pack · return-paid form
Read label interpretation: Japan Post Ski Yu-Pack · return-paid form →

Official Japan Post instructional return-paid Ski Yu-Pack image, converted losslessly from GIF to PNG. Existing numbered annotations belong to the official source.

Service / productTracking / identityRouting / destinationAccount / paymentCustomer references
Market and scope

Japan domestic; dedicated Ski Yu-Pack return-paid instructional form · Japan domestic Ski Yu-Pack dedicated return-paid form, from the official filling example reviewed 5 October 2026. Not an EMS or general Yu-Pack template.

Official Ski Yu-Pack filling guide · return-paid figure; reviewed 5 October 2026

Ski service
スキー — Circle Ski on the dedicated form.
Inquiry barcode
お問い合わせ番号 — Identify the inquiry barcode; this is an instructional specimen.
Recipient / resort
お届け先 — Read the destination address and contact block.
Client / sender
ご依頼主 — Read sender details; this is not a billing account.
Date of use
ご使用日 — Enter the date when the ski gear will be used.
Contents
品名 — State the ski gear being sent.
Return dispatch
復路発送予定日 — The return-paid form records the planned return dispatch.
What to check
  • The official picture contains masked illustrative addresses and an inquiry barcode. It does not document a decoded barcode payload, internal route token, billing account, parcel count or live tracking status. The dedicated Ski Yu-Pack layout cannot establish the printed format of ordinary Yu-Pack, EMS or another product.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Ski Yu-Pack one-way and return-paid fields
Read label interpretation: Japan Post Ski Yu-Pack · one-way form →Read label interpretation: Japan Post Ski Yu-Pack · return-paid form →

The official example asks customers to circle Ski, enter the destination and sender details, usage date and contents. The return-paid form additionally records the scheduled return dispatch date.

Service / product
Market and scope

Japan domestic; Japan-origin EMS separate · Only Ski Yu-Pack’s dedicated one-way or return-paid label

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Service field
Circle Ski in the service selector.
Travel-related fields
For Ski, cross out the flight/departure/airline fields rather than interpreting them as parcel routing.
Return-paid distinction
Return dispatch date belongs to the return-paid workflow.
What to check
  • Match one-way versus return-paid form to the actual booked Ski service.
  • An example’s flight fields do not mean the ski gear travels by air.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Product/form selection and payment mode
Carrier field reference →

The Web Yu-Pack Print workflow selects the type of item and domestic label/payment form. Letter Pack Plus and Light have distinct dedicated envelopes and receipt modes, while international EMS labels use a separate My Page workflow.

Service / productPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

Japan domestic; Japan-origin EMS separate · Yu-Pack/Yu-Packet domestic forms and prepaid Letter Pack envelopes

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Domestic forms
The print manual distinguishes prepaid/collect Yu-Pack and mailing label types.
Envelope products
Plus has face-to-face receipt; Light has mailbox delivery.
International boundary
EMS is prepared through the international label workflow.
Detailed fields · 2
electronic data · operational control発送予定日; 配達希望日

New input defaults the intended posting date to today. When shipment history is copied, the posting date resets to the copy date and the requested delivery date is left blank.

What to check: Recheck both dates before printing a label recreated from history. Copying input data is different from reusing the same printed tracking label.

Scope / version: Japan domestic; Web Yu-Pack Print · Web Yu-Pack Print §4(1) new labels and §4(2) labels recreated from print history. · Web Yu-Pack Print operating manual; no numbered edition stated; retrieved 2026-10-05

Web Yu-Pack Print operating manual ↗§4(1) shipment information and §4(2) copied dates · retained lines 202, 277–280

printed field · operational control貼付用; 封入用; お客さま用; 郵便局用

International output marks copies for attachment, enclosure, customer retention or post-office submission at the upper left. Output counts vary by mail type and destination.

What to check: Follow the role printed on each document and sign where required. Multiple document copies do not establish multiple parcels or separate billing accounts.

Scope / version: Japan-origin international mail; International My Page smartphone workflow · International My Page for Yu-Pri Touch §3 document handling; generated labels, invoices and other required papers. · International My Page for Yu-Pri Touch guide; no numbered edition stated; retrieved 2026-10-05

International My Page for Yu-Pri Touch | Japan Post ↗§3 送り状について · retained lines 690–699

What to check
  • Read the exact Japanese product name and payment mode before applying its handling rules.
  • A form or print-service type is not a universal numeric API service code.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
お問い合わせ番号(Tracking/inquiry number)
Carrier field reference →

Japan Post explicitly warns against copying a generated Yu-Pack label: copying duplicates its inquiry number and may prevent usable tracking. Each printed identifier must remain tied to the intended parcel.

Tracking / identityPrinting / label credentials
Market and scope

Japan domestic; Japan-origin EMS separate · Yu-Pack Web Print labels; International My Page smartphone printing roles separately

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Uniqueness
Do not reuse a photocopy of a generated label.
System relationship
The print service can show the delivery state after the item is posted.
Namespace boundary
The International My Page smartphone guide labels an alternative printing number 印刷用番号(お問い合わせ番号). The display authentication code and QR production step have separate roles; numeric print/tracking values are not universally declared different.
Detailed fields · 2
printed field · operational controlお問い合わせ番号

Photocopying a generated Yu-Pack label duplicates its inquiry number and can make tracking information unusable. The manual separately permits recreating new labels from saved shipment history.

What to check: Match each issued label to the intended parcel and address. Use the history workflow to create new output rather than photocopying an already issued identifier.

Scope / version: Japan domestic; Web Yu-Pack Print · Web Yu-Pack Print Yu-Pack print instructions; physical copy versus regenerated shipment-data workflow. · Web Yu-Pack Print operating manual; no numbered edition stated; retrieved 2026-10-05

Web Yu-Pack Print operating manual ↗§4(1) printing caution and §4(2) print-history workflow · retained lines 235–245

electronic data · operational control二次元コード; 印刷用番号(お問い合わせ番号); 認証コード

The two-dimensional code requests label production at Yu-Pri Touch. A user-set four-digit display authentication code is used when applicable; the guide also provides an alternative printing number, labelled inquiry number.

What to check: Separate the code-display PIN from parcel identity and acceptance status. Confirm the final issued inquiry number; the guide does not publish a QR-payload decoder or guarantee that every print reference uses a distinct numeric value.

Scope / version: Japan-origin international mail; International My Page smartphone workflow · Smartphone guide §5 printing and display authentication; nonregistered users require email and authentication code. · International My Page smartphone guide; no numbered edition stated; retrieved 2026-10-05

International My Page smartphone guide | Japan Post ↗§5 steps ⑱–㉔ and printing alternatives · retained lines 133–166

What to check
  • Compare the printed inquiry number with the actual generated shipment.
  • Confirm the final issued inquiry number and posting status. Keep the QR-display authentication PIN separate; do not assume a printing/inquiry number is always numerically different from the tracking identifier.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
Recipient postcode, address and content description
Carrier field reference →

Domestic print workflows require recipient details and use sender/recipient postcodes for the quote. International My Page gives postcode guidance by country and a dictionary for English content names and HS codes.

Routing / destinationCustomer referencesCustoms / trade documents
Market and scope

Japan domestic; Japan-origin EMS separate · Japan Post domestic print and international label preparation

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Address data
Recipient postcode/address, name and telephone belong to the destination record.
Contents
Content description and HS code support acceptance/clearance, not a domestic depot decoder.
Unknown route marks
The reviewed manuals do not publish private hub or delivery-route segment mappings.
Detailed fields · 4
electronic data · operational control品名; 品名番号; 品名検索

品名 is the description used for shipment preparation; 品名番号 searches a previously registered content entry. The lookup reference substitutes saved input, not a tracking or depot identifier.

What to check: Check that a reused description still matches the goods. Do not promote the saved-content lookup number to a parcel identity or service code.

Scope / version: Japan domestic; Web Yu-Pack Print · Web Yu-Pack Print §4(1) shipment-information input; saved content-name lookup. · Web Yu-Pack Print operating manual; no numbered edition stated; retrieved 2026-10-05

Web Yu-Pack Print operating manual ↗§4(1) 出荷情報 · retained lines 196–204

electronic data · operational control内容品名; 単価; 個数; 内容品合計金額

The customs-preparation workflow records each contents line with its name, unit value and quantity, then checks the combined contents value. Additional lines describe contents, not extra physical parcels.

What to check: Reconcile line quantities and values with the actual contents. Do not use a contents-line count as the number of shipment labels or outer packages.

Scope / version: Japan-origin international mail; International My Page smartphone workflow · Smartphone guide §3, contents registration; available inputs depend on destination and mail type. · International My Page smartphone guide; no numbered edition stated; retrieved 2026-10-05

International My Page smartphone guide | Japan Post ↗§3 steps ⑨–⑫; content-line expansion · retained lines 85–104

electronic data · operational control総重量

Total weight is sent as electronic customs data. The Yu-Pri Touch guide specifies the weight after packing and shows postage calculation separately.

What to check: Check the complete packed item’s measured weight. Keep gross weight distinct from contents quantity, customs value and a printed handling icon.

Scope / version: Japan-origin international mail; International My Page smartphone workflow · International My Page smartphone §4 and Yu-Pri Touch STEP4 gross-weight guidance. · International My Page smartphone guide; no numbered edition stated; retrieved 2026-10-05 | International My Page for Yu-Pri Touch guide; no numbered edition stated; retrieved 2026-10-05

International My Page smartphone guide | Japan Post ↗ · International My Page for Yu-Pri Touch | Japan Post ↗§4 step ⑮ · retained line 119 | STEP4 weight input · retained lines 632–640

electronic data · operational control万一配達できなかった場合の指示

The smartphone guide presents the non-delivery instruction specifically for international parcels. It is not an all-products option and is not a domestic depot code.

What to check: Confirm that the selected mail type exposes the control. Do not copy this international-parcel instruction into an EMS product rule.

Scope / version: Japan-origin international mail; International My Page smartphone workflow · Smartphone guide §3 step ⑦; international parcels only, with other inputs conditional on destination/type. · International My Page smartphone guide; no numbered edition stated; retrieved 2026-10-05

International My Page smartphone guide | Japan Post ↗§3 step ⑦ · retained lines 80–81

What to check
  • Verify complete recipient address and actual contents.
  • Do not interpret an HS code or label-print code as a sorting-route or customer-account number.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Verification guidance
ゆうID, print access and postpaid billing
Carrier field reference →

Web Yu-Pack Print requires a ゆうID registration, while business postpaid shipping is a separate arrangement with billing and a customer card. A print-service login is not automatically the billed account printed on a label.

Account / paymentCustoms / trade documents
Market and scope

Japan domestic; Japan-origin EMS separate · Domestic print service and business Yu-Pack payment arrangements

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Print access
The domestic print manual requires ゆうID registration.
Postpaid role
Business customers may pay a month’s charges together; the business page describes the customer card for acceptance.
International access
The International My Page smartphone version can also be used without an account.
Detailed fields · 2
printed field · electronic data · operational control元払ゆうパック; 着払ゆうパック; ラベルに運賃

The print workflow selects 元払 or 着払 Yu-Pack. Japan Post says prepaid labels omit freight unless stamps or indicia are affixed, while collect labels display freight; collect requires recipient consent.

What to check: Verify the chosen payment arrangement and any affixed postage evidence. A missing freight figure does not expose a hidden billed account or identify who ultimately settled a contract invoice.

Scope / version: Japan domestic; Web Yu-Pack Print · Domestic Yu-Pack payment type and fare visibility; separate from ゆうID authentication or international merchandise-value flags. · Web Yu-Pack Print operating manual; no numbered edition stated; retrieved 2026-10-05 | Japan Post Yu-Pack FAQ 560; no separate edition stated; retrieved 2026-10-05 | Japan Post Yu-Pack FAQ 546; no separate edition stated; retrieved 2026-10-05

Web Yu-Pack Print operating manual ↗ · Yu-Pack payment-method FAQ | Japan Post ↗ · Yu-Pack fare-visibility FAQ | Japan Post ↗§4(1) basic information; §4(2) product selection · retained lines 179–184, 258–260 | Yu-Pack FAQ 560 payment answer · retained lines 714–719 | Yu-Pack FAQ 546 fare visibility answer · retained lines 714–716

electronic data · operational control有償/無償

有償 identifies cases such as receiving payment for an online sale; 無償 covers personal goods, samples or returns. This classifies the contents transaction, rather than the freight payer.

What to check: Use the actual transaction context. Do not read 無償 as free shipping or 有償 as a recipient-freight-collect instruction.

Scope / version: Japan-origin international mail; International My Page smartphone workflow · International My Page smartphone §4 step ⑯; destination/type-dependent customs-preparation input. · International My Page smartphone guide; no numbered edition stated; retrieved 2026-10-05

International My Page smartphone guide | Japan Post ↗§4 step ⑯ · retained lines 121–123

What to check
  • Verify the authorized payer and postpaid contract rather than inferring it from ゆうID.
  • Do not equate a recipient’s phone, printing QR code or tracking identifier with the account.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
One parcel’s label versus batch printing
Carrier field reference →

The print service can create labels in batches, but warns that copying a label repeats the tracking/inquiry number. A batch of orders is not a single physical parcel or one reusable tracking label.

Pieces / shipment
Market and scope

Japan domestic; Japan-origin EMS separate · Yu-Pack labels generated with Web Yu-Pack Print

Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.

Batch workflow
CSV upload can prepare many shipment records.
Identifier integrity
Copying a generated Yu-Pack label duplicates the inquiry number.
Verification boundary
This establishes per-label uniqueness, not an unverified master/child numbering syntax.
What to check
  • Generate the intended record for each physical parcel.
  • Check the number and address on each label before applying it.
Official sources (external website) ↗

SkyNet Worldwide Express / Malaysia

International network; Malaysian and UAE evidence separately scoped11
Official specimen
SkyNet Malaysia · main eAWB / 1 of 2
Read label interpretation: SkyNet Malaysia · main eAWB / 1 of 2 →

Rendered extract of the unchanged official PDF page 44; SkyPostpaid guideline v3 last updated 17 October 2022. The source itself uses TEST identifiers and a historical print date.

Tracking / identityRouting / destinationAccount / paymentPieces / shipmentCustomer references
Market and scope

Malaysia domestic; historical SkyPostpaid v3 2022 instructional specimen · Malaysia domestic SkyPostpaid v3 · 17 October 2022 · instructional sticker; exact named shipping product is not established

44

Main eAWB
ECR301100516TEST — Shipment identity printed beneath the main barcode.
Sender account
ACCOUNT: SZB0119200759 — A sample sender account; payer must be verified separately.
Destination station
Dest: SBL — Read the printed token without inventing a current station mapping.
Package sequence
1 of 2 — This is the first of two packages.
Shipper reference
Shipper Ref: [blank] — Optional merchant reference, not the tracking identifier.
Contents type
Contents: Parcel — Parcel is the contents type, not a verified service code.
Weight and dimensions
WT(kg): 2.00 · Dim(cm): 10x10x10 · Vol Wt: 0.20 — Physical and dimensional values are separate.
Recipient postcode
Postcode: 47810 — Compare the postcode with the complete destination address.
Print date
28/09/2022 — Historical generation date; no acceptance event is implied.
What to check
  • Instructional Malaysian label only. Exact shipping service, current route-code meaning, barcode payload, billed weight, payer and live shipment status are not established. The additional 903 sticker is a piece workflow, not a product code.
Official sources (external website) ↗
SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022) ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Official specimen
SkyNet Malaysia · 903 additional eAWB / 2 of 2
Read label interpretation: SkyNet Malaysia · 903 additional eAWB / 2 of 2 →

Rendered extract of the unchanged official PDF page 44; SkyPostpaid guideline v3 last updated 17 October 2022. The source itself uses TEST identifiers and a historical print date.

Tracking / identityRouting / destinationAccount / paymentPieces / shipmentCustomer references
Market and scope

Malaysia domestic; historical SkyPostpaid v3 2022 additional-piece instructional specimen · Malaysia domestic SkyPostpaid v3 · 17 October 2022 · instructional sticker; exact named shipping product is not established

44

Additional eAWB
903920266431TEST — A distinct identifier for the additional package.
Main consignment link
ECR301100516TEST — The main eAWB is repeated on the additional sticker.
Sender account
ACCOUNT: SZB0119200759 — A sample sender account; payer must be verified separately.
Destination station
Dest: SBL — Read the printed token without inventing a current station mapping.
Package sequence
2 of 2 — The additional package is the second of two.
Recipient postcode
Postcode: 47810 — Compare the postcode with the complete destination address.
Print date
28/09/2022 — Historical generation date; no acceptance event is implied.
What to check
  • Instructional Malaysian label only. Exact shipping service, current route-code meaning, barcode payload, billed weight, payer and live shipment status are not established. The additional 903 sticker is a piece workflow, not a product code.
Official sources (external website) ↗
SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022) ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Documented reference
eAWB / tracking identifiers
Carrier field reference →

The printed main eAWB is the shipment reference. Current Malaysian tracking request/response names differ in case and structure.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

Malaysia · SkyPostpaid main label and separately scoped public tracking API

Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly cited

Detailed fields · 2
printed fieldMain eAWB number

The main label uses the shipment eAWB number; TEST suffixes in the official teaching image are sample content.

What to check: Copy the actual returned identifier. Do not impose either the illustration’s alphanumeric format or API sample numeric length globally.

Scope / version: Malaysia · SkyPostpaid main label and separately scoped public tracking API · SkyPostpaid guideline v3 · 17 October 2022 · historical instructional workflow

SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022) ↗Printed PDF pages 44–45 · Main eAWB item (a)

API / booking dataAwbs[]; awbs[].awbnumber; AWBNumber

The request table names Awbs[] while its JSON uses lowercase awbs containing awbnumber objects; response identity is AWBNumber.

What to check: Retain the case/structure discrepancy and validate the current integration with SkyNet. Do not silently convert the documented object array into a string array.

Scope / version: Malaysia · SkyPostpaid main label and separately scoped public tracking API · Undated official public page reviewed 5 October 2026; market-specific terminology retained

SkyNet Malaysia public tracking and postcode API documentation ↗General Tracking API · request table, Request JSON Format and response parameters

What to check
  • Retain exact field captions, market and version when comparing a returned label.
  • No global service-code, account-owner or current station-code inference is established by the specimen.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
903 eAWB / additional pieces
Carrier field reference →

The historical guide assigns a 903 eAWB to an additional item in a multi-package consignment. The main eAWB reference is repeated on its sticker.

Pieces / shipment
Market and scope

Malaysia · Malaysia SkyPostpaid v3 multi-package format

SkyPostpaid guideline v3 · 17 October 2022 · historical instructional workflow

Detailed fields · 2
printed field903 eAWB number; Main eAWB

An additional package receives a distinct 903 eAWB; the main eAWB is retained on that package’s label to link it to the consignment.

What to check: 903 identifies the additional-piece workflow here, not a shipping product or universal number format.

Scope / version: Malaysia · Malaysia SkyPostpaid v3 multi-package format · SkyPostpaid guideline v3 · 17 October 2022 · historical instructional workflow

SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022) ↗Printed PDF pages 44–45 · 903 eAWB item (c)

printed field · operational controlNo. of Packages; Pieces; 1 of 2; 2 of 2

The booked package total drives one label per box and the displayed sequence/total.

What to check: Reconcile all boxes, main/additional identifiers and sequence; the sample’s 1 of 2 and 2 of 2 are observations, not booking defaults.

Scope / version: Malaysia · Malaysia SkyPostpaid v3 multi-package format · SkyPostpaid guideline v3 · 17 October 2022 · historical instructional workflow

SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022) ↗Printed PDF pages 26 and 44–45 · multiple packages / items (b), (d)

What to check
  • Retain exact field captions, market and version when comparing a returned label.
  • No global service-code, account-owner or current station-code inference is established by the specimen.
Official sources (external website) ↗
SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022) ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Documented reference
Postcode / destination station
Carrier field reference →

The specimen prints a Dest token and postcode; the public postcode API returns a station branchcode. A printed token has not been independently mapped through a live API request.

Routing / destination
Market and scope

Malaysia · Malaysia printed illustration and separately documented postcode API

Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly cited

Detailed fields · 3
printed fieldDest; Postcode

The example shows destination station token SBL and recipient postcode 47810.

What to check: No live SBL directory mapping is established. Check the returned label against recipient address and the carrier’s current serviceability result.

Scope / version: Malaysia · Malaysia printed illustration and separately documented postcode API · SkyPostpaid guideline v3 · 17 October 2022 · historical instructional workflow

SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022) ↗Printed PDF page 44 · main and 903 stickers

API / booking datafunctionstr; GetType; GetVal; AWBNumber

The postcode request specifies functionstr=getpostcode, GetType=postcode and GetVal as recipient postcode; AWBNumber is optional.

What to check: Retain postcode leading zeroes as a string. The optional AWB field is a query association, not a newly generated shipment identifier.

Scope / version: Malaysia · Malaysia printed illustration and separately documented postcode API · Undated official public page reviewed 5 October 2026; market-specific terminology retained

SkyNet Malaysia public tracking and postcode API documentation ↗Postcode API · request parameters and Request JSON Format

API / booking datapostcode; branchcode; AWBNumber

The postcode response returns the postcode, station-in-charge branchcode and associated AWBNumber.

What to check: The KGR/01000 example is not a comprehensive routing directory and does not validate the printed SBL illustration.

Scope / version: Malaysia · Malaysia printed illustration and separately documented postcode API · Undated official public page reviewed 5 October 2026; market-specific terminology retained

SkyNet Malaysia public tracking and postcode API documentation ↗Postcode API · response parameters and Response JSON Format

What to check
  • Retain exact field captions, market and version when comparing a returned label.
  • No global service-code, account-owner or current station-code inference is established by the specimen.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Customer account / payer / API access
Carrier field reference →

Printed ACCOUNT, freight payer selection and API access_token have different roles; none is interchangeable with a tracking identifier.

Account / payment
Market and scope

Malaysia · Malaysia account and billing documentation

Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly cited

Detailed fields · 3
printed field · operational controlACCOUNT; SkyPostpaid Account No

The specimen prints the sender account and the portal uses the account selected earlier; one login may hold several accounts.

What to check: Choose the correct authorized account. A visible account number does not establish who ultimately pays freight, duties or taxes.

Scope / version: Malaysia · Malaysia account and billing documentation · SkyPostpaid guideline v3 · 17 October 2022 · historical instructional workflow

SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022) ↗Printed PDF pages 9, 13 and 44 · account selection and sender details

API / booking dataaccess_token

The API token authenticates a registered SkyNet customer; documentation requires it to remain private.

What to check: Keep token credentials separate from printed ACCOUNT and AWBNumber. This reference page neither requests nor validates credentials.

Scope / version: Malaysia · Malaysia account and billing documentation · Undated official public page reviewed 5 October 2026; market-specific terminology retained

SkyNet Malaysia public tracking and postcode API documentation ↗Authentication; Error Codes; General Tracking/Postcode request parameters

operational controlPayment & Billing: sender; receiver; 3rd Party

The Malaysian service page separately permits billing roles for transport charges, duties and taxes.

What to check: Confirm the applicable booking and account authority. Do not infer the payer from the sender name, printed ACCOUNT or Reverse Charge offer name.

Scope / version: Malaysia · Malaysia account and billing documentation · Undated official public page reviewed 5 October 2026; market-specific terminology retained

SkyNet Malaysia other services and payment roles ↗Payment & Billing section

What to check
  • Retain exact field captions, market and version when comparing a returned label.
  • No global service-code, account-owner or current station-code inference is established by the specimen.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
Shipper reference
Carrier field reference →

The historical booking guide describes an optional shipper reference, including invoice-number use. The sample leaves Shipper Ref blank.

Customer references
Market and scope

Malaysia · Malaysia SkyPostpaid v3

SkyPostpaid guideline v3 · 17 October 2022 · historical instructional workflow

Detailed fields · 1
printed field · operational controlShipper Reference; Shipper Ref; Dept

The guide makes shipper reference optional and gives an invoice number as an example; the sticker also has a Dept caption.

What to check: A blank reference is not a missing tracking number. Do not assume a department or merchant reference can be used in Malaysian AWB tracking.

Scope / version: Malaysia · Malaysia SkyPostpaid v3 · SkyPostpaid guideline v3 · 17 October 2022 · historical instructional workflow

SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022) ↗Printed PDF pages 13 and 44 · sender details and sticker

What to check
  • Retain exact field captions, market and version when comparing a returned label.
  • No global service-code, account-owner or current station-code inference is established by the specimen.
Official sources (external website) ↗
SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022) ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Documented reference
Weight / dimensions / volumetric weight
Carrier field reference →

The historical parcel workflow requests package count, weight, value and volumetric dimensions.

Pieces / shipment
Market and scope

Malaysia · Malaysia SkyPostpaid v3 parcel workflow

SkyPostpaid guideline v3 · 17 October 2022 · historical instructional workflow

Detailed fields · 2
printed fieldWT(kg); Dim(cm)

The specimen states physical weight and parcel dimensions in separate units.

What to check: Compare actual pieces and dimensions with the booking. Do not treat measured weight as confirmed billed weight.

Scope / version: Malaysia · Malaysia SkyPostpaid v3 parcel workflow · SkyPostpaid guideline v3 · 17 October 2022 · historical instructional workflow

SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022) ↗Printed PDF pages 24–26 and 44 · shipment details and main sticker

printed field · operational controlVol Wt; Volumetric Weight (L x W x H / 5000)

The historical guide uses a 5000 divisor; its 10 × 10 × 10 cm example shows 0.20 volumetric weight.

What to check: This is the v3 Malaysian workflow rule, not a worldwide tariff. Confirm the current contract, rounding and chargeable-weight policy.

Scope / version: Malaysia · Malaysia SkyPostpaid v3 parcel workflow · SkyPostpaid guideline v3 · 17 October 2022 · historical instructional workflow

SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022) ↗Printed PDF pages 25 and 44 · volumetric formula and main sticker

What to check
  • Retain exact field captions, market and version when comparing a returned label.
  • No global service-code, account-owner or current station-code inference is established by the specimen.
Official sources (external website) ↗
SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022) ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Documented reference
A4 / A6 print and reprint controls
Carrier field reference →

The historical guide offers A4 and 10 × 15 cm A6 stickers, and requires a new print after editing an eAWB.

Printing / label credentials
Market and scope

Malaysia · Malaysia SkyPostpaid v3 printing workflow

SkyPostpaid guideline v3 · 17 October 2022 · historical instructional workflow

Detailed fields · 1
operational control · printed fieldA4 size; A6 sticker size; Print Date

The guide offers A4 or A6 10 × 15 cm printing; Print Date is label-generation information.

What to check: Reprint after editing; do not read Print Date or a ready-to-ship portal state as physical acceptance or a tracking event.

Scope / version: Malaysia · Malaysia SkyPostpaid v3 printing workflow · SkyPostpaid guideline v3 · 17 October 2022 · historical instructional workflow

SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022) ↗Printed PDF pages 27, 36–38 and 44–47 · print sizes / reprint / cancellation

What to check
  • Retain exact field captions, market and version when comparing a returned label.
  • No global service-code, account-owner or current station-code inference is established by the specimen.
Official sources (external website) ↗
SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022) ↗Historical reference · verify current version
Documented reference
Tracking events / receiver / timestamps
Carrier field reference →

The public API documents tracking-event codes, dates, descriptions and locations. Event content belongs to the tracking response, not a decoded routing barcode.

Tracking / identity
Market and scope

Malaysia · Malaysia public General Tracking API; undated page

Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly cited

Detailed fields · 2
API / booking dataEventType; PUCHECIN; LINEHAUL; HUB CHECKIN; HUB LINEHAUL; CHECKIN; OFD; POD

The event table distinguishes pickup-station collection, hub movement, destination check-in, out-for-delivery and delivered events.

What to check: PUCHECIN is the documented spelling. OFD is not delivered; codes describe returned events, not the label’s shipping service.

Scope / version: Malaysia · Malaysia public General Tracking API; undated page · Undated official public page reviewed 5 October 2026; market-specific terminology retained

SkyNet Malaysia public tracking and postcode API documentation ↗General Tracking API · Tracking Event Types table

API / booking dataEventDate; Description; Location; RecieverName / ReceiverName

The response includes event time, status description, location and receiver name. The table spells RecieverName whereas the JSON spells ReceiverName.

What to check: Confirm the current response key. EventDate can be null in a Data not found result; blank receiver name is not independent delivery proof.

Scope / version: Malaysia · Malaysia public General Tracking API; undated page · Undated official public page reviewed 5 October 2026; market-specific terminology retained

SkyNet Malaysia public tracking and postcode API documentation ↗General Tracking API · response parameters and Response JSON Format

What to check
  • Retain exact field captions, market and version when comparing a returned label.
  • No global service-code, account-owner or current station-code inference is established by the specimen.
Official sources (external website) ↗
Documented reference
UAE shipment / reference search
Carrier field reference →

The UAE website provides separate Shipment and Reference selectors and permits multiple entries.

Customer references
Market and scope

UAE · UAE operator public tracking form

Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly cited

Detailed fields · 1
operational controlShipment; Reference

UAE public tracking lets the user select shipment-number or reference-number search.

What to check: Use the selector applicable to the original booking; do not transfer UAE reference-search behavior to Malaysian API awbnumber requests.

Scope / version: UAE · UAE operator public tracking form · Undated official public page reviewed 5 October 2026; market-specific terminology retained

SkyNet UAE shipment/reference tracking selector ↗TRACK YOUR SHIPMENT · Shipment / Reference selectors

What to check
  • Retain exact field captions, market and version when comparing a returned label.
  • No global service-code, account-owner or current station-code inference is established by the specimen.
Official sources (external website) ↗

CEP Label Decode · Examples

Learn With Label Examples

Read the visible fields beside the label. Follow the guide lines, then read the detailed service, tracking, routing and account notes below.

Service and identifier fields are shown in their original technical language.

International Priority BSO · official sample

Basic label reading

Official FedEx International Priority BSO sample label (2021 guide, Figure 25)

Original embedded sample-label PNG extracted unchanged from FedEx's official Web Services Developer Guide 2021, page 1320. Printed recipient fields are explicit test placeholders.

1320

Historical official layout. The printed service is INTL PRIORITY BSO, not EWO. No billing account number or piece count is printed in this sample; BILL SENDER is a payer role. The API/service explanations below are a separate teaching layer and must not be presented as words visible on this image.

Original figure →

Detailed interpretation

Scope: Official International Priority BSO sample from the 2021 FedEx Web Services guide; current Ship API terminology is explained separately below.

The printed INTL PRIORITY BSO service, package tracking, routing and BILL SENDER role can be read on this sample. EWO and ETD are separate document instructions; this sample does not display them.

Field explanation · 01

Printed service and handling options

On this sample: INTL PRIORITY BSO

Documented field / data example

INTL PRIORITY · BSO · DSR / API: FEDEX_INTERNATIONAL_PRIORITY

The printed banner combines International Priority with BSO (Broker Select Option). The sample also prints DSR (Direct Signature Required). These are separate service/handling dimensions; the API service enum is FEDEX_INTERNATIONAL_PRIORITY.

Check before using

BSO permits a designated customs broker where available; it does not prove customs release. DSR concerns delivery signature at the recipient address. Confirm current country/service eligibility and booking options.

Official reference: fedex reference · FedEx Ship API REST v1 public documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 04

Transportation / duties payer

On this sample: BILL SENDER

Documented field / data example

SHIPPER •••• · TRANSPORT •••• · DUTIES ••••

Reconcile each payer against the booking and billing record.

Check before using

Account roles and their visibility vary by template; a sender address is insufficient to establish the billed party.

Official reference: FedEx Ship API REST v1 public documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 06

Trade-document instruction

Documented field / data example

EWO [not printed on this sample]

EWO means Electronic with Original: electronic trade-document generation still requires paper copies in this documented case. It is a separate instruction from this sample’s BSO broker selection.

Check before using

EWO requires a document check. Neither EWO nor ETD establishes customs release.

Official reference: FedEx Ship API REST v1 public documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05

↑ Back to field directory
View carrier reference · FedEx →

Express Worldwide / WPX · waybill and piece ID

Basic label reading

Official DHL Express Worldwide / WPX transport-label sample (MyDHL+ guide, without PLT)

Original embedded sample-label PNG extracted unchanged from DHL's MyDHL+ Digital Customs Invoice guide v3.0, page 7. The printed recipient is test usa and identifiers are zeroed sample values.

7

This is the transport label without C-PLT. The adjacent WAYBILL DOC in the source guide is a different document and must not be affixed to the package. Ref is blank and no billing account is shown. The zeroed waybill and piece identifiers are illustrative values, not operational tracking numbers.

Original figure →

Detailed interpretation

Scope: Official MyDHL+ transport label without C-PLT (guide v3.0, page 7), showing a Poland/WAW-to-United-States example. This is an Express Worldwide product-family example; it does not establish a current US-origin 2026 printed template. SOAP booking and billing roles below are separate data-field explanations.

P, AWB, LP and the payer code describe different things. Keep shipment identity, piece identity and payment responsibility separate.

Field explanation · 04

Shipper and bill-to account

Documented field / data example

ShippingPaymentType = T · SHIPPER •••• · BILL-TO ••••

In this SOAP schema, T selects third-party payment using BillingAccountNumber. S selects shipper; R selects receiver.

Check before using

These are request codes. The printed shipper account does not prove the transport payer or the duties/taxes payer.

Official reference: MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, revision 15 February 2026

↑ Back to field directory
View carrier reference · DHL Express →

UPS Next Day Air · 1Z field reference

Basic label reading

Official UPS Smart Label sample: UPS Next Day Air

UPS's pickup page explicitly identifies inf_lab_smart_l.jpg as its sample shipping label. Original JPEG retrieved unchanged from UPS's filexfer.ups.com host; the sample uses ABC company and example phone numbers.

The original official image is only 132 by 198 pixels. Larger display cannot recover fine print. This sample prints UPS NEXT DAY AIR, not UPS Ground or Worldwide Express. Use only the clearly visible service, routing and piece-count fields; do not transcribe the full tracking line or infer any account number from its low-resolution characters.

Original figure →

Detailed interpretation

Scope: Official UPS Smart Label sample from the UPS pickup page, with separate UPS PLD identifier reference below. The original image is low resolution.

The two characters at positions 9–10 are a raw service-level indicator. Resolve its current service meaning from UPS documentation and the shipment record.

Field explanation · 01

Raw service-level indicator

On this sample: UPS NEXT DAY AIR · 1

Documented field / data example

1Z · … · [SI at positions 9–10] · …

The PLD guide identifies positions 9 and 10 of a 1Z tracking number as the service-level indicator.

Check before using

[SI] is a placeholder, not a mapped service. Do not substitute return-option codes such as PRL or ERL.

Official reference: UPS PLD message format 0200 public help, retrieved 2026-10-05; reader published metadata 2026-07-24

↑ Back to field directory
View carrier reference · UPS →

CLASSIC · label zones

Basic label reading

DPD CLASSIC · official historical sample

Actual DPD CLASSIC sample cropped directly with Poppler from PDF page 45, visually verified; DPD Parcel Label Specification v2.4 / 30.06.2015.

45

Historical official sample, not a current universal layout. Its visible D service marker is reproduced without a current code-to-service inference. No account field is established. Printed sample values are illustrative.

Original figure →

Detailed interpretation

Scope: Actual official DPD CLASSIC label in Parcel Label Specification v2.4 (30 June 2015), PDF page 45, showing a German domestic destination. This historical CLASSIC product-family example does not establish the current Germany-to-Europe cross-border layout or a current service-code table.

Keep the service field, primary parcel barcode, routing text and customer-reference zone distinct. Current network routing must come from the carrier.

Field explanation · 01

Service field

On this sample: D

Documented field / data example

DPD CLASSIC

The historical specification includes a CLASSIC label example and a separate service field.

Check before using

Service text is sourced from the applicable routing database. Historical numeric codes are not treated as current mappings.

Official reference: dpd-spec

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 02

Primary parcel identification

On this sample: 0998 0000 0200 28 · check 9

Documented field / data example

Code 128 · [PARCEL NUMBER]

The primary Code 128 zone identifies the parcel.

Check before using

The complete routing payload is not automatically the customer-facing parcel number.

Official reference: dpd-spec

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 03

Routing text zone

On this sample: DE-0180 · 101-DE-81827

Documented field / data example

[DESTINATION COUNTRY] · [POSTCODE] · [SORT]

Plain-text routing supports visual checks and manual sorting.

Check before using

The specification explicitly marks its sample destination and sort text as illustrative; use current routing database values.

Official reference: dpd-spec

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 04

Secondary shipment payload

Documented field / data example

Aztec · [SHIPMENT PAYLOAD]

The documented Aztec zone carries secondary shipment information.

Check before using

Identify the expected carrier schema before interpreting a scan; do not equate every barcode with tracking.

Official reference: dpd-spec

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 05

Account verification

Documented field / data example

CUSTOMER •••• · PAYER ••••

Verify the billing account against the booking or carrier billing record.

Check before using

The structural specification does not establish a universal visible account field or decode hidden account data.

Official reference: dpd-spec

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 06

Parcel details

On this sample: 1 / 1 · 6,90 kg

Documented field / data example

PIECE [PIECE SEQUENCE] / [TOTAL PIECES] · WEIGHT [KG]

Parcel count and weight belong in the parcel-details zone.

Check before using

Reconcile this parcel with the actual shipment and weight declaration.

Official reference: dpd-spec

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 07

Customer-specific information

On this sample: Herbstaktion 303 · Order 303-1008675SF

Documented field / data example

ORDER [CUSTOMER REF]

A separate customer zone can contain sender-to-recipient references.

Check before using

Customer references must be matched separately from DPD parcel identifiers.

Official reference: dpd-spec

↑ Back to field directory
View carrier reference · DPD →

Domestic child waybill · QR k5

Basic label reading

SF domestic · original 100×150 template

Original official SF 100×150 mm domestic electronic-waybill template, copied without alteration from https://open.sf-express.com/img/100x150.ed0bcc42.png; numbered diagram visually verified.

Official annotated domestic template, not an issued shipment. Service text, route, child/mother numbers and QR are sample values. No billing-account field is established by this image.

Original figure →

Detailed interpretation

Scope: Original SF 100 × 150 mm China Mainland domestic electronic-waybill template from the official waybill print guide, dated 20 May 2020 and visibly marked 标快. It is a historical domestic Standard product-family example, not a current issued label or a template for international Standard or domestic Express. Numbered fields are illustrative returned-data print areas; no current API product enum or routing table is inferred.

On a child carton, the linear barcode and QR k5 must identify the child. Keep the mother number visible for reconciliation.

Field explanation · 01

Product / time-type data

On this sample: 标快

Documented field / data example

proCode = [RETURNED CODE] · proName = [PRODUCT]

The service area prints the returned proCode; the product-name area uses proName.

Check before using

Print logic depends on customerType and template. A T-code must not be assigned an undocumented service promise.

Official reference: sf-waybill

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 02

Child package barcode

On this sample: 子:SF1 010 874 393 776

Documented field / data example

Code 128 · [CHILD WAYBILL]

The child label uses its own barcode and shows the child waybill number.

Check before using

Do not print the mother barcode on every child package.

Official reference: sf-waybill

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 03

Destination routing text

On this sample: 755W-BA-001234567

Documented field / data example

destRouteLabel = [DESTINATION ROUTE]

This field combines the destination transfer-point and destination outlet codes under the guide.

Check before using

When the value is absent, the guide specifies destination-city fallback; do not invent proprietary routing values.

Official reference: sf-waybill

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 04

Account / payment record

Documented field / data example

ACCOUNT •••• · PAYER ••••

Verify the account and payment arrangement in the actual shipment record.

Check before using

This domestic printing guide does not establish a universal visible billing-account field.

Official reference: sf-waybill

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 05

Mother / child + QR identity

On this sample: 1 / 2 · 子 / 母

Documented field / data example

MOTHER [MASTER] · CHILD [CHILD] · [PIECE SEQUENCE] / [TOTAL PIECES] · QR k5 = [CHILD]

For external-customer mother/child shipments, the child QR k5 must be replaced with the child waybill number.

Check before using

Reconcile child barcode, QR k5, visible mother number and piece count before printing.

Official reference: sf-waybill

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 06

Customer-defined zone

Documented field / data example

ORDER [CUSTOMER REF]

The template provides customer-defined space for applicable order or consignment information.

Check before using

An order reference is separate from the SF waybill and routing fields.

Official reference: sf-waybill

↑ Back to field directory
View carrier reference · SF Express →

Priority Mail + Adult Signature · IMpb

Basic label reading

USPS Priority Mail + Adult Signature

Official USPS illustrative Priority Mail + Adult Signature Required label, cropped from Exhibit 14. The publication expressly describes the depicted barcode label as for illustration only.

PDF page 82 / printed page 83, Exhibit 14; Publication 199 v35, 2 July 2026

This artwork shows USPS PRIORITY MAIL, USPS ADULT SIGNATURE and a printed sample package identifier. It does not print a standalone STC, MID, postage account, piece count or order reference. The postcode is visible in the recipient address; an AI 420 payload cannot be confirmed from the image alone. Artwork is low resolution in the source PDF and is not a production label.

Original figure →

Detailed interpretation

Scope: Official USPS Publication 199 v35 (2 July 2026), Exhibit 14. Printed service and identifier fields are distinguished from STC, MID and payment metadata below.

The IMpb encodes package identity and service information. Its MID is not proof of the postage account, and routing ZIP is not the whole tracking number.

Field explanation · 01

Service Type Code

On this sample: USPS PRIORITY MAIL

Documented field / data example

STC = [3 DIGITS]

The sample prints USPS PRIORITY MAIL and USPS ADULT SIGNATURE, identifying a mail class and an extra service. The documented three-digit Service Type Code combines product/extra-service context in the IMpb data; it is not printed separately here.

Check before using

Resolve the actual digits with the current IMpb STC list; the teaching placeholder has no service mapping.

Official reference: USPS Publication 199 v35 · 2 July 2026

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 02

Package identifier

On this sample: 9268 1912 3456 7812 3456 71

Documented field / data example

[IMpb PACKAGE IDENTIFIER]

Use the package identifier from the applicable certified barcode construct.

Check before using

The full concatenated scan can include routing data; do not assume it equals the human-readable tracking string.

Official reference: USPS Publication 199 v35 · 2 July 2026

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 03

Domestic destination routing

On this sample: 22030-1234

Documented field / data example

AI 420 · [DESTINATION ZIP]

The domestic routing Application Identifier is 420. Routing ZIP may be concatenated or carried in a separate routing barcode.

Check before using

Use the address and required barcode construct; extra-service cases can require a different ZIP length.

Official reference: 204 Barcode Standards | Postal Explorer · USPS Publication 199 v35 · 2 July 2026

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 05

Piece-level identity

Documented field / data example

ONE UNIQUE IMpb PER PACKAGE

USPS requires a unique IMpb barcode for each package.

Check before using

Duplicating one package identifier across several parcels breaks piece reconciliation.

Official reference: Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode (IMpb)

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 07

Extra service

On this sample: USPS ADULT SIGNATURE

Documented field / data example

USPS ADULT SIGNATURE

The banner identifies the Adult Signature Required extra service in this illustrative label.

Check before using

This illustration combines Priority Mail with the additional Adult Signature Required service; that extra service is not included with every Priority Mail shipment. The banner does not prove a signature was collected, a parcel was delivered or these options were accepted for another booking. Verify the actual booking and applicable service eligibility.

Official reference: USPS Publication 199 v35 · 2 July 2026

↑ Back to field directory
View carrier reference · USPS →

Parcel Post · article and metadata

Basic label reading

Australia Post Parcel Post

Unaltered official Australia Post developer-documentation Parcel Post specimen image with fictional/sample address text.

Australia Post label layouts / Parcel Post Label image

The original official sample is only 244 x 347 pixels. A vertical article barcode, postage-paid 2D symbol and recipient postcode are visible; the full article digits are not reliably legible at this resolution. Do not claim the 2D postage symbol proves an observed complete generate_label_metadata DataMatrix payload. No clearly printed billing account, consignment ID, piece count or customer reference is visible.

Original figure →

Detailed interpretation

Scope: Official Australia Post developer Parcel Post sample image (244 × 347 pixels). Full article digits cannot be reliably transcribed; structured metadata is explained below.

Consignment identifies the shipment; article identifies the individual parcel. The full DataMatrix payload adds routing and label-generation data.

Field explanation · 03

DataMatrix versus linear payload

On this sample: VIC 3000

Documented field / data example

[GTIN] + [ARTICLE] + [POSTCODE] + [LABEL TIME]

For Australia Post, barcode_id combines GS1 fields; the full DataMatrix contains more than the linear barcode.

Check before using

The documentation uses pipe characters to represent FNC1 separators. This teaching text is not a printable barcode.

Official reference: Generate Label Metadata - API resources - Shipping and Tracking

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 04

Merchant location and payer

Documented field / data example

MLID •••• · BILLING ACCOUNT ••••

The human-readable consignment context can include the merchant location or despatch identifier.

Check before using

A location identifier is not proof of the account charged; confirm billing in the actual booking.

Official reference: Generate Label Metadata - API resources - Shipping and Tracking

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 06

Order reconciliation

Documented field / data example

ORDER [CUSTOMER REF]

Use the actual shipment record to associate the label with the intended order.

Check before using

The customer order reference is not a substitute for consignment_id or article_id.

Official reference: auspost api

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 07

Declared dead weight

On this sample: 1.25 kg

Documented field / data example

1.25 kg

Dead weight is printed as a separate parcel characteristic; it is not a service or account code.

Check before using

The printed dead weight is a sample parcel characteristic, not proof of scale verification, dimensional or billable weight, a rate quote or acceptance of a current booking. Compare the actual parcel measurements with its booking record.

Official reference: Labels - API resources - Shipping and Tracking

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 08

Delivery instruction

On this sample: Leave parcel at reception

Documented field / data example

Leave parcel at reception

The printed instruction is operational delivery context and does not identify the service product.

Check before using

This text is an instruction on the illustrative label. It does not prove the parcel was left at reception, establish a billed account or define a universal Parcel Post delivery promise. Confirm the accepted booking instructions and applicable delivery conditions.

Official reference: Labels - API resources - Shipping and Tracking

↑ Back to field directory
View carrier reference · Australia Post →

StarTrack Premium / PRM · routing string

Basic label reading

StarTrack Premium / PRM test label

Unaltered official StarTrack A6 Premium/PRM developer sample bearing the repeated TEST LABEL - DO NOT USE watermark.

StarTrack labels / A6-1pp Standard Thermal layout image

The specimen is PRM/Premium, not EXP/Road Express. PRM2012SYD is a routing barcode and 111Z50000073PRM00001 is the article ID. The printed ITEM line reads ITEM 1 OF with no reliably legible total, so a total piece count must not be invented. No payer account is visibly printed. The 2018 test label is a historical sample layout, not evidence of a live booking or a current port map.

Original figure →

Detailed interpretation

Scope: Official StarTrack A6 PRM/Premium test label (2018) and Australia Post developer metadata guide; EXP is a separate documented comparison.

The printed PRM2012SYD routing string separates the Premium label code, destination postcode and primary port. Article ID and consignment number are distinct; the QR symbol carries manifest backup data.

Field explanation · 01

Product / label code

On this sample: PRM

Documented field / data example

PRM · Premium label code / EXP · separate Express example

This official artwork prints PRM; the developer guide identifies its PRM/Premium context. EXP/Express is a separate label-code context.

Check before using

Match the booking product to its returned label code. Do not apply an EXP depot rule to this PRM sample.

Official reference: Generate Label Metadata - API resources - Shipping and Tracking

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 03

Routing barcode structure

On this sample: PRM2012SYD

Documented field / data example

PRM · 2012 · SYD

The documented SSS9999DDD routing structure separates service-label code, receiver postcode and depot/port. This PRM sample prints postcode 2012 and primary port SYD.

Check before using

PRM uses a primary port; EXP uses the nearest depot. This historical sample does not establish a current depot/port directory.

Official reference: Generate Label Metadata - API resources - Shipping and Tracking

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 07

Authority-to-leave barcode

On this sample: C200000506

Documented field / data example

C200000506

A separate barcode is explicitly titled AUTHORITY TO LEAVE. Keep this printed operational field separate from the article and routing barcodes.

Check before using

This historical TEST LABEL does not establish authority to leave on another booking or completed unattended delivery. C200000506 is the printed delivery-instruction barcode here, not the article identifier, routing string or a decoded universal payload. Confirm the actual booking and applicable delivery conditions.

Official reference: Labels - API resources - Shipping and Tracking

↑ Back to field directory
View carrier reference · StarTrack →

YourGLS demo label · ShipIT field comparison

Basic label reading

GLS Germany · YourGLS demo parcel label

Actual right-hand demo parcel-label panel in the official YourGLS March 2022 customer presentation, PDF page 51; rendered and cropped directly with Poppler, visually verified.

51

Historical German YourGLS demo screenshot, not a current universal ShipIT layout. PARCEL/EXPRESS API product codes are not printed here. The visible customer ID is not proof of the billed account. Demo tracking and routing values are illustrative.

Original figure →

Detailed interpretation

Scope: Official German YourGLS March 2022 demo label. Historical ShipIT 3.3.20 API fields below are a separate schema reference, not a claim that every field is printed.

The sample shows a short GLS Track ID, routing block, piece count, customer reference and shipper customer ID. API Product, ParcelNumber and RoutingInfo have separate documented roles; the sample does not establish a printed service-code mapping.

Field explanation · 02

Parcel identifiers

On this sample: ZTC39H0P

Documented field / data example

TrackID = [TRACK ID] · ParcelNumber = [PARCEL NUMBER]

The sample response provides TrackID and ParcelNumber as separate parcel identifiers.

Check before using

Use the required identifier for the actual tracking method; the full 2D barcode contains additional data.

Official reference: gls samples

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 03

RoutingInfo response

On this sample: 6 · DE · 662 / 2023

Documented field / data example

FinalLocationCode [LOCATION] · HubLocation [HUB]

The historical sample returns routing metadata separately from parcel identity.

Check before using

These are versioned metadata fields, not a verified current printed-label position or facility-code dictionary.

Official reference: gls samples

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 04

Customer and shipper contact

On this sample: Shipper Cust-ID 0123456789

Documented field / data example

CustomerID •••• · Shipper.ContactID ••••

The historical response and request separate customer identity from shipper-contact selection.

Check before using

Do not infer a transport or duties payer from these fields alone; use the account-specific shipment record.

Official reference: gls samples

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 05

Returned ParcelData

On this sample: 001/001 · 3.00 KG

Documented field / data example

ParcelData [PACKAGE RECORD]

Reconcile returned parcel records with the requested shipment units and actual cartons.

Check before using

Historical sample arrays are explanatory; confirm the behavior of the actual API version and response.

Official reference: gls samples

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 06

Customer shipment reference

On this sample: Cust-Ref 123

Documented field / data example

ShipmentReference = [ORDER REF]

The sample keeps ShipmentReference separate from TrackID and ParcelNumber.

Check before using

A customer reference is not the parcel tracking identity.

Official reference: gls samples

↑ Back to field directory
View carrier reference · GLS →

Hongkong Post S10 · registered item + CN22

Basic label reading

Hongkong Post registered item / CN04 + CN22

Official UPU S10-12 Annex A.4 example of a Hongkong Post registered item integrating CN04 and CN22. Sender/addressee names, address detail and signature were already obscured in yellow by the source publication; the crop preserves those source redactions.

PDF page 17 / printed page 10, Annex A.4

This historical specimen prints RT 011 231 107 HK, not the former conceptual RR/CN example. RT falls within the registered-letter-post RA-RZ family; HK denotes the issuing authority and does not mean destination Hong Kong. Destination is Canada. UPU warns copied annex barcodes may not scan correctly. The label shows a postage permit block, not a billing-account field; no account value is inferred.

Original figure →

Detailed interpretation

Scope: Official Hongkong Post CN04/CN22 specimen in UPU S10-12 Annex A.4, PDF page 17; historical example with source-redacted personal details.

An S10 identifier has 13 characters. The final country code identifies the issuing authority, while destination routing and customs information are separate.

Field explanation · 01

Service indicator · positions 1–2

On this sample: R / RT

Documented field / data example

RT

RT falls within the documented RA–RZ registered letter-post indicator range.

Check before using

The indicator describes a postal product family, not a universal delivery-time commitment. RZ requires bilateral agreement.

Official reference: Identification of postal items – 13-character identifier

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 06

Customs declaration

On this sample: CN22

Documented field / data example

CN22 · CD · HKD50.00

This specimen integrates a CN22 customs declaration with the registered-item label. Reconcile the category, contents, weight, declared value and signature with the shipment record.

Check before using

The S10 format alone does not establish contents, declared value or customs clearance.

Official reference: Identification of postal items – 13-character identifier

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 07

Signature instruction

On this sample: Signature required

Documented field / data example

Signature required

The CN04 area includes an explicit signature-required instruction.

Check before using

The signature instruction is printed outside the 13-character S10 identifier. It does not prove a signature was collected, establish live delivery status or mean that the RT or HK components encode a signature result. Check the issued label and applicable service conditions.

Official reference: Identification of postal items – 13-character identifier

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 08

Additional non-S10 barcode

On this sample: Additional non-S10 barcode

Documented field / data example

Additional non-S10 barcode

The source explains that a second non-S10 barcode can coexist with the S10 identifier. It must not be mistaken for a second S10 tracking number.

Check before using

The additional barcode is not a second S10 tracking identifier. Its presence alone does not establish a decoded payload, account, service code or accepted live shipment. Do not substitute it for RT011231107HK without documentation for that barcode and workflow.

Official reference: Identification of postal items – 13-character identifier

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 09

Actual destination

On this sample: Melville SK S0A 2P0 CANADA

Documented field / data example

Melville SK S0A 2P0 CANADA

The destination address supplies routing context. The HK suffix in the S10 number identifies the issuing authority.

Check before using

Canada is the destination in this illustrated address; HK in the S10 identifier is the issuing authority. The address does not establish an internal depot or route token, actual transport mode, current booking or shipment status. Preserve the source redactions rather than reconstructing masked address details.

Official reference: Identification of postal items – 13-character identifier

↑ Back to field directory
Detailed fields · 6
printed field · electronic dataS10 characters 12–13: Country code; S10 clause 6: Issuing and management

S10-12 defines the two-letter suffix as the ISO country under whose authority the identifier was issued. With multiple operators in a country, this code alone does not identify the operator; extraterritorial issuance further prevents treating it as physical origin or destination routing.

What to check: For the retained RT…HK example, read HK as issuing-authority country context. Do not infer the current destination, actual depot, origin pickup country, payer or exact operator solely from the suffix.

Scope / version: UPU international postal item identifier standard, historical S10-12 · Historical S10-12 structural/issuing-authority definitions, separate from the current customs guide and actual carrier event coverage · UPU S10-12, version approved 17 October 2017, copyright 2018; freshly retrieved 2026-10-05; historical version scope, not a claim of current catalogue validity

Identification of postal items – 13-character identifier ↗§5.5 Country code; §6 Issuing and management

printed field · operational controlS10 §7.1: single identifier / multiple representations; S10 §7.2: additional non-S10 barcodes

S10-12 assigns one S10 identity to an item, while allowing multiple physical copies of the same identity. Additional distinct non-S10 barcodes can serve other operational purposes; a second S10-format identifier with different data has special removal/obliteration rules.

What to check: Compare full data content before deciding that two barcodes denote two parcels. Do not hide the original S10 or addresses with additional symbols; inspect the role rather than treating every barcode as an independent tracking number.

Scope / version: UPU postal item identification, historical S10-12 · Physical representation/copy rules in S10-12; does not promise tracked-product event coverage · UPU S10-12, version approved 17 October 2017, copyright 2018; freshly retrieved 2026-10-05; historical version scope, not a claim of current catalogue validity

Identification of postal items – 13-character identifier ↗§7.1–7.2 Use of S10 identifiers and additional barcodes

printed field · operational controlCN22 / CN23 revised form type; CN22 declaration capacity

The 2024 guide describes the 1 June 2023 form revision as removing the UPU CN22/CN23 value threshold and allowing CN22 for letter post when the full declaration fits. CN23 provides space for longer declarations and can also be selected for letter post where appropriate.

What to check: Check the accepting operator, postal product and destination requirements separately. Do not turn a Royal Mail £270 printing condition or an old form instruction into a universal current UPU threshold. This professional guidance does not re-date the historical Hongkong Post artwork as a 2023 form.

Scope / version: UPU postal customs form framework · WCO–UPU 2024 guide account of revised 2023 forms; local/carrier acceptance rules remain separate · WCO–UPU Postal Customs Guide, Final edition of 2024; amended forms effective 1 June 2023 as described in that edition; retrieved 2026-10-05

WCO–UPU Postal Customs Guide ↗§IV.j, printed pp.37–40, CN22/CN23 revision and selection

printed field · electronic dataCN22: HS tariff number (4) / Country of origin (5); CN23: HS tariff number (7) / Country of origin of goods (8)

The customs guide describes HS as a six-digit commodity-classification field and origin as the country where goods were produced, manufactured or assembled. Goods origin need not equal the posting country, destination or S10 issuing suffix.

What to check: Use commodity-level descriptions and origin evidence rather than carrier product codes or routing strings. Check current national extensions/requirements separately; these form-field meanings are not a guarantee that a given declaration clears customs.

Scope / version: UPU CN22/CN23 postal goods declaration semantics · WCO–UPU 2024 guide form-field definitions; does not claim unchanged optional/mandatory law for every destination in 2026 · WCO–UPU Postal Customs Guide, Final edition of 2024; amended forms effective 1 June 2023 as described in that edition; retrieved 2026-10-05

WCO–UPU Postal Customs Guide ↗CN22 field notes (4)/(5), printed p.38; CN23 notes (7)/(8), printed p.41

printed field · electronic dataCN23: Net weight in kg (3) / Total gross weight (4); CN23: Value (5) / Total value (6); CN23: Postal charges/Fee (9)

The CN23 instructions separate article net weights from gross item weight including packaging, article values from their currency-labelled total, and postage paid from other charges such as insurance. Quantity of goods articles is not the number of transport parcels.

What to check: Reconcile contents totals with parcel gross measurement and shipment records without collapsing their meanings. Do not treat customs value, insured amount and postage charge as interchangeable amounts or payer-account identifiers.

Scope / version: UPU CN23 postal customs forms · WCO–UPU 2024 guide CN23 instructions and form semantics; source context does not establish visibility on the retained CN22 specimen · WCO–UPU Postal Customs Guide, Final edition of 2024; amended forms effective 1 June 2023 as described in that edition; retrieved 2026-10-05

WCO–UPU Postal Customs Guide ↗CN23 instructions (2)–(6)/(9), printed p.41

printed field · operational controlCN23 enclosed / May be opened officially notice; CP72 manifold: customer receipt / CN23 / CP73 or CP74 label

When CN23 is not visible outside the item, the guide describes an exterior detachable CN22 portion or enclosure notice. CP72 is a manifold document set incorporating customs, receipt and parcel-label roles; its multiple document portions do not themselves indicate multiple parcels.

What to check: Locate the actual customs declaration and visible item identity instead of tracking an enclosure notice. Distinguish the customs document set from a separate commercial invoice, carrier tracking event or piece-count field.

Scope / version: UPU postal customs document placement and parcel-form sets · WCO–UPU 2024 guide CN23 visibility and CP72 document hierarchy, not a new printed sample observation · WCO–UPU Postal Customs Guide, Final edition of 2024; amended forms effective 1 June 2023 as described in that edition; retrieved 2026-10-05

WCO–UPU Postal Customs Guide ↗§IV.j.1–3, printed pp.39–41, CN23 placement and CP72

Japan Post Ski Yu-Pack · one-way form

Basic label reading

Japan Post Ski Yu-Pack · one-way form

Official Japan Post instructional one-way Ski Yu-Pack image, converted losslessly from GIF to PNG. Existing numbered annotations belong to the official source.

Official Ski Yu-Pack filling guide · one-way figure; reviewed 5 October 2026

The official picture contains masked illustrative addresses and an inquiry barcode. It does not document a decoded barcode payload, internal route token, billing account, parcel count or live tracking status. The dedicated Ski Yu-Pack layout cannot establish the printed format of ordinary Yu-Pack, EMS or another product.

Original figure →

Detailed interpretation

Scope: Japan domestic Ski Yu-Pack dedicated one-way form, from the official filling example reviewed 5 October 2026. Not an EMS or general Yu-Pack template.

The official instructional form separates service selection, inquiry identity, address, use date and contents. Use the separate return-paid form when booking both legs.

Field explanation · 02

Recipient address and destination postcode

On this sample: お届け先

Documented field / data example

お届け先 / recipient block

The recipient block supplies the delivery address, postcode and contact details.

Check before using

Masked example address data and a resort name do not establish an internal route, depot or sorting code.

Official reference: Ski Yu-Pack official one-way and return-paid example instructions

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 08

Inquiry-number barcode

On this sample: お問い合わせ番号

Documented field / data example

お問い合わせ番号 / printed linear barcode

The specimen includes an inquiry-number barcode and its printed identifier.

Check before using

The instructional image is not a live shipment. Do not infer identifier length, prefix allocation or a barcode payload from this picture.

Official reference: Ski Yu-Pack official one-way and return-paid example instructions

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 09

Payment role and absent billing account

Documented field / data example

No billing account number visibly established

The client block and inquiry barcode identify different roles. No contract account number or explicit billed-party identity is established by this instructional picture.

Check before using

Confirm charges and any billing identity through the accepted booking or receipt. Do not read a telephone number, postcode or inquiry number as an account.

Official reference: Ski Yu-Pack official one-way and return-paid example instructions

↑ Back to field directory
View carrier reference · 日本郵便 (Japan Post) →

Japan Post Ski Yu-Pack · return-paid form

Basic label reading

Japan Post Ski Yu-Pack · return-paid form

Official Japan Post instructional return-paid Ski Yu-Pack image, converted losslessly from GIF to PNG. Existing numbered annotations belong to the official source.

Official Ski Yu-Pack filling guide · return-paid figure; reviewed 5 October 2026

The official picture contains masked illustrative addresses and an inquiry barcode. It does not document a decoded barcode payload, internal route token, billing account, parcel count or live tracking status. The dedicated Ski Yu-Pack layout cannot establish the printed format of ordinary Yu-Pack, EMS or another product.

Original figure →

Detailed interpretation

Scope: Japan domestic Ski Yu-Pack dedicated return-paid form, from the official filling example reviewed 5 October 2026. Not an EMS or general Yu-Pack template.

The official instructional form separates service selection, inquiry identity, address, use date and contents. It adds a scheduled return-dispatch field for the return-paid flow.

Field explanation · 02

Recipient address and destination postcode

On this sample: お届け先

Documented field / data example

お届け先 / recipient block

The recipient block supplies the delivery address, postcode and contact details.

Check before using

Masked example address data and a resort name do not establish an internal route, depot or sorting code.

Official reference: Ski Yu-Pack official one-way and return-paid example instructions

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 09

Inquiry-number barcode

On this sample: お問い合わせ番号

Documented field / data example

お問い合わせ番号 / printed linear barcode

The specimen includes an inquiry-number barcode and its printed identifier.

Check before using

The instructional image is not a live shipment. Do not infer identifier length, prefix allocation or a barcode payload from this picture.

Official reference: Ski Yu-Pack official one-way and return-paid example instructions

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 10

Payment role and absent billing account

Documented field / data example

往路 / 往復便; no billing account number visibly established

The visible form marks the outward leg and round-trip workflow. The official English filling guide describes a return-paid workflow; that description is not a transcription of a prepaid or payer-account field in this image.

Check before using

Confirm charges and any billing identity through the accepted booking or receipt. Do not read a telephone number, postcode or inquiry number as an account.

Official reference: Ski Yu-Pack official one-way and return-paid example instructions

↑ Back to field directory
View carrier reference · 日本郵便 (Japan Post) →

bpost bpack · franking-machine label (2026)

Basic label reading

bpost bpack · franking-machine label (2026)

Official bpost franking-machine bpack specimen, cropped from the January 2026 Masspost guide. The figure is rendered without adding carrier marks or inventing label data.

PDF page 25 / printed page 21 · Masspost January 2026, section 4, §2.3.3

This franking-machine label is separate from Shipping Manager output. The destination panel and postage area are blank. No exact contracted service, internal routing token, account number, piece count or accepted shipment status is established.

Original figure →

Detailed interpretation

Scope: Belgium bpack parcel prepared via a franking machine. Masspost January 2026, section 4, printed page 21 / PDF page 25. Not a modern Shipping Manager product-specific layout.

The official figure separates the parcel barcode, sender, blank destination panel and machine-franking zone. It does not expose an exact product code, billing account or internal route.

Field explanation · 01

Parcel wording versus exact product

On this sample: Paquet - Pakket / P

Documented field / data example

Paquet - Pakket / P

The image is the bpack label required when using a franking machine. The P mark accompanies the parcel barcode.

Check before using

Neither the P mark nor bilingual parcel wording identifies a particular contracted bpack product. This is not a Shipping Manager specimen.

Official reference: bpost Masspost 2026 section 4: Parcels

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 02

Printed bpack barcode

On this sample: 323299902616489000563030

Documented field / data example

323299902616489000563030

The sample pairs the P mark with a printed bpack barcode and human-readable identifier.

Check before using

Read the entire issued barcode for an actual parcel; the illustration is not evidence of acceptance, delivery or a decoded proprietary field map.

Official reference: bpost Masspost 2026 section 4: Parcels

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 03

Blank recipient-address area

On this sample: Blank panel

Documented field / data example

Destination panel is blank

The large blank panel is reserved for the destination address; the guide requires it to be completed.

Check before using

There is no observed destination postcode, depot token or routing string in this specimen.

Official reference: bpost Masspost 2026 section 4: Parcels

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 04

Franking zone and payment evidence

On this sample: Zone a

Documented field / data example

Zone a / machine impression

Zone a is the area where the machine franking impression is affixed.

Check before using

The blank area is not an account number. Sender address and barcode cannot prove contract account, payer role or paid amount.

Official reference: bpost Masspost 2026 section 4: Parcels

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 05

Sender block

On this sample: Expéditeur / Afzender

Documented field / data example

Expéditeur / Afzender

The printed sender block identifies the example origin and return context.

Check before using

The sender address is separate from the recipient area, tracking identity and postage franking zone.

Official reference: bpost Masspost 2026 section 4: Parcels

↑ Back to field directory
View carrier reference · bpost →

SkyNet Malaysia · main eAWB / 1 of 2

Basic label reading

SkyNet Malaysia · main eAWB / 1 of 2

Rendered extract of the unchanged official PDF page 44; SkyPostpaid guideline v3 last updated 17 October 2022. The source itself uses TEST identifiers and a historical print date.

44

Instructional Malaysian label only. Exact shipping service, current route-code meaning, barcode payload, billed weight, payer and live shipment status are not established. The additional 903 sticker is a piece workflow, not a product code.

Original figure →

Detailed interpretation

Scope: Malaysia domestic SkyPostpaid v3 · 17 October 2022 · instructional sticker; exact named shipping product is not established

Official historical multi-package sticker. Read basic fields along the leader lines, then compare the main eAWB, additional 903 identity, account and package sequence in the detailed notes below.

Field explanation · 01

Main eAWB

On this sample: ECR301100516TEST

Documented field / data example

ECR301100516TEST

Shipment identity printed beneath the main barcode.

Check before using

TEST is part of the official instructional sample; no current shipment or universal identifier length is established.

Official reference: SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022)

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 02

Sender account

On this sample: ACCOUNT: SZB0119200759

Documented field / data example

ACCOUNT: SZB0119200759

A sample sender account; payer must be verified separately.

Check before using

Visibility does not establish ownership or the freight/duties/taxes payer.

Official reference: SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022)

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 05

Shipper reference

On this sample: Shipper Ref: [blank]

Documented field / data example

Shipper Ref: [blank]

Optional merchant reference, not the tracking identifier.

Check before using

The sample reference and department are blank; invoice references remain separate from shipment IDs.

Official reference: SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022)

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 06

Contents type

On this sample: Contents: Parcel

Documented field / data example

Contents: Parcel

Parcel is the contents type, not a verified service code.

Check before using

Do not confuse Document/Parcel contents with Export Express, Economy Express or a timed offer.

Official reference: SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022)

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 07

Weight and dimensions

On this sample: WT(kg): 2.00 · Dim(cm): 10x10x10 · Vol Wt: 0.20

Documented field / data example

WT(kg): 2.00 · Dim(cm): 10x10x10 · Vol Wt: 0.20

Physical and dimensional values are separate.

Check before using

The 5000 divisor is historical v3 Malaysian guidance; verify the current contracted charging rule.

Official reference: SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022)

↑ Back to field directory
View carrier reference · SkyNet Worldwide Express / Malaysia →

SkyNet Malaysia · 903 additional eAWB / 2 of 2

Basic label reading

SkyNet Malaysia · 903 additional eAWB / 2 of 2

Rendered extract of the unchanged official PDF page 44; SkyPostpaid guideline v3 last updated 17 October 2022. The source itself uses TEST identifiers and a historical print date.

44

Instructional Malaysian label only. Exact shipping service, current route-code meaning, barcode payload, billed weight, payer and live shipment status are not established. The additional 903 sticker is a piece workflow, not a product code.

Original figure →

Detailed interpretation

Scope: Malaysia domestic SkyPostpaid v3 · 17 October 2022 · instructional sticker; exact named shipping product is not established

Official historical multi-package sticker. Read basic fields along the leader lines, then compare the main eAWB, additional 903 identity, account and package sequence in the detailed notes below.

Field explanation · 01

Additional eAWB

On this sample: 903920266431TEST

Documented field / data example

903920266431TEST

A distinct identifier for the additional package.

Check before using

TEST is part of the official instructional sample; no current shipment or universal identifier length is established.

Official reference: SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022)

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 02

Main consignment link

On this sample: ECR301100516TEST

Documented field / data example

ECR301100516TEST

The main eAWB is repeated on the additional sticker.

Check before using

The sample reference and department are blank; invoice references remain separate from shipment IDs.

Official reference: SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022)

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 03

Sender account

On this sample: ACCOUNT: SZB0119200759

Documented field / data example

ACCOUNT: SZB0119200759

A sample sender account; payer must be verified separately.

Check before using

Visibility does not establish ownership or the freight/duties/taxes payer.

Official reference: SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022)

↑ Back to field directory

Field explanation · 05

Package sequence

On this sample: 2 of 2

Documented field / data example

2 of 2

The additional package is the second of two.

Check before using

Keep the parent/additional identifiers and all pieces together; use the booked total rather than these sample values.

Official reference: SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022)

↑ Back to field directory
View carrier reference · SkyNet Worldwide Express / Malaysia →

Reading Questions

Can A Printed Service Marker Be Used As The Booking Code?

In the ShipmentInfo structure of DHL Express MyDHL SOAP v2.40, ServiceType is the global product code and LocalServiceType is the local product code. The printed WPX marker on the Express Worldwide specimen must be checked against the actual booking and lane; routing barcode fields are separate. A code observed on one sample is not a universal API mapping.

Official evidence: MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, February 2026 ↗ · DHL Express Worldwide / WPX official specimen ↗

Read The Scoped Field Reference →

Which Tracking Number Belongs To Each Parcel In A Multi-Piece Shipment?

For FedEx Ship API REST v1 multiple-piece shipments to the same recipient, the first package is the master and subsequent packages have their own child tracking numbers. When labels are generated one at a time, later requests use masterTrackingId. Match every carton to its own label and package sequence. When asynchronous processing is used, jobId identifies the queued job, not a parcel.

Official evidence: FedEx Ship API REST v1 documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05 ↗

Read The Scoped Field Reference →

How Does A Routing Barcode Differ From The Tracking Identifier?

For domestic USPS IMpb labels in the United States, application identifier 420 introduces the destination routing ZIP in the applicable barcode construct. Routing can be concatenated with the package barcode or printed separately. The full scan payload can therefore contain more than the human-readable package identifier; use the tracking identity defined by the certified construct.

Official evidence: USPS Publication 199 v35 and live Domestic Mail Manual §204, reviewed 2026-10-05. ↗ · USPS DMM §204 ↗

Read The Scoped Field Reference →

Does The Shipper Account Identify Who Pays Freight And Duties?

In DHL Express MyDHL SOAP v2.40, ShipperAccountNumber, the transportation payer and DutyAndTaxPayerAccountNumber have separate roles. ShippingPaymentType uses S for sender, R for receiver and T for third party; R or T also requires BillingAccountNumber. A printed payer role alone does not reveal the complete account or establish every charge: confirm the authorized shipment record.

Official evidence: MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, February 2026 ↗

Read The Scoped Field Reference →

Read Visible Label Text

Paste service words or an S10 postal identifier. Processing stays in this browser.

A label can exist before a parcel is handed over. Verify acceptance and delivery through carrier tracking.

Label Anatomy

A schematic guide, not a printable carrier label.

01Sender / return address
02Recipient / delivery address
03Booked product and options
04Package ID / tracking reference
05Routing and sorting fields
06Piece count / customer reference
07Shipper / billing account

Shipment checks: Check each package against the booking and packing list. Keep the original-to-replacement identifier link when relabelling. Confirm return instructions and required customs documents separately.

Official Technical Reference

Official language versions are used where available. Technical codes and original references are retained.

DHL Express

International express; local product availability

Service families

DHL Express Worldwide · DHL Express 9:00 · DHL Express 10:30 · DHL Express 12:00 · DHL Economy Select

Label examples

  • Express Worldwide / WPX · waybill and piece ID →Official MyDHL+ transport label without C-PLT (guide v3.0, page 7), showing a Poland/WAW-to-United-States example. This is an Express Worldwide product-family example; it does not establish a current US-origin 2026 printed template. SOAP booking and billing roles below are separate data-field explanations.
Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Product / serviceInternational express; local product availability · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Time-definite product selected for the shipment. Worldwide and the morning products are distinct service choices.Match the booked product and destination capability; a printed time is not independent proof of a guaranteed date.
Shipment and package identifiersInternational express; local product availability · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →MyDHL shipment output includes shipment data and shipping labels. Shipment scope and package scope must be distinguished in multi-piece records.Reconcile every package label with the shipment response and packing list.
Routing / facility textInternational express; local product availability · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Operational routing must be interpreted against the carrier-generated label and current shipment data.Do not turn a gateway abbreviation or proprietary product code into an undocumented service promise.
Customs documentsInternational express; local product availability · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Shipment creation can provide optional customs documents; shipping labels and customs documentation are separate outputs.Check the required invoice and destination-specific documents against the booking.
Shipper / billing accountInternational express; local product availability · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The versioned SOAP guide separates ShipperAccountNumber, ShippingPaymentType and BillingAccountNumber. S selects shipper, R receiver and T third-party payment.These are SOAP request codes, not a universal printed-label map. Verify the payer account separately from the shipper and customs payer.
Global / local / special service codesInternational express; local product availability · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The v2.40 SOAP guide gives P as an example global code for Express Worldwide and II as Shipment Insurance. ServiceType, LocalServiceType and SpecialServices are separate fields.P is interpreted only in the DHL global-product context. A local product code or optional-service code must not be substituted for the global service.
AWB / LP / shipment referenceInternational express; local product availability · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The SOAP tracking guide distinguishes AWBNumber, LPNumber and ShipmentReference with account context.Confirm whether the number identifies the whole shipment, a piece or a customer reference.
Global product, local product and routing barcodeMyDHL SOAP v2.40 · MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, February 2026Full scope →A global booking product, country-specific product and operational routing value are separate data fields.Use returned rate/product codes; do not infer a booked API code from a large routing block or printed WPX marker alone.
Air waybill, physical piece and customer referenceMyDHL SOAP v2.40 · MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, February 2026Full scope →The shipment AWB, individual package identifier and pickup booking reference have different operational scopes.Reconcile every piece label with the response package number; BBX ParentShipment/ParentPiece fields have specialized consolidation semantics.
Shipper account, freight payer and duty payerMyDHL SOAP v2.40 · MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, February 2026Full scope →Account ownership and payment responsibility require the Billing structure, rather than a guess from label identifiers.A billing role printed on a label does not establish the full account number; retrieve the authorized shipment record.

Interpretation limits

DHL Express, DHL eCommerce and DHL Parcel have different products, systems and labels. Confirm the division first.

Official source · MyDHL API (DHL Express) · Official source · dhl express services · Official source · dhl billing · Official source · MyDHL API SOAP Developer Guide v2.40, revision 15 February 2026

FedEx

International express and market-specific domestic parcel

Service families

FedEx International Priority · FedEx International Economy · FedEx Ground · FedEx Home Delivery · FedEx International Priority Express · FedEx International Connect Plus · FedEx International Next Flight · FedEx 2Day · FedEx 2Day A.M. · FedEx First Overnight · FedEx Priority Overnight · FedEx Standard Overnight · FedEx Express Saver · FedEx Ground Economy

Label examples

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Service typeInternational express and market-specific domestic parcel · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The shipping request selects the service type. Human-readable service text must agree with that selection.Distinguish International Priority from Economy and Ground from Home Delivery; availability is lane-specific.
ASTRA / FDX1D / PDF417International express and market-specific domestic parcel · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →FedEx documents PDF417 for 2D data and ASTRA/FDX1D for Express; Ground uses barcode 96 and can use SSCC-18 00.Multiple barcodes serve different purposes; a long scanned payload is not automatically the tracking number.
ETD / EWOInternational express and market-specific domestic parcel · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →ETD is electronic trade document processing. EWO means Electronic with Original where the documentation describes paper originals as still required.EWO must trigger a check for physical documents; ETD does not by itself prove customs release.
Hold at LocationInternational express and market-specific domestic parcel · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The label can display Hold at Location for shipments collected at the selected location.Verify the actual pickup location rather than assuming home delivery.
Master / child packageInternational express and market-specific domestic parcel · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Multi-piece shipping creates package records and labels associated with the shipment.Reconcile the master and each package reference; one master label is not a reusable label for all cartons.
Doc-TabInternational express and market-specific domestic parcel · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The detachable label tab can carry additional information; some documented tire formats duplicate the barcode on the tab.A repeated barcode can be deliberate; reconcile package identity rather than counting symbols.
Shipper / billing accountVerification guidanceInternational express and market-specific domestic parcel · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
API service enumsInternational express and market-specific domestic parcel · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →FEDEX_INTERNATIONAL_PRIORITY = International Priority; FEDEX_INTERNATIONAL_PRIORITY_EXPRESS = International Priority Express; INTERNATIONAL_ECONOMY = International Economy; FEDEX_GROUND = Ground; GROUND_HOME_DELIVERY = Home Delivery.These are documented API values. Do not assume identical literal text is printed on every label, or confuse Priority with Priority Express.
Official source · fedex reference · Official web content reviewed
API product enum versus IP EXP / EWOFedEx Ship API REST v1 · FedEx Ship API REST v1 documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →A service marker and a customs-document marker describe different aspects of the shipment.EWO is not an express service level; check the printed product separately and verify ETD lane acceptance.
Master and child tracking in MPSFedEx Ship API REST v1 · FedEx Ship API REST v1 documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The first package is the master; subsequent physical packages receive their own child tracking numbers.Match label count, groupPackageCount and each package sequence; do not reuse the master label on every carton.
Tracking number, Form ID and sort-routing fieldsFedEx REST label validation documentation · FedEx Ship API REST v1 documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Routing fields and encoded tracking positions depend on the label/barcode family.Identify the barcode family first; do not decode every FedEx barcode as a plain 12-digit number or derive payment account from routing/meter fields.
Ground/Home Delivery service description and H markerUnited States; Ship API label validation · FedEx Ship API REST v1 documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05; label validation sectionFull scope →Ground label validation requires a service description; Home Delivery labels additionally use a boxed H near the delivery address.Use the current approved label output; do not derive a booking enum from an unrelated barcode digit.
Ground tracking number and Form IDUnited States; Ship API Ground label validation · FedEx Ship API REST v1 documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05; human-readable Ground label validationFull scope →The Ground human-readable validation list separates the tracking number and Form ID from postal/routing fields and customer reference information.Match human-readable data to the generated barcode and authorized shipment response.
Ground label routing and barcode formatsUnited States; Ship API label documentation · FedEx Ship API REST v1 documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05; shipping label formatsFull scope →FedEx documents postal-code/routing and airport ramp fields separately from the tracking identity; its label section describes barcode 96 for Ground and Home Delivery.Retain the complete generated barcode; do not assume a Ground-branded label proves that no air leg occurred.

Interpretation limits

Label appearance depends on service, stock and template. ASTRA is documented as transitional to FDX1D; do not assume one universal layout.

Official source · FedEx Ship API REST v1 public documentation, reviewed 2026-10-05 · Official web content reviewed · Official source · fedex reference · Official web content reviewed

UPS

Worldwide; WorldShip definitions and US label guidance

Service families

UPS Ground · UPS Next Day Air · UPS 2nd Day Air · UPS Worldwide Express · UPS Worldwide Express Plus · UPS Worldwide Saver · UPS Worldwide Expedited · UPS Access Point Economy · UPS 3 Day Select · UPS 2nd Day Air A.M. · UPS Next Day Air Early · UPS Next Day Air Saver

Label examples

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Shipment labelWorldwide; WorldShip definitions and US label guidance · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →WorldShip describes recipient, service and option indicators, barcodes, references and special instructions on the shipment label.Compare the visible service with the shipping record; references may be customer order numbers.
Air Shipping DocumentWorldwide; WorldShip definitions and US label guidance · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →UPS US guidance distinguishes air shipping documents from domestic Ground address/tracking label requirements.Confirm the actual service and the appropriate carrier-generated document.
Official source · ups label · Official web content reviewed
PRLWorldwide; WorldShip definitions and US label guidance · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →WorldShip return option code for Print Return Label. It belongs to the return-service option vocabulary.Do not confuse return-option codes with digits inside a tracking identifier.
ERLWorldwide; WorldShip definitions and US label guidance · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →WorldShip return option code for Electronic Return Label.Confirm the specific return instruction and collection/drop-off arrangement in the booking.
1Z service indicator positionsWorldwide; WorldShip definitions and US label guidance · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The official PLD guide identifies bytes 9 and 10 of a 1Z tracking number as the service-level indicator.Read these two characters as a raw indicator only; resolve the service with the current UPS Guide to Labeling and actual shipping record. Do not reuse WorldShip return-option codes as tracking-digit mappings.
Shipper / billing accountWorldwide; WorldShip definitions and US label guidance · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →WorldShip defines a six-character shipper number assigned by UPS. A shipper identifier must be distinguished from the billed account for transportation or duties.Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
WorldShip code versus 1Z service indicatorWorldShip help and PLD 0200 · UPS WorldShip help and PLD message format 0200, reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →WorldShip alpha service codes and the service indicator embedded in a 1Z number use different namespaces.Keep the raw two-character indicator; do not publish a universal mapping from an unsourced 1Z table.
Lead package and piece trackingUPS PLD 0200 · UPS PLD message format 0200, reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →ShipmentNumber must equal the tracking number of the lead non-void package.Compare every piece with its package-level record and the un-voided PackageCount.
UPS account versus transportation/duty payerWorldShip and PLD 0200 · UPS WorldShip billing help and PLD 0200, reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →A shipper number identifies the account; transportation and duty/tax payer choices are separate fields.Confirm the selected billing roles and authorized account record; a 1Z prefix does not prove who paid duty or tax.
WorldShip domestic selector versus label service dataUnited States / Puerto Rico origin · UPS WorldShip online help, reviewed 2026-10-05; U.S./Puerto Rico service tableFull scope →The WorldShip selector uses GND, 3DS, 2DA, 2DM, 1DA, 1DM and 1DP for the reviewed domestic products. These codes are not a direct 1Z barcode decoding table.Do not transpose these string codes into another API or infer a 1Z service indicator by spelling similarity.

Interpretation limits

The official PLD guide supports extracting the raw 1Z service indicator at positions 9–10. A current service-name mapping and billing-account inference are not established by these sources.

Official source · ups label · Official web content reviewed · Official source · UPS WorldShip public glossary, retrieved 2026-10-05; no separately stated edition · Official source · ups return · Official source · UPS PLD message format 0200 public help, retrieved 2026-10-05; reader published metadata 2026-07-24 · Official source · UPS WorldShip origin-specific service codes · Official web content reviewed · Official source · UPS Bill-To Information and Codes · Official web content reviewed

DHL eCommerce Americas

Americas API documentation; not DHL Express

Service families

DHL eCommerce domestic parcels · DHL eCommerce international parcels · DHL Parcel International Expedited · DHL Parcel International Direct · DHL Parcel International Standard · DHL Parcel Expedited Max · DHL Parcel Expedited · DHL Parcel Ground · DHL Parcel Plus Expedited Max · DHL Parcel Plus Expedited · DHL Parcel Plus Ground · DHL Parcel Return Light · DHL Parcel Return Plus · DHL Parcel Return Ground · DHL Packet International

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Label and product selectionAmericas API documentation; not DHL Express · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →This is a separate eCommerce label API with its own product and shipment parameters.Use the correct API product and country context; do not reuse Express service codes.
Carrier / postal handoffAmericas API documentation; not DHL Express · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →A consolidated eCommerce movement may require a separate final-delivery reference.Match the returned identifiers to the actual booked product; do not infer the delivery carrier from DHL branding alone.
Shipper / billing accountVerification guidanceAmericas API documentation; not DHL Express · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
Product ID versus confirmation serviceDHL eCommerce Americas APIs · DHL eCommerce Americas references, reviewed 2026-10-05; individual tables carry earlier update datesFull scope →Use the stable product ID to book; product names can change and are unsuitable as unique keys.Do not confuse an optional confirmation code, postal endorsement or DG content category with the transport product.
GM, DHL package ID, IMpb and PICDHL eCommerce Americas v4 · DHL eCommerce Americas Label API v4.0.0 and references, reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Customer, DHL and last-mile identifiers must be retained separately.Overlabeling can update the last-mile ID; preserve the original overlabeledDspNumber for domestic reconciliation.
Pickup account, distribution center and manifestDHL eCommerce Americas APIs · DHL eCommerce Americas references, reviewed 2026-10-05; individual tables carry earlier update datesFull scope →Pickup account, induction facility and manifest are distinct from a package tracking number.Verify facility and account entitlement; do not decode a facility code as the final customer address or package ID.
Domestic Product ID and weight-band reconciliationUnited States; DHL eCommerce Americas API · Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.Full scope →The API lists EXP for Parcel/Parcel Plus Expedited, GND for Parcel/Parcel Plus Ground and MAX for Parcel Expedited Max. Product names can change and are not unique selectors.Preserve the returned Product ID and package weight; do not book by a mutable product-name string.

Interpretation limits

Specific handoff interpretation requires the label response and the applicable product documentation.

Official source · Label (DHL eCommerce Americas) v4.0.0 · Official source · DHL eCommerce Americas product and label reference · Official web content reviewed · Official source · Domestic Shipping Services

DPD

European parcel networks; legacy specification plus 2026 local guide

Service families

DPD CLASSIC · DPD EXPRESS · DPD CLASSIC Europe · DPD 12:00 domestic express · DPD EXPRESS Europe · CLASSIC worldwide · EXPRESS international · DPD EXPRESS domestic end of day

Label examples

  • CLASSIC · label zones →Actual official DPD CLASSIC label in Parcel Label Specification v2.4 (30 June 2015), PDF page 45, showing a German domestic destination. This historical CLASSIC product-family example does not establish the current Germany-to-Europe cross-border layout or a current service-code table.
Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Parcel number / Code 128European parcel networks; legacy specification plus 2026 local guide · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The specification distinguishes parcel identification in the primary Code 128 field from other label zones.Use the parcel number for package reconciliation; do not substitute the full routing barcode string.
Service fieldEuropean parcel networks; legacy specification plus 2026 local guide · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The service field identifies the parcel service. The specification separately discusses the service code and destination postcode.Read in the relevant national network and specification version.
Routing text zoneEuropean parcel networks; legacy specification plus 2026 local guide · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Routing text, destination country and postcode support sorting and manual reconstruction.Routing depends on the routing database; a depot code is not a delivery commitment.
Aztec secondary codeEuropean parcel networks; legacy specification plus 2026 local guide · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The documented Aztec zone holds shipment information alongside the primary barcode.Identify the symbol and expected schema before interpreting a raw scan.
Customer-specific informationEuropean parcel networks; legacy specification plus 2026 local guide · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Customer references are a distinct zone from recipient, parcel details and service information.Match order references separately from carrier parcel numbers.
Shipper / billing accountVerification guidanceEuropean parcel networks; legacy specification plus 2026 local guide · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.

Interpretation limits

The available parcel specification is v2.4 and historical. Its structural explanations are retained, while its numeric service tables are not treated as current universal rules.

Official source · dpd-spec · Official source · dpd guide

GLS

European core; Italy/Spain guidance and versioned ShipIT examples

Service families

BusinessParcel · EuroBusinessParcel · GlobalBusinessParcel · GlobalExpressParcel · BusinessParcel Ireland · EuroBusinessParcel Ireland · BusinessSmallParcel Ireland · EuroBusinessSmallParcel Ireland

Label examples

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Product nameEuropean core; Italy/Spain guidance and versioned ShipIT examples · Historical indexed schemaFull scope →ShipIT describes product selection and distinguishes international GlobalBusinessParcel and GlobalExpressParcel.Check API version, originating GLS entity and shipment destination.
Parcel labelEuropean core; Italy/Spain guidance and versioned ShipIT examples · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →GLS Italy documents carrier application after collection or sender printing through its shipping systems.Use a label from the applicable GLS system; presentation varies by entity.
Parcel reference and handoffEuropean core; Italy/Spain guidance and versioned ShipIT examples · Historical indexed schemaFull scope →Package identity must stay associated with the actual shipment record.Reconcile every piece when using cross-border partners or replacing labels.
Shipper / billing accountVerification guidanceEuropean core; Italy/Spain guidance and versioned ShipIT examples · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
PARCEL / EXPRESSEuropean core; Italy/Spain guidance and versioned ShipIT examples · Historical indexed schemaFull scope →Versioned ShipIT examples use Product PARCEL or EXPRESS; country and address information participate in selecting the concrete product.PARCEL alone is not a universal EuroBusinessParcel label indicator. Resolve the actual service from the shipment response.
TrackID / ParcelNumber / CustomerIDEuropean core; Italy/Spain guidance and versioned ShipIT examples · Historical indexed schemaFull scope →The sample response separates TrackID, ParcelNumber, CustomerID and ShipmentReference. Shipper ContactID is an input account/contact identifier.Keep the namespaces separate; CustomerID and ContactID are not tracking references and do not alone establish the payer.
Official source · gls samples · Historical reference; check current specification
RoutingInfoEuropean core; Italy/Spain guidance and versioned ShipIT examples · Historical indexed schemaFull scope →The historical3.4.19SOAP sample includes GeoTour, LoadingArea, DispositionFlag, InboundSortingFlag, FinalLocationCode, HubLocation and LastRoutingDate.Names and structure vary by schema;3.3.20REST examples use Tour. Values are illustrative and do not establish a current depot dictionary.
Official source · gls routing sample · Historical reference; check current specification

Interpretation limits

Italy-specific guidance and versioned ShipIT examples do not establish a global mapping for all GLS national service codes.

Official source · gls label · Official source · GLS ShipIT REST shipment processing 3.3.20 — historical definitions · Historical reference; check current specification · Official source · gls samples · Historical reference; check current specification · Official source · gls services · Official source · gls routing sample · Historical reference; check current specification

USPS

United States domestic parcel barcode standards

Service families

USPS Ground Advantage · Priority Mail · Priority Mail Express · Priority Mail International · Priority Mail Express International · First-Class Package International Service

Label examples

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
IMpbUnited States domestic parcel barcode standards · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Intelligent Mail Package Barcode contains package tracking and routing data. It is different from letter-mail IMb.Confirm you are reading a parcel barcode and the applicable Publication 199 schema.
Service Type CodeUnited States domestic parcel barcode standards · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →A three-digit STC identifies the mail class, product and service combination.Look up the current official STC list; digit positions vary with the barcode construction.
MID / serial / check digitUnited States domestic parcel barcode standards · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The documented barcode fields include mailer identification, serial number and a Mod 10 check digit.Do not present a MID as the recipient or treat a valid check digit as proof of postage payment.
Routing ZIP / application identifiersUnited States domestic parcel barcode standards · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Some encoded fields and routing information can be omitted from human-readable text.A raw scan can therefore be longer than the number printed underneath.
IMmbUnited States domestic parcel barcode standards · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →USPS describes supplemental matrix barcodes containing the same data as IMpb to improve reading resilience.Multiple matrix symbols do not imply multiple parcels.
Shipper / billing accountUnited States domestic parcel barcode standards · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Mailer ID identifies the mailer or mail service provider. It is not the recipient and is not automatically the postage-payment account.Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
IMpb Service Type Code and barcode constructUnited States · USPS Publication 199 v35, 2 July 2026; IMpb portal reviewed 2026-10-05.Full scope →The three-digit IMpb Service Type Code identifies a mail-class/extra-service combination within the applicable barcode construct; it is distinct from the retail service banner.Resolve the STC with the official table rather than a remembered prefix. Do not substitute letter-mail STIDs or another carrier’s product codes.
Routing ZIP and package tracking identityUnited States · USPS Publication 199 v35 and live Domestic Mail Manual §204, reviewed 2026-10-05.Full scope →Routing can be concatenated with a package barcode or supplied separately. The full scan payload therefore may contain destination data beyond the human-readable package identifier.Do not submit AI 420 plus postcode as if it were a package tracking number. Check whether the selected mail/service case requires a concatenated or separate routing barcode.
Mailer ID and postage payment rolesVerification guidanceUnited States · USPS Publication 199 v35, 2 July 2026.Full scope →A Mailer ID participates in package identity, while the applicable electronic postage arrangement establishes the payer and payment method.Do not equate the MID or return address with the billing account. Treat an illustrative label as field evidence, not proof of postage payment.

Interpretation limits

STC interpretation must use the current published list; the tool does not hard-code an unverified numeric service table.

Official source · Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode (IMpb) · Official source · 204 Barcode Standards | Postal Explorer · Official source · USPS Publication 199 v35 · 2 July 2026

Royal Mail

United Kingdom; account and service context

Service families

Royal Mail Tracked 24 · Royal Mail Tracked 48 · Tracked Returns · Special Delivery Guaranteed by 1pm · International Tracked for goods and gifts · International Tracked & Signed documents · Special Delivery Guaranteed by 9am · International Standard

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Tracked 24 / Tracked 48United Kingdom; account and service context · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Distinct tracked services with options including signature and age verification.Match the booked service and add-ons; the number in the product name is not a standalone guaranteed arrival timestamp.
Labels to Go QRUnited Kingdom; account and service context · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →A confirmation QR is scanned at an eligible location to print the shipping label.Do not use a print-retrieval QR as if it were the transport barcode; eligibility depends on the service and location.
Return addressUnited Kingdom; account and service context · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The reviewed Labels to Go guidance states the return address cannot be hidden or removed in that workflow.Redact personal details before sharing a label for review.
Shipper / billing accountVerification guidanceUnited Kingdom; account and service context · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.

Interpretation limits

Tracked products and print-at-location tokens must be interpreted separately. QR availability varies by product and acceptance location.

Official source · royalmail services · Official source · Labels to Go (QR codes)

SF Express

China electronic waybill specification; international services separate

Service families

SF Standard Express (International) · SF Economy Express (International) · 顺丰特快 / 标快 · SF Standard Express International · SF Economy Express International · SF Same Day Delivery Exclusive · 顺丰标快(SF Domestic Standard Express) · 顺丰特快(SF Domestic Express)

Label examples

  • Domestic child waybill · QR k5 →Original SF 100 × 150 mm China Mainland domestic electronic-waybill template from the official waybill print guide, dated 20 May 2020 and visibly marked 标快. It is a historical domestic Standard product-family example, not a current issued label or a template for international Standard or domestic Express. Numbered fields are illustrative returned-data print areas; no current API product enum or routing table is inferred.
Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
proName / proCodeChina electronic waybill specification; international services separate · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The electronic waybill guide distinguishes printed product name and time/service code fields.Use the actual API response; the guide itself marks certain legacy T-code display logic for discontinuation.
Mother / child waybillChina electronic waybill specification; international services separate · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →For multiple pieces, a child label prints the child barcode plus the mother reference and piece count.The barcode and QR k5 must refer to the child package where required.
destRouteLabelChina electronic waybill specification; international services separate · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Destination transfer-center and outlet routing text; the guide defines a city-code fallback when routing text is absent.Treat it as routing, not as the product name or promised lead time.
QR k1–k7China electronic waybill specification; international services separate · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The documented QR schema includes destination transfer center k1, outlet k2, area k3, time/service k4, waybill k5, A/B/blank k6 and check code k7.Interpret only the documented template; do not copy a mother QR onto a child carton.
COD / PODChina electronic waybill specification; international services separate · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →This SF guide uses COD for cash on delivery and POD for signed-document return.POD in this template does not mean the universal proof-of-delivery status used in other contexts.
printIcon / waybillIconListChina electronic waybill specification; international services separate · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Icons are derived from the response and printed in the specified priority order.Do not invent icon meanings when the applicable response and dictionary are unavailable.
Shipper / billing accountVerification guidanceChina electronic waybill specification; international services separate · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The documented label fields do not establish a general method to derive a monthly billing account from the waybill number.Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.

Interpretation limits

The Chinese domestic template does not establish international product mappings. Legacy codes and dynamic response fields require current SF confirmation.

Official source · sf-waybill · Official source · sf services

Aramex

International and domestic express; historical Shipping API manual

Service families

International Express · Domestic Express · Aramex International Express · Aramex Domestic Express · Aramex Drop & Ship

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
ProductGroup / ProductTypeInternational and domestic express; historical Shipping API manual · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The manual separates product group from product type, with group examples EXP and DOM.Use the account-specific current product dictionary; historical examples are not universal label rules.
PaymentTypeInternational and domestic express; historical Shipping API manual · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Shipment payment type is distinct from product and customs information.Confirm who pays transport and separately who pays import duties.
Airway bill / labelInternational and domestic express; historical Shipping API manual · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →A printing label can be requested after shipment creation using the airway bill number.Reprinting an existing label does not itself create a new transport movement.
References / piecesInternational and domestic express; historical Shipping API manual · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Shipment references and package details must be reconciled with the airway bill.Do not use a customer reference as a substitute for the assigned shipment identifier.
Shipper / billing accountInternational and domestic express; historical Shipping API manual · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The manual separates client account credentials/details from shipment PaymentType and shipment references.Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
ProductGroup, ProductType and commercial meaningArchived Shipping Services SOAP manual · Aramex Shipping Services API Manual, archived 2013 schema; not a current service entitlement listFull scope →EXP/DOM identify product groups; a separate product type expresses document/parcel and handling distinctions.Confirm current code entitlement and label print template with Aramex; these are historical schema definitions, not global 2026 promises.
AWB versus shipment/transaction referencesArchived Shipping Services SOAP manual · Aramex Shipping Services API Manual, archived 2013 schema; not a current service entitlement listFull scope →Carrier shipment ID, customer shipment reference and request echo are different identifiers.Track with the returned AWB; verify which references the selected label template actually prints.
Account credentials versus shipment paymentArchived Shipping Services SOAP manual · Aramex Shipping Services API Manual, archived 2013 schema; not a current service entitlement listFull scope →API account credentials and the shipment freight payer serve different roles.Validate present account entitlement; do not expose PIN/credentials or infer account/payment solely from the printed AWB.

Interpretation limits

The downloadable manual is historical. Product enumerations must be revalidated with current account documentation before operational use.

Official source · aramex-api

Yamato Transport

Japan domestic waybill preparation

Service families

TA-Q-BIN · Cool TA-Q-BIN · TA-Q-BIN Compact · International TA-Q-BIN · International Cool TA-Q-BIN · 宅急便タイムサービス(TA-Q-BIN Time Service/次晨时限宅急便) · 空港宅急便(Airport TA-Q-BIN/机场行李宅急便) · 往復宅急便(Round Trip TA-Q-BIN/往返宅急便)

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Waybill typeJapan domestic waybill preparation · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Yamato provides waybill preparation guidance, including writing in English and obtaining the appropriate blank form.Choose the form for the actual service and payment arrangement.
Recipient / sender / contentsJapan domestic waybill preparation · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Address and contents belong to the transport instruction; a requested delivery field is separate from the package reference.Confirm postcode, phone, contents and requested timing against the accepted shipment.
Shipper / billing accountVerification guidanceJapan domestic waybill preparation · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
Special Time Service and travel waybill fieldsJapan domestic · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →Yamato requires a special Time Service waybill. Airport and round-trip preparation adds flight, airport/facility and travel-date information; these describe the delivery arrangement rather than a tracking-code decoder.Select the actual product’s form and preserve its tracking identifier. Do not read an airport name as evidence of a parcel’s physical air transport.

Interpretation limits

This is a form-preparation reference. No undocumented Japanese sorting-center code decoder is supplied.

Official source · yamato-waybill

Australia Post

Australia Shipping & Tracking label metadata

Service families

Parcel Post · Express Post · Australia Post Parcel Post · Australia Post Express Post · StarTrack Premium · StarTrack Road Express · Australia Post International Courier · Australia Post International Express · Australia Post International Standard · Australia Post International Economy

Label examples

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Article ID / consignment IDAustralia Shipping & Tracking label metadata · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The metadata distinguishes the individual article identifier from consignment data.Match each parcel/article to the booking rather than treating the consignment as a reusable label.
2D DataMatrixAustralia Shipping & Tracking label metadata · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The metadata page identifies DataMatrix as the main barcode used for automated sorting, tracking and delivery.Distinguish matrix payload from the human-readable article reference.
Linear barcode / GTINAustralia Shipping & Tracking label metadata · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The documented linear encoding contains a GTIN section followed by the article ID.Do not submit the full combined scan as the article ID without interpreting the metadata.
Create labelsAustralia Shipping & Tracking label metadata · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The API produces labels for the shipment items.Reconcile item count and returned label output; a rendered label is not evidence of lodgement.
Shipper / billing accountVerification guidanceAustralia Shipping & Tracking label metadata · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
StarTrack routing_barcodeAustralia Shipping & Tracking label metadata · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The shared metadata guide defines StarTrack SSS9999DDD: label/service code, four-digit receiver postcode and nearest depot or primary port. Australia Post lists this field as not applicable.Interpret only a StarTrack label. nearest_depot, primary_port and secondary_port are network routing fields rather than a generic Australia Post service map.
Australia Post article, consignment and GS1 payloadAustralia · Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.Full scope →Article identity belongs to one physical item; consignment identity belongs to the shipment. The documented Australia Post DataMatrix payload combines several GS1 fields.Use returned metadata instead of concatenating undocumented components. The documentation’s pipe separators stand for FNC1, not literal printed barcode characters.
StarTrack EXP / PRM routing namespacesAustralia · Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.Full scope →StarTrack uses a distinct article barcode and an SSS9999DDD routing barcode: service label code, four-digit receiver postcode and depot/port suffix.Read the actual returned route and booked product together. Do not use the routing string as article tracking or reuse an Australia Post GS1 interpretation.
Merchant location, payer and label-generation controlsVerification guidanceAustralia · Official product/documentation pages retrieved or reviewed 2026-10-05; no fixed edition stated.Full scope →Merchant-location/despatch context helps identify a consignment but does not itself establish the payer. Metadata-only mode also changes how the label must be created.Keep the flag consistent across relevant items/shipments and consolidation. Reconcile every article and the account used for booking.
International tracking and customs identifier scopeAustralia outbound; public parcel comparison · Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.Full scope →The reviewed comparison includes tracking for Courier, Express and Standard but states no tracking for Economy. A customs declaration is required across the parcel portfolio.Confirm the booked product and destination event coverage before promising end-to-end visibility.

Interpretation limits

Use the current metadata schema. Older Authority to Leave numeric-code examples are not hard-coded into this tool.

Official source · Generate Label Metadata - API resources - Shipping and Tracking · Official source · auspost api · Official source · Labels - API resources - Shipping and Tracking · Official source · Send parcels overseas

Canada Post

Canada; approved shipping label standards

Service families

Regular Parcel · Expedited Parcel · Xpresspost · Priority · Xpresspost USA · Expedited Parcel USA · Tracked Packet USA · Small Packet USA · Xpresspost International · Tracked Packet International

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Approved label / service identifierCanada; approved shipping label standards · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Canada Post requires labels meeting its current specifications and approval requirements.Use the chosen service and current approved output rather than reproducing an arbitrary label template.
Tracking barcodeCanada; approved shipping label standards · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Label placement must leave the barcode readable and avoid wrapping it around an edge.Keep the barcode flat and clear; verify the human-readable tracking number.
No Manifest RequiredCanada; approved shipping label standards · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The documentation identifies this wording for certain Electronic Shipping Tools parcels.It relates to a specific documentation workflow, not universal exemption from customs or other shipment records.
Shipper / billing accountVerification guidanceCanada; approved shipping label standards · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.
Service namespace and printed destination contextCanada · Canada Post current JSON portal and Contract Shipping XML REST v8, reviewed 2026-10-05.Full scope →DOM.*, USA.* and INT.* distinguish service geographies. Option codes and recipient postcodes serve different purposes from the base product code.Read the booked product, options and printed destination together. Do not treat a reference or postal code as the tracking PIN.
Tracking PIN, shipment ID and label artifactCanada · Contract Shipping XML REST v8; current portal workflow reviewed 2026-10-05.Full scope →The tracking PIN identifies the parcel for tracking; shipment-id addresses the API shipment resource, and artifact links retrieve label documents.Keep tracking, resource IDs, group IDs and customer references in separate fields. Do not print one tracking PIN across separate physical parcels.
Mailed-by, MOBO and authorized payer rolesVerification guidanceCanada · MOBO Contract Shipping REST documentation and current API portal, reviewed 2026-10-05.Full scope →The sender’s customer number, mailed-on-behalf-of customer, contract number and authorized payer represent distinct account roles.Verify the authorized payer and method before charging shipping. A label’s sender address or printed reference does not prove who paid.
Tracked Packet versus Small Packet identityCanada outbound; public international comparison · Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.Full scope →The comparison supplies tracking/delivery confirmation for Tracked Packet products and excludes it for Small Packet. A customs or mailing reference alone does not convert an untracked product into a tracked one.Retain customs references separately from the carrier tracking PIN and verify actual destination support.

Interpretation limits

Detailed current custom-label specifications can require Canada Post approval/access. Public placement guidance cannot decode proprietary routing fields.

Official source · canadapost label · Official source · ABCs of mailing - Documentation | Canada Post · Official source · Ship parcels | Canada Post Developer Portal · Official source · Canada Post Developer Program – Contract Shipping Web Service · Official source · Canada Post Contract Shipping: Get MOBO Customer Information – REST · Official web content reviewed · Official source · Choose an international shipping option | Personal · Official source · Ship small parcels internationally | Personal

PostNL

Netherlands and destination-specific business products

Service families

Domestic parcels · EU parcels · International parcels · Returns · Easy Return API product 4910 · PostNL letterbox parcel standard — API product 2948 · PostNL standard parcel · PostNL letterbox parcel priority · PostNL international registered letter

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Product codeNetherlands and destination-specific business products · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →PostNL publishes product codes for import-file/service selection.Use the code for the relevant destination and delivery option; a product code is distinct from the parcel barcode.
Barcode Type / RangeNetherlands and destination-specific business products · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The Barcode API uses the appropriate barcode type and customer-configured range to allocate an identifier.Do not infer service only from a 3S prefix; use the product and barcode requirements together.
Allocated identifierNetherlands and destination-specific business products · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The returned barcode can be supplied to generate the shipping label.Allocation alone does not prove physical acceptance or delivery.
Shipper / billing accountNetherlands and destination-specific business products · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Barcode Range can be the configured customer code. The documentation distinguishes customer-specific ranges and generic international S10 barcodes without a customer component.Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.

Interpretation limits

Destination and API version matter. Avoid treating an old import table as a permanent universal service map.

Official source · PostNL Barcode webservice guidelines · Official source · postnl products

La Poste / Colissimo

France; SLS and Geolabel documentation

Service families

Colissimo home delivery · Colissimo pickup delivery · Colissimo returns · Colissimo Domicile without signature · Colissimo Domicile with secured handover · Colissimo Point Retrait France · Colissimo international return directions · Colissimo Domicile international with signature · Colissimo Domicile international without signature

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Parcel number + keyFrance; SLS and Geolabel documentation · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →SLS documents parcel identity with its key separately from the service label and routing elements.Reconcile the parcel identity before interpreting sort instructions.
Service / routing zonesFrance; SLS and Geolabel documentation · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The documented layout names the service label, manual sort code, delivery-tour ID, destination sort ID and origin-site sort ID.A tour or sort ID is an operational field, not a consumer product or ETA.
Geolabel matrixFrance; SLS and Geolabel documentation · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →La Poste describes a standardized 2D label format carrying parcel and routing data for interoperability within the group.Identify the template; do not assume all matrix codes are print-at-location QR tokens.
Shipper / billing accountVerification guidanceFrance; SLS and Geolabel documentation · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.

Interpretation limits

Geolabel is a label format. Its presence does not by itself identify a time guarantee or signature entitlement.

Official source · Colissimo SLS official technical documentation

Evri

United Kingdom public packaging and label guidance

Service families

Evri parcel sending · ParcelShop label printing · Evri Standard delivery · Evri Next Day · Evri Small Parcel · Evri International · Evri Postable / large-letter delivery

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Print-at-ParcelShop QRUnited Kingdom public packaging and label guidance · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Evri guidance describes receiving a QR for the ParcelShop print workflow.Use the QR to obtain the shipping label at the eligible location.
Transport labelUnited Kingdom public packaging and label guidance · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →The shipping label must be attached clearly to the prepared parcel.Remove or obscure old labels and avoid folds that obstruct scanning.
Shipper / billing accountVerification guidanceUnited Kingdom public packaging and label guidance · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.

Interpretation limits

Public guidance reviewed does not define a complete internal depot/round-code dictionary. Such fields remain unverified.

Official source · evri label

Swiss Post

Switzerland; Barcode web service

Service families

PostPac Priority · PostPac Economy · International parcels · Swiss-Express Moon · Bulky goods Economy · Bulky goods Priority

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Basic / additional servicesSwitzerland; Barcode web service · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Barcode web-service documentation distinguishes service groups, additional services and label formats.Resolve the base service and add-on combination using the applicable service group.
Consignment barcodeSwitzerland; Barcode web service · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →A consignment barcode is generated with the label; address and value-added-service details have their own fields.Match it to the shipment record; do not infer the service from a barcode length alone.
Label layoutSwitzerland; Barcode web service · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Available formats depend on domestic/international and parcel/letter service groups.Read the layout for the actual product instead of assuming one Swiss Post template.
Shipper / billing accountVerification guidanceSwitzerland; Barcode web service · Official field reference · reviewed 2026-10-05Full scope →Account visibility and billing fields depend on the carrier template. A sender address or customer reference is not proof of the account charged.Verify the shipper account, transportation payer and duties/taxes payer against the booking and invoice; a hidden account cannot be recovered reliably from an arbitrary label.

Interpretation limits

Domestic parcel references, international postal identifiers and letter barcodes have different schemas.

Official source · Swiss Post Barcode web service manual · Official source · swisspost services

OnTrac

United States covered e-commerce lanes; Express early-access status

Service families

OnTrac Ground · OnTrac Ground Essentials · OnTrac Express

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Booked product versus printed service markerVerification guidanceUnited States; reviewed OnTrac public pages · Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.Full scope →Match the visible service name against the accepted booking. The reviewed public product pages do not establish a universal printed service-code table.Request the shipper’s current authorized label/API specification when a short service marker is present.
Tracking number and label-created stateUnited States; OnTrac support and FAQ · Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.Full scope →OnTrac lists C, D, 1LS, LS, LX and BN tracking prefixes. Its FAQ distinguishes label creation from OnTrac receiving the package.Enter the complete identifier in official tracking and check acceptance scans before inferring physical possession.
Destination and routing verificationVerification guidanceUnited States; public OnTrac references · Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.Full scope →Check the destination address and ZIP against the booking and service coverage. No public route-code decoding table was established in the reviewed references.Do not translate a facility marker into a transit path or customs clearance claim.
Account and billing verificationVerification guidanceUnited States; retailer shipping relationship · Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.Full scope →A tracking identifier does not establish the retailer’s shipping account or payer. Reconcile any account-like printed field against the authorized booking and invoice.Confirm the contracted shipper account and applicable charges with the retailer’s shipping contact.

Interpretation limits

Coverage and contracted availability vary by ZIP code and product. Express is described as early access. Public pages do not supply a complete service/routing/account label-code specification.

Official source · Last Mile Delivery E-Commerce Parcel Carrier | OnTrac® · Official source · OnTrac Express Delivery | A Faster Way to Ship | OnTrac · Official source · Support - OnTrac · Official source · FAQ - OnTrac · Official source · Best Last-Mile Delivery E-Commerce Parcel Carrier | OnTrac

Purolator

Canada domestic courier; selected origin/destination commitments

Service families

Purolator Express · Purolator Express 9AM · Purolator Express 10:30AM · Purolator Express 12PM · Purolator Ground

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Printed product and automated shipping selectionVerification guidanceCanada; Purolator domestic service catalog · Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.Full scope →Read the full product name including 9AM, 10:30AM or 12PM and reconcile it with the automated booking. The public catalog does not supply a universal printed service-code mapping.Use the authorized shipping-system result and current terms for the chosen product.
Tracking PIN and shipment documentsCanada; Purolator E-Ship Online · Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.Full scope →Purolator calls its tracking identifier the PIN. E-Ship Online uses the Tracking Number/PIN to retrieve and reprint shipment documents.Match the PIN on the physical parcel to the intended shipment record before reprinting or relabeling.
Postal destination and routing verificationVerification guidanceCanada; public Purolator service references · Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.Full scope →Validate the address and postal-code lane against the accepted shipment. The reviewed public references do not establish a facility or sort-code decoding table.Obtain the current authorized label specification for unexplained routing fields; do not infer airport movement from Express branding.
Shipping account and authorized third-party useVerification guidanceCanada; Purolator E-Ship Online · Official carrier product page reviewed 2026-10-05; quoted lane, acceptance cutoff and current service terms govern.Full scope →E-Ship Online provides account-based estimates and authorized third-party shipping on an account. These account functions are separate from the tracking PIN.Reconcile account-like fields and the billed party with authorized shipment/invoice records; do not treat the PIN as an account credential.

Interpretation limits

Geographic, automated-shipping and guarantee terms apply. Ordinary Ground is not money-back guaranteed. PIN is the tracking identity; no unpublished API or routing codes are inferred.

Official source · Shipping in Canada · Official source · Online Shipping · Official source · FAQ - Shipping

Chronopost

France-origin

Service families

Chrono10 · Chrono13 · Chrono18 · Chrono Relais 13 · Shop2Shop · Chrono Classic Europe · Chrono Express International · Chrono Relais Europe · Chrono Relais Dom

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Chronopost service name and code namespaceVerification guidanceFrance-origin; mainland France and Monaco where specified · Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revisionFull scope →Recognize Chrono10, Chrono13 or Chrono Relais 13 as booked offer names. The reviewed public workflow does not publish a universal numeric service-code decoder.Do not transplant a DPD or another Geopost-brand service enum into a Chronopost label.
Chronopost parcel number formatFrance-origin; mainland France and Monaco where specified · Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revisionFull scope →The recipient FAQ describes a 13-character parcel number: two letters, nine digits and two letters. It separately notes 15-character numbers for parcels coming from abroad.Read the complete issued identifier; format recognition alone does not prove a shipment exists.
Chronopost routing-token verificationVerification guidanceFrance-origin; mainland France and Monaco where specified · Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revisionFull scope →Use the destination address, chosen Pickup destination and the carrier-generated label to verify routing. No depot/tour token dictionary was established in these public pages.Do not derive an aircraft, hub or delivery route from a short token without carrier documentation.
Chronopost online account and paymentVerification guidanceFrance-origin; mainland France and Monaco where specified · Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revisionFull scope →e-Chrono requires an online account and accepts online payment. That account login is not enough to identify a printed billing-account field or freight payer on an arbitrary label.Keep sender identity, portal login and contractual payer roles separate.

Interpretation limits

Timed offers have postcode/island/calendar exceptions. Public offer names do not establish a universal API or printed numeric-code map.

Official source · E-chrono | Chronopost · Official source · Restriction des offres professionnel | Chronopost · Official source · Destinataire : Où trouver mon numéro de colis ?

Mondial Relay

France consumer offers; contract-enabled European API

Service families

Point Relais API 24R · Point Relais XL API 24L · Appointment home delivery API LD1/LDS · Consumer Locker delivery · Point Relais delivery — API 24R · Point Relais XL delivery — API 24L · Home delivery by appointment — API LD1/LDS

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Mondial Relay collection and delivery product codesFrance website offers and contract-enabled European Dual Carrier API · Dual Carrier technical document v2.7, February 2023; API VersionAPI example 1.0; reviewed 5 October 2026Full scope →DeliveryMode.mode and CollectionMode.mode are separate fields. For example, 24R denotes Point Relais delivery; CCC denotes merchant collection.Do not map 24L to a contemporary Locker offer merely because both are pickup deliveries.
Mondial Relay shipment number and carrier barcodesFrance website offers and contract-enabled European Dual Carrier API · Dual Carrier technical document v2.7, February 2023; API VersionAPI example 1.0; reviewed 5 October 2026Full scope →The response distinguishes ShipmentNumber from Barcodes. Each carrier barcode has CarrierCode, value and displayedValue, so the full barcode payload should not be treated as the shipment number.Use the returned identifier appropriate to the carrier tracking interface; no universal digit-splitting rule is asserted.
Mondial Relay carrier-specific routing argumentsFrance website offers and contract-enabled European Dual Carrier API · Dual Carrier technical document v2.7, February 2023; API VersionAPI example 1.0; reviewed 5 October 2026Full scope →Routing arguments identify the carrier and whether its role is collection or delivery. Ordered key/value lines contain the carrier-provided routing content.Do not reuse a sample agency or tour value as a live destination mapping.
Mondial Relay CustomerId versus customer referenceFrance website offers and contract-enabled European Dual Carrier API · Dual Carrier technical document v2.7, February 2023; API VersionAPI example 1.0; reviewed 5 October 2026Full scope →Context CustomerId identifies the merchant for authentication, together with Login and Password. Shipment CustomerNo is free-data customer reference, which has a different purpose.Keep credentials private; do not expose a production Login or Password in examples.
Mondial Relay parcel count and single-use labelsFrance website offers and contract-enabled European Dual Carrier API · Dual Carrier v2.7 February 2023; France CGV 21 October 2025Full scope →The API parcelCount must match the parcel entities and permitted mode. The consumer CGV makes each label single-use for one parcel.A Locker compartment containing several parcels is not a shared parcel identity.

Interpretation limits

API v2.7 is dated February 2023; consumer CGV is dated 21 October 2025. API product codes must not be assigned to modern Locker names without current contract evidence.

Official source · Web Service Dual Carrier v2.7 February 2023 · Official web content reviewed · Official source · France website general terms 21 October 2025 · Official web content reviewed

bpost

Belgium-origin

Service families

bpack 24h Pro · bpack 24h Business · bpack World Business · bpack World Express Pro · bpack Easy Retour · bpack World Easy Return

Label examples

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
bpost product code versus option markersBelgium-origin consumer/SME and bpack contractual channels · Masspost 2026, section 4, January 2026; Shipping Manager v2 September 2025 where citedFull scope →Shipping Manager labels include operational product and symbolic codes. SAT and SUN are qualified weekend-option markings, rather than interchangeable base-product names.Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
bpost domestic and international P-barcode familiesBelgium-origin consumer/SME and bpack contractual channels · Masspost 2026, section 4, January 2026; Shipping Manager v2 September 2025 where citedFull scope →The guide specifies a unique domestic P barcode beginning 3232. It separately lists international families CD, CE, EE, 3298 and 3299.Do not decode a contract or delivery route from undocumented portions of the number.
bpost routing and pre-sort verificationVerification guidanceBelgium-origin consumer/SME and bpack contractual channels · Masspost 2026, section 4, January 2026; Shipping Manager v2 September 2025 where citedFull scope →bpost requires correctly positioned address/barcode fields. Some options use pre-sort codes and carrier-approved templates; the public guide does not give a universal route-code dictionary.Preserve carrier-generated sorting data; do not infer a physical transport mode from a label token.
bpost contract number, cost centre and referenceBelgium-origin consumer/SME and bpack contractual channels · Masspost 2026, section 4, January 2026; Shipping Manager v2 September 2025 where citedFull scope →The international guide requires the bpack contract number. Shipping Manager’s cost centre divides the account invoice; its changeable reference is an internal/order reference used alongside the barcode.Do not confuse a receiver’s locker registration identifier with the sender’s billing contract.
bpost EASY return-product codeBelgium-origin consumer/SME and bpack contractual channels · Shipping Manager v2, September 2025, section 2.2, page 11Full scope →The September 2025 Shipping Manager manual identifies EASY as the CSV product code for bpack Easy Retour labels to Belgium.Do not apply EASY to World Easy Return without its own specification.

Interpretation limits

Contractual, SME and consumer formulas differ. A product/option marker or barcode prefix alone does not establish the payer or a guaranteed delivery deadline.

Official source · bpost Shipping Manager user manual · Official source · bpost Masspost 2026 section 4: Parcels

Correos

Spain-origin

Service families

Paq Premium · Paq Estándar · Paq Ligero

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Correos product code version checkVerification guidanceSpain-origin; product-specific Andorra/mainland Portugal coverage · Mi Oficina single-file format, June 2019; current Standard page reviewed 5 October 2026Full scope →The June 2019 Mi Oficina guide maps S0132 to Paq Estándar home delivery in its product-code field. This historical import enum is not established as a current universal printed-label decoder.Do not treat a historical enum as a current route-independent guarantee.
Correos parcel identifier versus merchant referenceVerification guidanceSpain-origin; product-specific Andorra/mainland Portugal coverage · Current product pages reviewed 5 October 2026; reference-field evidence June 2019Full scope →The current product pages provide shipment tracking, while the old import guide separately defines customer/internal shipment references. No single current barcode-length decoder was established in this review.Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Correos destination and routing verificationVerification guidanceSpain-origin; product-specific Andorra/mainland Portugal coverage · Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revisionFull scope →Verify the booked delivery method and destination against the carrier-generated label. The reviewed pages do not establish a public depot, route or sorting-barcode dictionary.Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
Correos customer, contract and payment rolesVerification guidanceSpain-origin; product-specific Andorra/mainland Portugal coverage · Current retail pages reviewed 5 October 2026; contractual field definitions June 2019Full scope →The historical import schema separates customer/contract information from customer reference data. Current retail pages allow postage purchase by card, PayPal or at a Correos office.Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.

Interpretation limits

Use current product pages for commitments. Mi Oficina June 2019 enums are historical; Ligero explicitly has no committed delivery time despite inconsistent indicative wording on its page.

Official source · GuiadeAyuda.pdf · Historical reference; check current specification · Official source · Paquete Estándar de Correos | Envío de paquetes · Official source · Envíos Rápidos con Paq Premium - Particulares | Correos · Official source · Envíos nacionales con Paq Ligero de Correos | Correos.es

SEUR

Spain-origin; business/consumer channels

Service families

SEUR 24 · SEUR 10 · SEUR 13:30 · Shop2Shop · Shop2Home · SEUR Shop2Shop · SEUR Shop2Home

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
SEUR service name and API-code verificationVerification guidanceSpain-origin; consumer and business channels kept separate · Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revisionFull scope →Recognize the booked SEUR 24, 10 or 13:30 product first. The public integration overview confirms label printing and shipment documentation but does not provide a complete service-code enum.Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
SEUR shipment tracking identity verificationVerification guidanceSpain-origin; consumer and business channels kept separate · Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revisionFull scope →miSEUR provides shipment tracking and status notifications. This public content does not establish a universal tracking-number length or check-digit algorithm.Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
SEUR routing versus address lookupVerification guidanceSpain-origin; consumer and business channels kept separate · Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revisionFull scope →The integration overview offers delivery-address queries for postcodes, towns and provinces. Those address lookups are not a documented decoder for depot/tour tokens on a label.Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
SEUR portal account versus freight payerVerification guidanceSpain-origin; consumer and business channels kept separate · Official carrier page reviewed 5 October 2026; live page without a stated technical revisionFull scope →SEUR distinguishes miSEUR registered-user tools from the SEUR Pro business platform. Public login information does not identify the payer role of an unexplained printed account token.Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.

Interpretation limits

Product coverage differs between business and consumer channels. No universal numeric label-code, route or account-token decoder was established in public sources.

Official source · Intégrate con SEUR · Official source · Envío peninsular urgente · Official source · Enviar paquete nacional para particulares | SEUR · Official source · miSEUR

DHL Parcel Germany

Germany-origin Post & Parcel / DHL Paket

Service families

DHL Paket domestic · DHL Kleinpaket · DHL Paket International

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
DHL Parcel DE product and contract procedureGermany-origin DHL Paket / Post & Parcel Germany; separate from DHL Express · DHL Parcel DE Shipping API v2 documentation and current changelog; reviewed 5 October 2026Full scope →The API sends the base product in product and validates it against the contract procedure in billingNumber. Additional services have separate eligibility and combination rules.Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.
DHL Parcel DE shipment numberGermany-origin DHL Paket / Post & Parcel Germany; separate from DHL Express · DHL Parcel DE Shipping API v2 documentation and current changelog; reviewed 5 October 2026Full scope →The API response includes DHL-generated printed fields such as shipment number and routing code. The documentation records clearer printed naming of the tracking barcode as Sendungsnummer / Shipment Identifier.Do not infer a universal numeric split or account number from the shipment barcode.
DHL Parcel DE generated routing codeGermany-origin DHL Paket / Post & Parcel Germany; separate from DHL Express · DHL Parcel DE Shipping API v2 documentation and current changelog; reviewed 5 October 2026Full scope →The carrier supplies routing data in the response. Its FAQ says an address-validation warning may be reflected by a label routing code ending in six or more zeroes.Review warnings before use; an address accepted with warning can still incur correction charges.
DHL Parcel DE EKP and billingNumberGermany-origin DHL Paket / Post & Parcel Germany; separate from DHL Express · DHL Parcel DE Shipping API v2 documentation and current changelog; reviewed 5 October 2026Full scope →The ten-digit EKP identifies the DHL business customer. The 14-character billing number combines EKP, contract procedure and contract participation; it is not a parcel-tracking number.Preserve leading characters and contract-specific configuration; do not publish live credentials.
DHL Kleinpaket compact label formatGermany-origin DHL Paket / Post & Parcel Germany; separate from DHL Express · DHL Parcel DE Shipping API v2 documentation and current changelog; reviewed 5 October 2026Full scope →The API allows 100 × 70 mm labels only for Kleinpaket and Warenpost International. On this smaller format, some address information is constrained or omitted according to documented rules.Confirm the booked destination, posting cutoff and contract eligibility before applying this description.

Interpretation limits

German Parcel API billing/product rules are distinct from DHL Express. Domestic Warenpost changed to Kleinpaket from January 2025; international Warenpost remains a separate product.

Official source · DHL Parcel DE Shipping (Post & Parcel Germany)

中国邮政/EMS (China Post/EMS)

China Mainland domestic; China-origin international postal services

Service families

国内特快专递(Domestic EMS) · 国内标准快递(Domestic Standard Express) · 即日专递(Same-day Postal Express) · 国际及港澳台EMS(International EMS) · e特快(e-Express) · e邮宝(ePacket)

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
EMS product name and service namespaceVerification guidanceChina Mainland domestic; China-origin international postal services · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →Keep 国内特快专递, 国内标准快递, 即日专递, 国际EMS, e特快 and e邮宝 separate. Public product descriptions establish the names but do not provide a complete printed-service or API-code dictionary.Do not decode every China Post number as EMS. Do not transfer an international product code to a domestic label.
邮件号/邮件条码(Mail number and barcode)China Mainland domestic; China-origin international postal services · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →EMS help uses the mail number and mail barcode to identify an item. It warns that no tracking result can mean an unhanded parcel, delayed recording after collection, or an incorrect number.Query the complete identifier on the official channel. A valid-looking label or absent first scan does not prove carrier acceptance.
Product-dependent sorting and routing fieldsVerification guidanceChina Mainland domestic; China-origin international postal services · Hefei operational report 2023-06-02; historical routing context, no public code table; reviewed 2026-10-05.Full scope →China Post’s official processing report confirms that products have different sorting-code rules. The report does not publish the code table, so a prominent sorting string should be treated as a carrier-controlled routing field.Do not interpret a sorting field as a customer account or tracking identifier. Obtain the current carrier template/version before mapping code segments to locations.
Contracted-customer account and printed billing fieldsVerification guidanceChina Mainland domestic; China-origin international postal services · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →International EMS offers online printing through its contracted-customer portal. That establishes a customer-system workflow, but does not make a printed number a public customer-account decoder.Verify the payer and contract record in the authorized booking system. Do not equate a recipient phone number, mail number or portal username with the billed account.

Interpretation limits

Domestic EMS, domestic standard express and international EMS/e特快/e邮宝 are different products. International partner, weight limit and tracking detail depend on destination.

Official source · 11183 online customer-service FAQ | China Post/EMS · Official source · 产品概况 · Official source · e特快 product introduction · Official web content reviewed · Official source · 产品概况 · Official source · 合肥邮区中心保障寄递基础产品升级优化 - 中国邮政集团有限公司

京东物流 (JD Logistics)

China Mainland; Hong Kong/Macao subject to the booked service

Service families

京东特快(JD Express) · 京东标快(JD Standard Express) · 生鲜特快(Fresh Express)

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Product name, fresh-goods mark and API namespaceVerification guidanceChina Mainland; Hong Kong/Macao subject to the booked service · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →Read the current booked product name separately from handling marks. 生鲜特快 explicitly uses a fresh-goods sticker and special delivery handling, while the public open-platform catalogue does not expose a complete printed-product code dictionary.Match 京东特快, 京东标快 or 生鲜特快 against the booking. Do not identify the full product solely from the fresh-goods sticker.
Tracking identifier and order-flow referenceVerification guidanceChina Mainland; Hong Kong/Macao subject to the booked service · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →JD publishes separate standard-tracking and cloud-label-printing capabilities. Read the carrier shipment identifier from the generated label, then reconcile it with the B2C/C2B/C2C order that created it.Preserve the full carrier identifier returned by the approved shipping response. A merchant order reference or label-printing task identifier needs separate treatment.
Address quality and internal sort/routing marksVerification guidanceChina Mainland; Hong Kong/Macao subject to the booked service · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →The open platform lists address-quality checking, but the reviewed public catalogue does not give a hub or sorting-code table. Reconcile routing marks with the approved label output and destination address.Keep address/postcode, internal routing and shipment identifiers separate. Confirm any printed route segment against the carrier’s current template and response.
Platform access, merchant agreement and billing accountVerification guidanceChina Mainland; Hong Kong/Macao subject to the booked service · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →The platform provides a console and multiple business solutions. Console access or solution membership does not by itself establish the meaning of a printed customer or payer field.Verify payer and merchant contract in the authorized shipment request. Do not infer an account from a tracking prefix, sender phone or order-flow code.

Interpretation limits

Current Chinese product names and express flows are used. Express, freight, warehouse/cold-chain and international products have different contracts and labels; private code dictionaries remain unverified.

Official source · 京东物流 省心高效|技术驱动_快递物流双服务,助力千万家企业降本增效 · Official source · 京东快递生鲜特快-提供速度快、时效稳、高品质、多温层的门到门生鲜专属寄递包装服务-京东物流 · Official source · 京东物流开放平台

极兔速递 (J&T Express China)

J&T Express China Mainland; China-origin international product separate

Service families

标准快递(Standard Express) · 兔优达(Tu You Da priority service) · 国际标快(International Standard Express)

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
兔优达 dedicated label and product-code boundaryVerification guidanceJ&T Express China Mainland; China-origin international product separate · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →J&T’s China page documents a pink waterproof VIP waybill for 兔优达. This is a service-handling cue, while the printed/API product-code dictionary remains unverified in the reviewed public material.Confirm the product in the booking and printed title together. Do not decode a different J&T market’s product name from this Chinese form.
运单号(Waybill number) and trackingVerification guidanceJ&T Express China Mainland; China-origin international product separate · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →The China homepage asks for a waybill number and provides a separate international query entry. Use the complete carrier-issued number and the correct domestic or international channel.Compare the human-readable number with the barcode before querying. Keep online order, payment and customer-reference identifiers separate from the waybill number.
Recipient address, privacy masking and routingVerification guidanceJ&T Express China Mainland; China-origin international product separate · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →The booking form separates province/city/district and detailed recipient address, and offers privacy masking of recipient name and phone on the label. A masked phone or any prominent internal string is not a publicly verified route decoder.Compare the approved booking address with the label’s permitted display. Do not treat a privacy token as an account or route code.
Enterprise integration and printed account roleVerification guidanceJ&T Express China Mainland; China-origin international product separate · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →The China open platform requires user registration, enterprise verification, integration testing and production release. Its public introduction does not map a label field to a billed customer account.Confirm the billed contract and payer from the approved shipment request. Do not publish API signing credentials or infer the payer from a masked phone.

Interpretation limits

This profile covers J&T China. Singapore and other national J&T products/APIs must be verified separately; a website parameter is not a label service code.

Official source · 兔优达 · Official source · Domestic online shipping form | J&T Express China · Official source · 极兔速递 · Official source · 极兔速递-开放平台

中通快递 (ZTO Express)

China Mainland domestic express

Service families

中通普件(ZTO Regular) · 中通好快(ZTO Hao Kuai) · 中通飞快(ZTO Fei Kuai)

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Product name and yellow dedicated-label cueVerification guidanceChina Mainland domestic express · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →Both 中通好快 and 中通飞快 use yellow labels. 飞快 adds waterproof-label and aviation-channel descriptions, so colour alone is an ambiguous service cue.Match 普件, 好快 or 飞快 to the order and label. Do not reuse an older 标快/普通件 product table without a version check.
Waybill tracking and merchant order referencesVerification guidanceChina Mainland domestic express · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →ZTO’s merchant platform provides a waybill dashboard and tracking-state monitoring. Keep the carrier waybill identifier separate from the merchant/platform order that produced the shipment.Query the full carrier number and reconcile it to the approved label response. A synchronized e-commerce order number is not a substitute for the carrier number.
Transfer and delivery routing marksVerification guidanceChina Mainland domestic express · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →The merchant platform distinguishes collection, transfer and delivery monitoring and allows address-change/return work orders. It does not publish the private code table for printed depot or delivery-route marks.Reconcile the delivery address and route marks after an approved address change. Do not use a route field as the tracking or payer identifier.
Merchant account, label balance and reconciliationVerification guidanceChina Mainland domestic express · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →快递管家 supports service activation, label printing, label-balance recharge and financial reconciliation. These are customer-system roles, not a published decoder for a printed account number.Verify the authorized merchant, sending outlet and settlement arrangement in the shipping system. Do not infer the billed account from a waybill prefix or privacy token.

Interpretation limits

Current domestic 普件/好快/飞快 product pages are used. 好快 and 飞快 both have yellow labels, so colour alone is insufficient; other ZTO businesses are separate.

Official source · 快递服务 - 中通快递 · Official source · 快递服务 - 中通快递 · Official source · 快递服务 - 中通快递 · Official source · 中通快递管家

圆通速递 (YTO Express)

China Mainland domestic express

Service families

标准快递(YTO Standard Express) · 承诺达特快(Commitment Express) · 圆准达(Yuan Zhun Da) · 同城当日达(Same-city Same-day) · 大件快递(Heavy-parcel Express)

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
圆准达 product mark and label namespaceVerification guidanceChina Mainland domestic express · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →The official catalogue explicitly gives 圆准达 a dedicated waybill. That establishes a product-specific label cue; it does not publish a complete numeric/short-code dictionary for all YTO products.Match the label product to the order before applying a delivery promise. Do not infer 承诺达特快 or standard-service commitments from an unlabeled code.
Tracking query and event subscriptionVerification guidanceChina Mainland domestic express · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →YTO’s open platform publishes logistics-trajectory query and proactive push capabilities. The complete carrier-issued identifier should connect the physical label with its electronic event record.Compare the label number, barcode and approved shipping response. Do not equate the merchant order or callback reference with the waybill identifier without the API field definition.
Routing marks and approved address changesVerification guidanceChina Mainland domestic express · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →The catalogue allows return/address-change requests before delivery, and the open platform exposes work-order and interception functions. A changed address needs reconciliation with the carrier’s current routing output.Use the authorized change response before reprinting or reinterpreting route marks. Keep routing fields, postcode and tracking number in their separate namespaces.
Customer account, freight collect and goods CODVerification guidanceChina Mainland domestic express · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →YTO separates freight collect 到付 from merchandise COD 代收货款. Its customer manager supports batch printing and platform integration, but public introductions do not map a printed number to a billed customer.Read the payment role before interpreting any amount on the label. Confirm customer and payer fields in the authorized booking; do not infer them from a tracking prefix.

Interpretation limits

Domestic express product catalogue scope. 圆准达 dedicated labels and 承诺达特快 promises are product-specific; international freight/air cargo are not included.

Official source · 圆通国内快递服务 · Official source · 开放平台

日本郵便 (Japan Post)

Japan domestic; Japan-origin EMS separate

Service families

ゆうパック(Yu-Pack/邮政包裹) · ゆうパケット(Yu-Packet/小型包裹) · レターパックプラス(Letter Pack Plus/专用信封面对面投递) · レターパックライト(Letter Pack Light/专用信封投信箱) · EMS(国際スピード郵便/国际特快专递) · スキーゆうパック(Ski Yu-Pack/滑雪用品邮政包裹)

Label examples

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
Ski Yu-Pack one-way and return-paid fieldsJapan domestic; Japan-origin EMS separate · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →The official example asks customers to circle Ski, enter the destination and sender details, usage date and contents. The return-paid form additionally records the scheduled return dispatch date.Match one-way versus return-paid form to the actual booked Ski service. An example’s flight fields do not mean the ski gear travels by air.
Product/form selection and payment modeJapan domestic; Japan-origin EMS separate · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →The Web Yu-Pack Print workflow selects the type of item and domestic label/payment form. Letter Pack Plus and Light have distinct dedicated envelopes and receipt modes, while international EMS labels use a separate My Page workflow.Read the exact Japanese product name and payment mode before applying its handling rules. A form or print-service type is not a universal numeric API service code.
お問い合わせ番号(Tracking/inquiry number)Japan domestic; Japan-origin EMS separate · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →Japan Post explicitly warns against copying a generated Yu-Pack label: copying duplicates its inquiry number and may prevent usable tracking. Each printed identifier must remain tied to the intended parcel.Compare the printed inquiry number with the actual generated shipment. Confirm the final issued inquiry number and posting status. Keep the QR-display authentication PIN separate; do not assume a printing/inquiry number is always numerically different from the tracking identifier.
Recipient postcode, address and content descriptionVerification guidanceJapan domestic; Japan-origin EMS separate · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →Domestic print workflows require recipient details and use sender/recipient postcodes for the quote. International My Page gives postcode guidance by country and a dictionary for English content names and HS codes.Verify complete recipient address and actual contents. Do not interpret an HS code or label-print code as a sorting-route or customer-account number.
ゆうID, print access and postpaid billingVerification guidanceJapan domestic; Japan-origin EMS separate · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →Web Yu-Pack Print requires a ゆうID registration, while business postpaid shipping is a separate arrangement with billing and a customer card. A print-service login is not automatically the billed account printed on a label.Verify the authorized payer and postpaid contract rather than inferring it from ゆうID. Do not equate a recipient’s phone, printing QR code or tracking identifier with the account.
One parcel’s label versus batch printingJapan domestic; Japan-origin EMS separate · Official public pages retrieved/reviewed 2026-10-05; no numbered technical specification published in these sources.Full scope →The print service can create labels in batches, but warns that copying a label repeats the tracking/inquiry number. A batch of orders is not a single physical parcel or one reusable tracking label.Generate the intended record for each physical parcel. Check the number and address on each label before applying it.

Interpretation limits

Japan domestic products and Japan-origin EMS are separated. Domestic print, prepaid envelopes and international labels use different workflows; printed/postpaid account maps are not assumed.

Official source · Ski Yu-Pack official one-way and return-paid example instructions · Official web content reviewed · Official source · Ski Yu-Pack; Japan Post · Official source · Web Yu-Pack Print operating manual · Official source · Letter Pack; Japan Post · Official source · International Mail My Page Service | Japan Post · Official source · International My Page smartphone guide | Japan Post · Official source · ゆうパック | 法人のお客さま | 日本郵便

SkyNet Worldwide Express / Malaysia

International network; Malaysian and UAE evidence separately scoped

Service families

SkyNet Malaysia domestic delivery · SkyNet Export Express · SkyNet Economy Express · SkyNet 0900 Express · SkyNet 1030 Express · SkyNet 1200 Express · SkyNet Import Express · SkyNet Diplomat Service

Label examples

Field / markerMeaningWhat to check
eAWB / tracking identifiersMalaysia · Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly citedFull scope →The printed main eAWB is the shipment reference. Current Malaysian tracking request/response names differ in case and structure.Retain exact field captions, market and version when comparing a returned label. No global service-code, account-owner or current station-code inference is established by the specimen.
903 eAWB / additional piecesMalaysia · SkyPostpaid guideline v3 · 17 October 2022 · historical instructional workflowFull scope →The historical guide assigns a 903 eAWB to an additional item in a multi-package consignment. The main eAWB reference is repeated on its sticker.Retain exact field captions, market and version when comparing a returned label. No global service-code, account-owner or current station-code inference is established by the specimen.
Official source · SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022) · Historical reference; check current specification
Postcode / destination stationMalaysia · Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly citedFull scope →The specimen prints a Dest token and postcode; the public postcode API returns a station branchcode. A printed token has not been independently mapped through a live API request.Retain exact field captions, market and version when comparing a returned label. No global service-code, account-owner or current station-code inference is established by the specimen.
Customer account / payer / API accessMalaysia · Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly citedFull scope →Printed ACCOUNT, freight payer selection and API access_token have different roles; none is interchangeable with a tracking identifier.Retain exact field captions, market and version when comparing a returned label. No global service-code, account-owner or current station-code inference is established by the specimen.
Shipper referenceMalaysia · SkyPostpaid guideline v3 · 17 October 2022 · historical instructional workflowFull scope →The historical booking guide describes an optional shipper reference, including invoice-number use. The sample leaves Shipper Ref blank.Retain exact field captions, market and version when comparing a returned label. No global service-code, account-owner or current station-code inference is established by the specimen.
Official source · SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022) · Historical reference; check current specification
Weight / dimensions / volumetric weightMalaysia · SkyPostpaid guideline v3 · 17 October 2022 · historical instructional workflowFull scope →The historical parcel workflow requests package count, weight, value and volumetric dimensions.Retain exact field captions, market and version when comparing a returned label. No global service-code, account-owner or current station-code inference is established by the specimen.
Official source · SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022) · Historical reference; check current specification
A4 / A6 print and reprint controlsMalaysia · SkyPostpaid guideline v3 · 17 October 2022 · historical instructional workflowFull scope →The historical guide offers A4 and 10 × 15 cm A6 stickers, and requires a new print after editing an eAWB.Retain exact field captions, market and version when comparing a returned label. No global service-code, account-owner or current station-code inference is established by the specimen.
Official source · SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022) · Historical reference; check current specification
Tracking events / receiver / timestampsMalaysia · Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly citedFull scope →The public API documents tracking-event codes, dates, descriptions and locations. Event content belongs to the tracking response, not a decoded routing barcode.Retain exact field captions, market and version when comparing a returned label. No global service-code, account-owner or current station-code inference is established by the specimen.
UAE shipment / reference searchUAE · Official public pages reviewed 5 October 2026; historical SkyPostpaid v3 only where expressly citedFull scope →The UAE website provides separate Shipment and Reference selectors and permits multiple entries.Retain exact field captions, market and version when comparing a returned label. No global service-code, account-owner or current station-code inference is established by the specimen.

Interpretation limits

Malaysian SkyPostpaid v3 labels are historical 2022 examples. Worldwide and UAE products/forms belong to separate operator scopes; 903 is an additional-piece eAWB workflow, not a universal service code.

Official source · SkyNet Malaysia SkyPostpaid guideline v3 (2022) · Historical reference; check current specification · Official source · SkyNet Malaysia public tracking and postcode API documentation · Official source · SkyNet Malaysia other services and payment roles · Official source · SkyNet UAE shipment/reference tracking selector

Original Label → Replacement Label → Final-Mile Reference

Retain all identifiers, the reason for relabelling and the package count; verify which carrier accepts each leg.

Track & Trace →

Sources And Editorial Method

CEP Transport, Service And Label Reference Data

This edition covers 32 carriers, 500 reference entries and 226 reviewed official references. Jeton Express selects the sources and writes the field interpretations and shipment checks. The explanations are editorial paraphrases; the linked carrier documents remain the primary evidence.

Documented reference
A source-backed explanation with a stated market, API namespace or document version. It does not imply that the wording is a carrier quotation.
Official specimen
A label image from a carrier or postal authority. Side annotations describe visible fields; the notes below distinguish sample values from additional documented fields. Historical specimens are identified by their source and version.
Verification guidance
An editorial check to reconcile the label with the booking, physical parcel or authorized account record. It is not a decoded value or a carrier guarantee.

Research focuses on official product pages, developer documentation, barcode standards and published label guides. It is a targeted reference review, not an exhaustive crawl of every carrier website. 32 unsuccessful source URLs are retained in the downloadable source register for transparency and are excluded from supporting evidence. A review date records when the source was checked; it does not make an older specification current.

Service availability, codes and label templates can vary by country, account, shipment and API version. Use each entry’s market, scope and version before applying an interpretation. The technical entries and answers are in English to retain the documented carrier terminology.

Reference data and source register (JSON) ↓ · Reference entries (CSV) ↓

WhatsAppTelegram

Search Jeton Express

Type to search pages in this language.

Use arrow keys to move through results, Enter to open and Esc to close.

ServicesShipping guides